Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

People’s United Financial, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

001-33326

(Commission File Number)

 

Delaware   20-8447891

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(203) 338-7171

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

 

NASDAQ Global Select Market

(Title of each class)   (Name of each exchange on which registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the last reported sales price of its common stock as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $4,088,080,820.

As of February 15, 2013, there were 338,671,001 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 18, 2013, are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

2012 FORM 10-K

Table of Contents

 

          Page  

Part I

     

Item 1.

   Business      1   

Item 1A.

   Risk Factors      13   

Item 1B.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      20   

Item 2.

   Properties      20   

Item 3.

   Legal Proceedings      21   

Item 4.

   Mine Safety Disclosures      21   

Part II

     

Item 5.

   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      21   

Item 6.

   Selected Financial Data      23   

Item 7.

   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations
     24   

Item 7A.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      87   

Item 8.

   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data      91   

Item 9.

   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
     91   

Item 9A.

   Controls and Procedures      91   

Item 9B.

   Other Information      91   

Part III

     

Item 10.

   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      92   

Item 11.

   Executive Compensation      93   

Item 12.

   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      93   

Item 13.

   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      93   

Item 14.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services      93   

Part IV

     

Item 15.

   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules      94   

Signatures

     98   


Table of Contents

Part I

 

Item 1. Business

General

People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United Financial” or the “Company”) is a savings and loan holding company incorporated under the state laws of Delaware and the holding company for People’s United Bank, a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut.

On June 22, 2012, People’s United Bank acquired 57 branches from RBS Citizens, N.A. (“Citizens”) and assumed approximately $324 million in deposits associated with these branches. After the close of business on June 30, 2011, People’s United Financial acquired Danvers Bancorp, Inc. (“Danvers”) based in Danvers, Massachusetts. The transaction was effective July 1, 2011. On November 30, 2010, People’s United Financial completed its acquisitions of Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. (“Smithtown”) based in Hauppauge, New York and LSB Corporation (“LSB”) based in North Andover, Massachusetts. On April 16, 2010, People’s United Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) pursuant to which People’s United Bank assumed all of the deposits, certain assets and the banking operations of Butler Bank, located in Lowell, Massachusetts. On February 19, 2010, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Financial Federal Corporation (“Financial Federal”), a financial services company providing collateralized lending, financing and leasing services nationwide to small and medium sized businesses. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these transactions were recorded at their estimated fair values as of their respective closing dates. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of these acquisitions. On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Chittenden Corporation (“Chittenden”), a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. People’s United Financial’s results of operations include the results of the acquired entities beginning with their respective closing dates.

The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, commercial banking, retail and business banking, and wealth management services to individual, corporate and municipal customers. Traditional banking activities are conducted primarily within New England and southeastern New York, and include extending secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, originating mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial properties, and accepting consumer, commercial and municipal deposits.

In addition to traditional banking activities, People’s United Bank provides specialized financial services tailored to specific markets including: personal, institutional and employee benefit trust; cash management; and municipal banking and finance. Through its non-banking subsidiaries, People’s United Bank offers: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance through People’s Securities, Inc. (“PSI”); equipment financing through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. (“PCLC”) and People’s United Equipment Finance Corp. (“PUEFC”); and other insurance services through People’s United Insurance Agency, Inc. (“PUIA”).

This full range of financial services is delivered through a network of 419 branches located in Connecticut, southeastern New York, Massachusetts, Vermont, New Hampshire and Maine, including 86 full-service Stop & Shop supermarket branches throughout Connecticut and 54 in southeastern New York that provide customers with seven-day-a-week banking. People’s United Bank’s distribution network includes investment and brokerage offices, commercial banking offices, online banking and investment trading, a 24-hour telephone banking service and participation in a worldwide ATM network. PCLC and PUEFC maintain a sales presence in 14 states to support equipment financing operations throughout the United States. People’s United Bank maintains a mortgage warehouse lending group located in Kentucky and a national credits group, which has participations in commercial loans and commercial real estate loans to borrowers in various industries on a national scale.

 

1


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial’s operations are divided into three primary operating segments that represent its core businesses: Commercial Banking; Retail and Business Banking; and Wealth Management. In addition, the Treasury area manages People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio, short-term investments and wholesale borrowings.

The Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into two reportable segments: Commercial Banking; and Retail and Business Banking. Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial real estate lending, commercial and industrial lending, and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of PCLC and PUEFC, as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking. In addition, Commercial Banking consists of institutional trust services, corporate trust, insurance services provided through PUIA and private banking. Retail and Business Banking includes, as its principal business lines, business lending, consumer and business deposit gathering activities, consumer lending (including residential mortgage and home equity lending), and merchant services. In addition, Retail and Business Banking includes brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by PSI and non-institutional trust services.

Further discussion of People’s United Financial’s business and operations appears on pages 24 through 91.

Supervision and Regulation—People’s United Financial

Federal Holding Company Regulation

People’s United Financial is a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act (“HOLA”). Until July 2011, People’s United Financial was regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) and subject to OTS examination, supervision and reporting requirements. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “DFA”) transferred all supervisory functions, including ongoing supervision, examination and regulation, for savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”), effective July 21, 2011. Among other things, this authority permits the FRB to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings bank.

Although savings and loan holding companies are currently not subject to consolidated regulatory leverage or risk-based capital requirements, FRB guidance indicates that a savings and loan holding company should have sufficient capital and an effective capital planning process, consistent with its overall risk profile and considering the size, scope, and complexity of its operations, to ensure its safe and sound operation. The FRB has also indicated that it will evaluate a savings and loan holding company’s capital planning and capital distribution processes, and its capital sufficiency in light of relevant supervisory guidance applicable to bank holding companies. The FRB also announced that in light of the requirements of the HOLA and any unique characteristics of savings and loan holding companies, it intends to assess the condition, performance and activities of savings and loan holding companies in a manner consistent with the FRB’s established risk-based approach for bank holding companies.

Activities Restrictions Applicable to Savings and Loan Holding Companies. The activities of all savings and loan holding companies formed after May 4, 1999, including People’s United Financial, must be financially related activities permissible for bank holding companies, unless the savings and loan holding company has elected to be treated as a financial holding company. A savings and loan holding company that has made a financial holding company election may also engage in activities permissible under section 4(k) of the Bank Holding Company Act. As of December 31, 2012, People’s United Financial had not made an election to be treated as a financial holding company.

 

2


Table of Contents

Restrictions Applicable to All Savings and Loan Holding Companies. Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company directly or indirectly, from acquiring:

 

   

control (as defined under the HOLA) of another savings bank (or a holding company parent) without prior FRB approval;

 

   

through merger, consolidation or purchase of assets, another savings bank or a holding company thereof, or acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of such institution or holding company without prior approval by the FRB or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”); or

 

   

control of any depository institution not insured by the FDIC (except through a merger with and into the holding company’s savings bank subsidiary that is approved by the OCC).

The HOLA prohibits a savings and loan holding company (directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries) from acquiring another savings bank or holding company thereof without prior written approval of the FRB; acquiring or retaining, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a non-subsidiary savings bank, a non-subsidiary holding company or a non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by the HOLA; or acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings banks, the FRB must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.

Federal Securities Law

People’s United Financial’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended. People’s United Financial is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act.

Delaware Corporation Law

People’s United Financial is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and is, therefore, subject to regulation by the state of Delaware. The rights of People’s United Financial’s stockholders are governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Supervision and Regulation—People’s United Bank

General

People’s United Bank is a federally-chartered savings bank. Its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC under the DIF. Until July 2011, People’s United Bank was subject to regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements by the OTS as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC as the deposit insurer. On July 21, 2011, primary supervisory responsibility for People’s United Bank was transferred from the OTS to the OCC. People’s United Bank files reports with the OCC concerning its activities and financial condition, and must obtain regulatory approval from the OCC prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions. The OCC conducts periodic examinations to assess compliance with various regulatory requirements. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over federally chartered savings banks with more than $10 billion in total assets and has substantial discretion to impose enforcement action on a federally-chartered savings bank that fails to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, particularly with respect to capital requirements imposed on savings banks. In addition, the FDIC has the authority to recommend to the OCC that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular federally chartered savings bank and, if action is not taken by the OCC, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances.

 

3


Table of Contents

This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a federal savings bank can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the DIF and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such laws and regulations or interpretations thereof, whether by the OCC, the FDIC or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on People’s United Bank and its operations.

People’s United Bank’s brokerage subsidiary, PSI, is regulated by the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and state securities regulators. PUIA is subject to regulation by applicable state insurance regulators.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

Effective July 21, 2011, the DFA transferred primary supervisory and enforcement authority with respect to compliance with designated federal consumer financial laws by financial institutions with total assets of more than $10 billion and their affiliates to a newly-established autonomous bureau within the Federal Reserve System, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”). The primary functions of the CFPB are: supervising entities, including financial institutions, that provide consumer financial products or services for compliance with federal consumer financial laws; taking appropriate enforcement action to address violations; issuing rules, orders and guidance implementing federal consumer financial laws; conducting financial education programs; collecting, investigating, and reporting consumer complaints; and collecting researching, monitoring and publishing information relevant to the functioning of markets for consumer financial products to identify risk to consumers and the proper functioning of such markets.

Federally Chartered Savings Bank Regulation

Activity Powers. Federal savings banks derive their lending, investment and other activity powers primarily from the HOLA, as amended, and the regulations of the OCC thereunder. Under these laws and regulations, federal savings banks generally may invest in:

 

   

real estate mortgages;

 

   

consumer and commercial loans;

 

   

certain types of debt securities; and

 

   

certain other assets.

Federal savings banks may also establish service corporations that may, subject to applicable limitations, engage in activities not otherwise permissible for federal savings banks, including certain real estate equity investments and securities and insurance brokerage activities. People’s United Bank’s investment powers are subject to various limitations, including (1) a prohibition against the acquisition of corporate debt securities not meeting established standards of credit-worthiness; (2) a limit of 400% of a savings bank’s capital on the aggregate amount of loans secured by non-residential real estate property; (3) a limit of 20% of a savings bank’s assets on commercial loans, with the amount of commercial loans in excess of 10% of assets being limited to small business loans; (4) a limit of 35% of a savings bank’s assets on the aggregate amount of consumer loans and acquisitions of certain debt securities, with amounts in excess of 30% of assets being limited to loans made directly to the original obligor and where no third-party finder or referral fees were paid; (5) a limit of 5% of assets on non-conforming loans (residential and farm loans in excess of the specific limitations of the HOLA); and (6) a limit of the greater of 5% of assets or a savings bank’s capital on certain construction loans made for the purpose of financing what is or is expected to become residential property.

 

4


Table of Contents

Capital Requirements. OCC capital regulations require federally chartered savings banks to meet three minimum capital ratios:

 

   

Tangible Capital Ratio - A 1.5% tangible capital ratio, calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

 

   

Leverage (Core) Capital Ratio - A 4% leverage (core) capital ratio, calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets. The minimum leverage (core) capital ratio is reduced to 3% if the savings bank received the highest rating on its most recent safety and soundness examination.

 

   

Risk-Based Capital Ratio - An 8% total risk-based capital ratio, calculated as total capital to risk-weighted assets. For purposes of this calculation, total capital includes core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital may not exceed 100% of core capital.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the OCC takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. People’s United Bank, as a matter of prudent management, targets as its goal the maintenance of capital ratios which exceed these minimum requirements and that are consistent with People’s United Bank’s risk profile.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision released its final framework for capital requirements (the “Basel framework” or “Basel III”). When implemented by the U.S. banking agencies and fully phased-in, Basel III will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity.

In June 2012, the U.S. banking agencies issued proposed rules to address implementation of the Basel III framework for U.S. financial institutions. The proposed rules set forth changes in the calculation of risk-weighted assets and introduce limitations on what is permissible for inclusion as Tier 1 capital. In August 2012, the comment period for the proposed rules, which was originally scheduled to end in early September 2012, was extended to late October 2012. The implementation of the Basel III final framework was scheduled to commence on January 1, 2013, however final rules have not been issued by U.S. banking agencies and, therefore, Basel III is not yet applicable to the Company or People’s United Bank. At December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank exceeded each of its applicable capital requirements. See Management’s Discussion & Analysis—Regulatory Capital Requirements beginning on page 84 for a further discussion regarding People’s United Bank’s capital requirements.

Safety and Soundness Standards. Each federal banking agency, including the OCC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines.

In addition, the OCC adopted regulations to require a savings bank that is given notice by the OCC that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan to the OCC. If, after being so notified, a savings bank fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the OCC may issue an order directing corrective and other actions of the types to which a significantly undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. If a savings bank fails to comply with such an order, the OCC may seek to enforce the order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil monetary penalties.

Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act also established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. Under this system, the federal bank regulators, including the OCC, are required to take certain and authorized to take other, supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, based upon five categories of capitalization which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act created: “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.”

 

5


Table of Contents

The severity of the action authorized or required to be taken under the prompt corrective action regulations increases as a bank’s capital decreases within the three undercapitalized categories. All banks are prohibited from paying dividends or other capital distributions or paying management fees to any controlling person if, following such distribution, the bank would be undercapitalized. The OCC is required to monitor closely the condition of an undercapitalized savings bank and to restrict the growth of its assets. An undercapitalized bank is required to file a capital restoration plan within 45 days of the date the bank receives notice or is deemed to have notice that it is within any of the three undercapitalized categories, and the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. The aggregate liability of a parent holding company is limited to the lesser of:

 

   

an amount equal to 5% of the bank’s total assets at the time it became “undercapitalized”; and

 

   

the amount that is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such bank as of the time it fails to comply with a capital restoration plan.

If a bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it were “significantly undercapitalized.” Banks that are significantly or critically undercapitalized are subject to a wider range of regulatory requirements and restrictions. Under OCC regulations, generally, a federal savings bank is treated as “well-capitalized” if its total risk-based capital ratio is 10% or greater, its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 6% or greater, and its leverage ratio is 5% or greater, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the OCC to meet a specific capital level. As of December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital ratios exceeded the OCC’s numeric criteria for classification as a “well-capitalized” institution.

In June 2012, the U.S. federal banking agencies, including the FRB and the OCC, issued a proposed rule to implement capital reforms required by Basel III and the DFA (see Capital Requirements). This proposed rule would also revise the prompt corrective action framework by incorporating new regulatory capital minimums, including a requirement for tangible common equity.

Insurance Activities. Federal savings banks are generally permitted to engage in certain insurance and annuity activities through subsidiaries. However, federal banking laws prohibit depository institutions from conditioning the extension of credit to individuals upon either the purchase of an insurance product or annuity from an entity affiliated with the depository institution or an agreement by the consumer not to purchase an insurance product or annuity from an entity that is not affiliated with the depository institution. Applicable regulations also require prior disclosure of this prohibition to potential insurance product or annuity customers.

Federal banking agencies, including the OCC, also require depository institutions that offer non-deposit investment products, such as certain annuity and related insurance products, to disclose to the consumer that the products are not federally insured, are not guaranteed by the institution and are subject to investment risk including possible loss of principal. These disclosure requirements apply if the institution offers the non-deposit investment products directly or through affiliates or subsidiaries.

Deposit Insurance. People’s United Bank is a member of, and pays its deposit insurance assessments to, the DIF.

The FDIC has established a system for setting deposit insurance premiums based upon the risks a particular bank or savings association poses to the DIF. In 2009, in response to adverse economic conditions that resulted in an increased number of bank failures and, consequently, greater use of DIF resources, the FDIC authorized higher premium assessments pursuant to a restoration plan designed to increase the DIF reserve ratio to required levels. Also in 2009, the FDIC amended the assessment regulations to require insured financial institutions to prepay their estimated deposit insurance premiums for 2010, 2011 and 2012.

 

6


Table of Contents

In February 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule that: changed the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital); adopted a new large-bank pricing assessment scheme; and set a target size for the DIF at 2% of insured deposits. The rule, which was effective beginning with the quarterly assessment period ending June 30, 2011, also (i) implemented a lower assessment rate schedule when the DIF reaches 1.15 percent and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent and (ii) created a scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, including People’s United Bank.

One of the financial ratios used in the scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets is the ratio of “higher-risk” assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves. In October 2012, the FDIC adopted a final rule that revises the definitions of higher-risk commercial and industrial loans, securities and consumer loans and clarifies when an asset must be classified as higher risk. This rule is generally effective on April 1, 2013.

In addition, all FDIC-insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC at an annual rate of approximately 0.0064% of insured deposits to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. These assessments will continue until the Financing Corporation bonds mature between 2017 and 2019.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the FDIC may terminate the insurance of an institution’s deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.

Transactions with Affiliates. Federal savings banks are subject to the affiliate and insider transaction rules set forth in Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, and their implementing regulations, Regulation W and Regulation O, issued by the FRB. Affiliated transaction provisions, among other things, prohibit or limit a federal savings bank from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, its affiliates and principal stockholders, directors and executive officers.

In addition, Section 11 of the HOLA prohibits a savings bank from making a loan to an affiliate that is engaged in non-bank holding company activities and prohibits a savings bank from purchasing or investing in securities issued by an affiliate that is not a subsidiary. The FRB and the OCC require each depository institution that is subject to the affiliate transaction restrictions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act to implement policies and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation W.

In addition to the insider transaction limitations of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 prohibits the extension of personal loans to directors and executive officers of issuers (as defined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act). The prohibition, however, does not apply to mortgage loans advanced by an insured depository institution, such as People’s United Bank, that are subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.

Privacy Standards. People’s United Bank is subject to OCC regulations implementing statutorily-mandated privacy protection. These regulations require People’s United Bank to disclose its privacy policy, including identifying with whom it shares “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter. In addition, People’s United Bank is required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having People’s United Bank share their non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties before the bank can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions.

 

7


Table of Contents

In addition to certain state laws governing protection of customer information, People’s United Bank is subject to federal regulatory guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information. The guidelines describe the agencies’ expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, which would include administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer. Federal guidelines also impose certain customer disclosures and other actions in the event of unauthorized access to customer information.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, as implemented by the OCC regulations, any federally chartered savings bank, including People’s United Bank, has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The Community Reinvestment Act does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The Community Reinvestment Act requires the OCC, in connection with its examination of a federally chartered savings bank, to assess the depository institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution.

Current Community Reinvestment Act regulations rate an institution based on its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the evaluation system focuses on three tests:

 

   

a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas;

 

   

an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and

 

   

a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.

The Community Reinvestment Act also requires all institutions to make public disclosure of their Community Reinvestment Act ratings. People’s United Bank received an “outstanding” rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination performed by the OTS in 2009. The federal banking agencies adopted regulations implementing the requirements under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act that insured depository institutions publicly disclose certain agreements that are in fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act. People’s United Bank has no such agreements in place at this time.

Loans to One Borrower. Under the HOLA, savings banks are generally subject to the national bank limits on loans to one borrower. Generally, savings banks may not make a loan or extend credit, including credit associated with derivatives and securities financing transactions, to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Additional amounts may be loaned, not in excess of 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if such loans or extensions of credit are secured by readily-marketable collateral. People’s United Bank is in compliance with applicable loans to one borrower limitations.

Nontraditional Mortgage Products. The federal banking agencies have issued guidance for institutions that originate or service nontraditional or alternative mortgage products, defined to include all residential mortgage loan products that allow borrowers to defer repayment on principal or interest, such as interest-only mortgages and payment option adjustable-rate mortgages. A portion of People’s United Bank’s adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans represent interest-only residential mortgage loans, however, none of these loans permit negative amortization or optional payment amounts.

 

8


Table of Contents

Recognizing that alternative mortgage products expose institutions to increased risks as compared to traditional loans where payments amortize or reduce the principal amount, the guidance requires increased scrutiny for alternative mortgage products. Institutions that originate or service alternative mortgages should have: (i) strong risk management practices that include maintenance of capital levels and allowance for loan losses commensurate with the risk; (ii) prudent lending policies and underwriting standards that address a borrower’s repayment capacity; and (iii) programs and practices designed to ensure that consumers receive clear and balanced information to assist in making informed decisions about mortgage products. The guidance also recommends heightened controls and safeguards when an institution combines an alternative mortgage product with features that compound risk, such as a simultaneous second-lien or the use of reduced documentation to evaluate a loan application. People’s United Bank complies with the guidance on non-traditional mortgage products as it is interpreted and applied by the OCC.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. The HOLA requires federal savings banks to meet a Qualified Thrift Lender (“QTL”) test. Under the QTL test, a savings bank is required to maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (ii) intangibles, including goodwill; and (iii) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain “qualified thrift investments” (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities, credit card loans, student loans and small business loans) on a monthly basis during at least 9 out of every 12 months.

A savings bank that fails the QTL test will be deemed to have violated Section 5 of the HOLA and be subject to enforcement action under Section 5(d) of the HOLA. In addition, a savings bank that fails the QTL test generally will be prohibited from: (i) engaging in any new activity not permissible for a national bank; (ii) paying dividends without prior approval from the OCC and the FRB (the payment of such dividend must also be permissible under national bank regulations); and (iii) establishing any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national bank in the institution’s home state. In addition, the institution may have to repay any outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) as promptly as possible. At December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank was in compliance with the QTL test.

Limitation on Capital Distributions. The OCC regulates capital distributions by People’s United Bank directly or indirectly to People’s United Financial, including cash dividend payments. OCC regulations impose limitations upon capital distributions by federal savings banks, such as certain cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to stockholders of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged against capital. In addition, the DFA has imposed a requirement that a federal savings bank that is a subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company must notify the FRB at least 30 days prior to making any cash dividend payment to its parent. An informational copy of this notice is also provided to the federal savings bank’s primary federal regulator, which in the case of People’s United Bank is the OCC.

The FRB will consult with the institution’s primary federal regulator in determining whether to disapprove the proposed dividend. FRB regulations state that it may disapprove the proposed dividend if: (i) the federal savings bank will be less than adequately capitalized following payment of the proposed dividend; (ii) the proposed dividend raises safety or soundness concerns; or (iii) the proposed dividend would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation, enforcement action, or agreement among or between the savings bank, its parent and a federal banking agency; a condition imposed on the savings association or its parent in an application or notice approved by an appropriate federal banking agency; or any formal or informal enforcement action involving the federal savings bank or its parent.

 

9


Table of Contents

OCC regulations provide that a federal savings bank must file an application with the OCC if the total amount of all its capital distributions (including the proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds the federal savings bank’s net income for that year plus its retained net income for the preceding two years. People’s United Bank may not pay dividends to People’s United Financial if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements or if the OCC notified People’s United Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an insured depository institution, such as People’s United Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act). Payment of dividends by People’s United Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. See Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on capital distributions.

Liquidity. People’s United Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation, in accordance with applicable OCC regulations.

Assessments. The OCC charges assessments to recover the cost of examining federal savings banks and their affiliates. These assessments are based on three components: (i) the size of the institution on which the basic assessment is based; (ii) the institution’s supervisory condition, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution with a composite rating of 3, 4 or 5 in its most recent safety and soundness examination; and (iii) the complexity of the institution’s operations, which results in an additional assessment based on a percentage of the basic assessment for any savings institution that managed over $1 billion in trust assets, serviced for others loans aggregating more than $1 billion, or had certain off-balance sheet assets aggregating more than $1 billion.

Branching. Under OCC branching regulations, People’s United Bank is generally authorized to open branches nationwide if People’s United Bank (i) continues to meet the requirements of a “highly-rated” federal savings bank and (ii) publishes public notice at least 35 days before opening a branch and no one opposes the branch. If a comment in opposition to a branch opening is filed and the OCC determines that the comment is relevant to the approval process standards and requires action in response, the OCC may, among other things, require a branch application or elect to hold a meeting with People’s United Bank and the person who submitted the comment. OCC authority preempts any state law purporting to regulate branching by federal savings banks.

Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification. People’s United Bank is subject to OCC and Financial Crimes Enforcement Network regulations implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among banks, regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative reporting obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including savings banks like People’s United Bank.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. People’s United Bank is a member of the FHLB system, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Agency. The FHLB system provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks. It makes loans or advances to members in accordance with policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, established by the respective boards of directors of the Federal Home Loan Banks. These policies and procedures are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Agency, which has also established standards of community or investment service that members must meet to maintain access to long-term advances.

 

10


Table of Contents

People’s United Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Boston, is currently required to purchase and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB of Boston in an amount equal to 0.35% of People’s United Bank’s Membership Stock Investment Base plus an Activity Based Stock Investment Requirement. The Activity Based Stock Investment Requirement is equal to 3.0% of any outstanding principal for overnight advances, 4.0% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term of two days to three months and 4.5% of any outstanding principal for term advances with an original term greater than three months. People’s United Bank is in compliance with these requirements. As a result of its acquisition of the Bank of Smithtown in 2010, People’s United Bank also holds shares of capital stock in the FHLB of New York.

Federal Reserve System. FRB regulations require federally chartered savings banks to maintain non-interest-earning cash reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily negotiable order of withdrawal and demand deposit accounts). Institutions must maintain a reserve of 3% against aggregate transaction account balances between $12.4 million and $79.5 million (subject to adjustment by the FRB) plus a reserve of 10% (subject to adjustment by the FRB within specific limits) against that portion of total transaction account balances in excess of $79.5 million. The first $12.4 million of otherwise reservable balances is exempt from the reserve requirements. People’s United Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements. The required reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash, or an interest-bearing account at a Federal Reserve Bank, or a pass-through account as defined by the Federal Reserve Board.

Market Area and Competition

People’s United Financial’s primary market areas are New England and southeastern New York, with Connecticut, Massachusetts, New York and Vermont having the largest concentration of its loans, deposits and branches. At December 31, 2012, approximately 31%, 18%, 13% and 8% of the Company’s loans by outstanding principal amount were to customers located within Connecticut, Massachusetts, New York and Vermont, respectively. Loans to customers located in the New England states as a group represented approximately 68% of total loans at December 31, 2012. However, substantially all of the equipment financing portfolio (approximately 97% at December 31, 2012) was to customers located outside of New England. At December 31, 2012, approximately 32% of the equipment financing portfolio was to customers located in Texas, California and New York and no other state exposure was greater than 6%. As of June 30, 2012, People’s United Financial had: (i) the largest market share of deposits in Fairfield County, Connecticut; (ii) the third largest in the state of Connecticut; and (iii) the largest in the state of Vermont. People’s United Financial competes for deposits, loans and financial services with commercial banks, savings institutions, commercial and consumer finance companies, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, credit unions and a variety of other institutional lenders and securities firms.

As People’s United Financial’s predominant market, Connecticut is one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States. With a total population of approximately 3.6 million and a median household income of $65,386, Connecticut ranks third in the United States, well above the U.S. median household income of $50,227, according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, has the highest median household income in Connecticut of $80,531 according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. The median household income in Massachusetts, which has the Company’s third highest concentration of branches, was $62,098, according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. The median household income in Vermont, which has the Company’s fourth highest concentration of branches, was $50,558 according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial, comparable to the national level.

 

11


Table of Contents

The principal basis of competition for deposits is the interest rate paid for those deposits and related fees, the convenience of access to services through traditional and non-traditional delivery alternatives, and the quality of services to customers. The principal basis of competition for loans is through the interest rates and loan fees charged and the development of relationships based on the efficiency, convenience and quality of services provided to borrowers. Further competition has been created through the rapid acceleration of commerce conducted over the Internet. This has enabled institutions, including People’s United Financial, to compete in markets outside their traditional geographic boundaries.

Personnel

As of December 31, 2012, People’s United Financial had 4,847 full-time and 595 part-time employees.

Access to Information

As a public company, People’s United Financial is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as amended and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy and information statements and other information can be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and are available on the SEC’s EDGAR database on the internet at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. People’s United Financial’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PBCT”.

Copies of many of these reports are also available through People’s United Financial’s website at www.peoples.com.

People’s United Financial currently provides website access to the following reports:

Form 10-K (most recent filing and any related amendments)

Form 10-Q (four most recent filings and any related amendments)

Form 8-K (all filings in most recent 12 months and any related amendments)

Annual Report to Shareholders (two most recent years)

Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Shareholders (two most recent years)

XBRL Interactive Data (most recent 12 months)

 

12


Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors

Changes in Interest Rates Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

People’s United Financial makes most of its earnings based on the difference between interest it earns compared to interest it pays. This difference is called the “interest spread.” People’s United Financial earns interest on loans and to a much lesser extent on securities and short-term investments. These are called “interest-earning assets.” People’s United Financial pays interest on some forms of deposits and on funds it borrows from other sources. These are called “interest-bearing liabilities.”

People’s United Financial’s interest spread can change depending on when interest rates earned on interest-earning assets change, compared to when interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities change. Some rate changes occur while these assets or liabilities are still on People’s United Financial’s books. Other rate changes occur when these assets or liabilities mature and are replaced by new interest-earning assets or interest-bearing liabilities at different rates. It may be difficult to replace interest-earning assets quickly, since customers may not want to borrow money when interest rates are high, or People’s United Financial may not be able to make loans that meet its lending standards. People’s United Financial interest spread may also change based on the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

People’s United Financial’s interest spread may be lower if the timing of interest rate changes is different for its interest-earning assets compared to its interest-bearing liabilities. For example, if interest rates go down, People’s United Financial will earn less on some of its interest-earning assets while it is still obligated to pay higher rates on some of its interest-bearing liabilities. On the other hand, if interest rates go up, People’s United Financial might have to pay more on some of its interest-bearing liabilities while it continues to receive lower rates on some of its interest-earning assets.

People’s United Financial manages this risk using many different techniques. If it is not successful in managing this risk, People’s United Financial may be less profitable.

Changes in Our Asset Quality Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

Asset quality measures the performance of a borrower in repaying a loan, with interest, on time. In recent years, we have benefited from relatively stable asset quality. Still, there are elements of our loan portfolio that inherently present greater credit risk, such as interest-only and stated income residential mortgage loans, home equity loans and lines with incomplete first lien data and commercial real estate loans. Each of these portfolio risk elements, where potentially material in the context of our overall loan portfolio, are discussed in greater detail within Management’s Discussion & Analysis—Asset Quality beginning on page 66. While the Company believes that it manages asset quality through prudent underwriting practices and collection operations, it is possible that our asset quality could deteriorate, depending upon economic conditions and other factors.

The Success of Our Stop & Shop Branches Depends on the Success of the Stop & Shop Brand

One element of our strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to our customers. An integral component of this strategy is People’s United Bank’s supermarket banking initiative, pursuant to which, as of December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank has established 86 full-service Stop & Shop branches throughout Connecticut, most in close proximity to our traditional branches, which provide customers with the convenience of seven-day-a-week banking. People’s United Bank also has 54 full-service Stop & Shop branches located in southeastern New York, most in close proximity to our traditional branches. At December 31, 2012, 33% of People’s United Bank branches were located in Stop & Shop supermarkets and 12% and 1% of our total deposits at that date were held in Connecticut and New York Stop & Shop supermarkets, respectively.

 

13


Table of Contents

People’s United Bank currently has exclusive branching rights in Stop & Shop supermarkets in the state of Connecticut and certain counties in the state of New York, in the form of licensing agreements between The Stop & Shop Supermarket Company and People’s United Bank, which provides for the leasing of space to People’s United Bank within Stop & Shop supermarkets for branch use. People’s United Bank has the exclusive right to branch in these supermarkets until 2022, provided that People’s United Bank does not default on its obligations under the licensing agreement.

Under the terms of the Connecticut license agreement, People’s United Bank has the obligation to open branches in new Connecticut Stop & Shop locations, even if Stop & Shop’s market share declines or the value of the Stop & Shop brand is diminished. The New York license agreement has essentially the same provisions. The license agreements do not stipulate the number of branch openings per year but, rather, apply only to those new Stop & Shop locations that meet or exceed specified thresholds as to size (square footage) and/or customer traffic. Based on our experience, we would expect the application of these thresholds to result in the opening of approximately 4-6 new branches per year in Stop & Shop locations.

Stop & Shop is currently the leading grocery store in Connecticut. The success of People’s United Bank supermarket branches is dependent, in part, on the success of the Stop & Shop supermarkets in which they are located. A drop in Stop & Shop’s market share, a decrease in the number of Stop & Shop locations or customers, or a decline in the overall quality of Stop & Shop supermarkets could result in decreased business for the Stop & Shop branches, in the form of fewer loan originations, lower deposit generation and fewer overall branch transactions, and could influence market perception of People’s United Bank Stop & Shop supermarket branches as convenient banking locations.

We Depend on Our Executive Officers and Key Personnel to Continue the Implementation of Our Long-Term Business Strategy and Could Be Harmed by the Loss of Their Services

We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part upon the skills of our management team. The competition for qualified personnel in the financial services industry can be intense, and the loss of our key personnel or an inability to continue to attract, retain and motivate key personnel could adversely affect our business.

Our Business Is Affected by the International, National, Regional and Local Economies in Which We Operate

Changes in international, national, regional and local economic conditions affect our business. If economic conditions change significantly or quickly, our business operations could suffer, and we could become weaker financially as a result.

In recent years, there has been a decline in the housing and real estate markets and in the general economy, both nationally and locally. Housing market conditions in the New England region, where much of our lending activity occurs, have deteriorated as evidenced by reduced levels of sales, increasing inventories of houses on the market, declining house prices and an increase in the length of time houses remain on the market. No assurance can be given that these conditions will improve or will not worsen or that such conditions will not result in a decrease in our interest income, an increase in our non-performing loans, an increase in our provision for loan losses or an adverse impact on our loan losses.

The past several years have been marked by significant volatility in the financial and capital markets initially brought about by the fallout associated with the subprime mortgage market. This disruption led to significant credit and liquidity concerns, which resulted in government intervention within the banking sector and a substantial decline in activity within the secondary mortgage market. All of these issues have been further exacerbated by an accelerated softening of the real estate market, a worsening recessionary economic environment and, in turn, weakness within the commercial sector.

 

14


Table of Contents

Our loan portfolio is not immune to potential negative consequences arising as a result of general economic weakness and, in particular, a prolonged downturn in the housing market on a national scale. Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for loans. In addition, adverse changes in the economy could have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make scheduled loan payments, which would likely have an adverse impact on earnings. Further, an increase in loan delinquencies may serve to decrease net interest income and adversely impact loan loss experience, resulting in an increased provision and allowance for loan losses.

Our foreign country exposure, which is defined as the aggregation of exposure maintained with financial institutions, companies or individuals in a given country outside of the United States, is minimal and indirect, with the majority of such exposure comprised of corporate debt securities. Although our exposure to Europe is limited, the ongoing Eurozone crisis continues to strain the U.S. financial markets, suppressing stock prices and adding to volatility. Our sovereign credit exposure is also minimal and is comprised of an immaterial amount of government bonds issued by a single non-European sovereign.

The Geographic Concentration of Our Loan Portfolio Could Make Us Vulnerable to a Downturn in the Economies in Which We Operate

At December 31, 2012, approximately 31%, 18% and 13% of the Company’s loans by outstanding principal amount were to people and businesses located within Connecticut, Massachusetts and New York, respectively. Loans to people and businesses located in the New England states as a group represented approximately 68% of total loans at that date. How well our business performs depends very much on the health of these regional and local economies. We could experience losses in our real estate-related loan portfolios if the prices for housing and other kinds of real estate decreased significantly in New England or southeastern New York.

If the economic environment deteriorates, or negative trends emerge with respect to the financial markets, the New England and southeastern New York economies could suffer more than the national economy. This would be especially likely in Fairfield County, Connecticut (where the Company is headquartered) as well as the suburban communities of New York City and Boston as a result of the large number of people living in these areas who also work in the financial services industry.

In addition, our ability to continue to originate real estate loans may be impaired by adverse changes in the local and regional economic conditions in these real estate markets. Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for our loans. Adverse changes in the economy may also have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings. In addition, if poor economic conditions result in decreased demand for real estate loans, our profits may decrease because our alternative investments may earn less income for us than real estate loans.

Our equipment financing business, which operates nationally, could be negatively affected by adverse changes in the national economy, even if those changes have no significant effect on the local and regional economies in which our other businesses operate.

No assurance can be given that such conditions will not occur or that such conditions will not result in a decrease in our interest income, an increase in our non-performing loans, an increase in our provision for loan losses or an adverse impact on our loan losses.

 

15


Table of Contents

In Response to Competitive Pressures, Our Costs Could Increase if We Were Required to Increase Our Service and Convenience Levels or Our Margins Could Decrease if We Were Required to Increase Deposit Rates or Lower Interest Rates on Loans

People’s United Financial faces significant competition for deposits and loans. In deciding where to deposit their money, many people look first at the interest rate they will earn. They also might consider whether a bank offers other kinds of services they might need and, if they have been a customer of a bank before, what their experience was like. People also like convenience, so the number of offices and banking hours may be important. Some people also prefer the availability of on-line services.

People’s United Financial competes with other banks, credit unions, brokerage firms and money market funds for deposits. Some people may decide to buy bonds or similar kinds of investments issued by companies or by federal, state and local governments and agencies, instead of opening a deposit account.

In making decisions about loans, many people consider the interest rate they will have to pay. They also consider any extra fees they might have to pay in order to get the loan. Many business loans are more complicated because there may not be a standard type of loan that meets all of the customer’s needs. Business borrowers consider many different factors that are not all financial in nature, including the type and amount of security the lender wants and other terms of the loan that do not involve the interest rate.

People’s United Financial competes with other banks, credit unions, credit card issuers, finance companies, mortgage lenders and mortgage brokers for loans. Insurance companies also compete with People’s United Financial for some types of commercial loans.

Many of People’s United Financial’s competitors have branches in the same market area as it does, some of which are much larger than it is. The New England region, including Connecticut, which is People’s United Financial’s predominant market, and specifically Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, is an attractive banking market. Many locally-based banks have been acquired by large regional and national companies in the last several years. We expect this trend to continue. Therefore, there are not as many bank competitors in our market as there used to be, but the ones that are left are usually bigger and have more resources than the ones they acquired.

People’s United Financial also has competition from outside its own market area. A bank that does not have any branches in our primary markets can still have customers there by providing banking services on-line. It costs money to set up and maintain a branch system. Banks that do not spend as much money as People’s United Financial does on branches might be more profitable than it is, even if they pay higher interest on deposits and charge lower interest on loans.

Changes in Federal and State Regulation Could Adversely Affect Our Results of Operations and Financial Condition

The banking business is heavily regulated by the federal and state governments. Banking laws and rules are for the most part intended to protect depositors, not stockholders.

Banking laws and rules can change at any time. The government agencies responsible for supervising People’s United Financial’s businesses can also change the way they interpret these laws and rules, even if the rules themselves do not change. We need to make sure that our business activities comply with any changes in these rules or the interpretation of the rules. We might be less profitable if we have to change the way we conduct business in order to comply. Our business might suffer in other ways as well.

Changes in state and federal tax laws or the accounting standards we are required to follow can make our business less profitable. Changes in the government’s economic and monetary policies may hurt our ability to compete for deposits and loans. Changes in these policies can also make it more expensive for us to do business.

 

16


Table of Contents

The government agencies responsible for supervising our business can take drastic action if they think we are not conducting business safely or are too weak financially. They can force People’s United Financial to hold additional capital, pay higher deposit insurance premiums, stop paying dividends, stop making certain kinds of loans or stop offering certain kinds of deposits. If the agencies took any of these steps or other similar steps, it would probably make our business less profitable. People’s United Bank is subject to the QTL test and commercial loan limits imposed under the HOLA.

On July 21, 2010, the DFA was signed into law. While some of the provisions of the DFA have not yet been implemented, the legislation will result in significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape, many of which will affect us. Among the more significant provisions of the DFA, as well as their anticipated impact, if quantifiable, are:

 

   

Changes to the regulatory landscape, including:

 

  (i) elimination of the OTS as a separate federal regulatory agency;

 

  (ii) creation of the CFPB, which is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer protection, and exercise exclusive authority over our consumer compliance examinations; and

 

  (iii) restrictions on the ability of federal bank regulatory authorities to preempt the application of state consumer protection laws and regulations.

 

   

The DFA transferred all supervisory functions, including ongoing supervision, examination and regulation, for savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries to the FRB, effective July 21, 2011, and on the same day, the OCC assumed responsibility for the supervision, examination and regulation of all federally-chartered savings banks. In October 2011, People’s United Bank filed an application with the OCC to convert to a national bank charter. In connection with this conversion, People’s United Financial intends to submit an application to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “FRB-NY”) to convert to a bank holding company. In connection with doing so, People’s United Financial expects to make an election for financial holding company status. While it is still too early to fully quantify the anticipated increase in our regulatory compliance burden, we do expect that costs associated with regulatory compliance, including the need to hire additional compliance personnel, will continue to increase as a result of the DFA.

 

   

Limitations on the amount of interchange fees that an issuer of debit cards may charge or receive:

 

   

The DFA limits the amount of interchange fee that an issuer of debit cards may charge or receive to an amount that is “reasonable and proportional” to the cost of the transaction. The DFA further provides that a debit card issuer may not restrict the number of payment card networks on which a debit card transaction may be processed to a single network or limit the ability of a merchant to direct the routing of debit card payments for processing. The interchange fee provisions, which became effective in the fourth quarter of 2011, are expected to result in a decline in bank service charges of approximately $20 million on an annualized basis.

 

   

Changes impacting the financial products and services we offer to our customers:

 

   

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the DFA. As of December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank’s non-interest bearing deposits totaled $5.1 billion, or 23% of total deposits. The Company’s interest expense may increase and net interest margin may decrease if it begins to offer higher rates of interest than are currently offered on demand deposits.

 

   

Stricter capital requirements for bank holding companies:

 

   

The DFA imposes stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on holding companies and prohibiting the inclusion of new trust preferred issuances in Tier I capital. The DFA also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit the ability of People’s United Financial to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate and other hedging transactions.

 

17


Table of Contents
   

Mortgage rules promulgated by the CFPB:

 

   

In January 2013, the CFPB issued a series of final rules to implement provisions in the DFA related to mortgage origination and mortgage servicing. These rules, which are scheduled to go into effect in January 2014 and which may increase the cost of originating and servicing residential mortgage loans, include:

 

   

A rule to implement the requirement that creditors make a reasonable, good faith determination of a consumer’s ability to repay any consumer credit transaction secured by a dwelling and establish certain protections from liability under this requirement for “qualified mortgages”; and

 

   

A rule addressing mortgage servicers’ obligations to: correct errors asserted by mortgage loan borrowers; provide certain information requested by such borrowers; and provide protections to such borrowers in connection with force-placed insurance. Additionally, this final rule addresses servicers’ obligations to: provide information about mortgage loss mitigation options to delinquent borrowers; establish policies and procedures for providing delinquent borrowers with continuity of contact with servicer personnel capable of performing certain functions; and evaluate borrowers’ applications for available loss mitigation options.

Certain other provisions of the DFA still require subsequent regulatory rulemaking. As a result, it is not clear at this time how those new regulations will affect People’s United Financial.

If People’s United Financial’s Allowance for Loan Losses Is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan Losses, Our Earnings Would Decrease

People’s United Financial is exposed to the risk that customers will not be able to repay their loans. This risk is inherent in the lending business. There is also the risk that the customer’s collateral will not be sufficient to cover the balance of their loan, as underlying collateral values fluctuate with market changes. People’s United Financial records an allowance for loan losses to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed to be appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the respective loan portfolios, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans and equipment financing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; the present financial condition of borrowers; and current economic conditions.

While People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these evaluations, and at December 31, 2012, management believed that the allowance for loan losses was appropriate to cover probable losses inherent in the existing loan portfolio, it is possible that borrower defaults could exceed the current estimates for loan losses, which would reduce earnings. In addition, future increases to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, increasing charge-offs of existing problem loans, or the identification of additional problem loans and other factors, which would also reduce earnings.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our Goodwill May be Determined to be Impaired at a Future Date Depending on the Results of Periodic Impairment Evaluations

People’s United Financial evaluates goodwill for impairment on an annual basis (or more frequently, if necessary). According to applicable accounting requirements, acceptable valuation methods include present-value measurements based on multiples of earnings or revenues, or similar performance measures. If the quoted market price for People’s United Financial common stock were to decline significantly, or if it was determined that the carrying amount of our goodwill exceeded its implied fair value, we would be required to write down the asset recorded for goodwill as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. This, in turn, would result in a charge to earnings and, thus, a reduction in stockholders’ equity. See Critical Accounting Policies and Notes 1, 2 and 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning People’s United Financial’s goodwill and the required impairment test.

People’s United Financial May Fail To Successfully Integrate Acquired Companies and Realize All of the Anticipated Benefits of an Acquisition

The ultimate success of an acquisition will depend, in part, on the ability of People’s United Financial to realize the anticipated benefits from combining the businesses of People’s United Financial with those of an acquired company. If People’s United Financial is not able to successfully combine the businesses, the anticipated benefits of a merger may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected.

A Failure In or Breach Of Our Operational or Security Systems or Infrastructure, or Those of Our Third Party Vendors and Other Service Providers, Including as a Result of Cyber Attacks, Could Disrupt Our Business, Result in the Disclosure or Misuse of Confidential or Proprietary Information, Damage Our Reputation, Increase Our Costs and Cause Losses

We depend upon our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of customer transactions on a continuous basis. As customer, public and regulatory expectations regarding operational and information security have increased, our operational systems and infrastructure must continue to be safeguarded and monitored for potential failures, disruptions and breakdowns.

Information security risks for financial institutions, such as ours, have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists, activists and other external parties. As noted above, our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks.

Our business operations rely on our digital technologies, computer and email systems, software and networks to conduct their operations. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use electronic devices that are beyond our control systems. Although we have information security procedures and controls in place, our technologies, systems, networks and our customers’ devices may become the target of cyber attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary and other information, or otherwise disrupt our or our customers’ or other third parties’ business operations.

Third parties with whom we do business or that facilitate our business activities, including exchanges, clearing houses, financial intermediaries or vendors that provide services or security solutions for our operations, could also be sources of operational and information security risk to us, including from breakdowns or failures of their own systems or capacity constraints.

 

19


Table of Contents

Although to date we have not experienced any material losses relating to cyber attacks or other information security breaches, there can be no assurance that we will not suffer such losses in the future. Our risk and exposure to these matters remains heightened because of, among other things, the evolving nature of these threats, the size and scale of People’s United Financial, our plans to continue to implement our internet banking and mobile banking channel strategies and develop additional remote connectivity solutions to serve our customers when and how they want to be served, our expanded geographic footprint, the outsourcing of some of our business operations and the continued uncertain global economic environment. As a result, cybersecurity and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and practices designed to protect our systems, computers, software, data and networks from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a focus for us. As threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate information security vulnerabilities.

Disruptions or failures in the physical infrastructure or operating systems that support our business and customers, or cyber attacks or security breaches of the networks, systems or devices that our customers use to access our products and services could result in customer attrition, regulatory fines, penalties or intervention, reputational damage, reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs, any of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

Availability of First Lien Data With Respect to Our Home Equity Loans and Lines of Credit Could Delay Our Response to Any Deterioration in the Borrower’s Credit

We do not currently have statistics for our entire portfolio of home equity loans and lines of credit with respect to first liens serviced by third parties that have priority over our junior liens, as we did not historically capture that data on our loan servicing systems. As a result, we may therefore be unaware that the loan secured by the first lien is not performing, which could delay our response to an apparent deterioration in the borrower’s creditworthiness. As of December 31, 2012, full and complete first lien position data was not readily available for approximately 74% of the home equity portfolio which, in turn, represented approximately 7% of our overall loan portfolio at that date.

We are actively working with a third-party vendor to obtain the missing first lien information and have, in certain cases, obtained the data through information reported to credit bureaus when the borrower defaults. This data collection effort, however, can be more difficult in cases where more than one mortgage is reported in a borrower’s credit report and/or there is not a corresponding property address associated with a reported mortgage, in which case we are often unable to associate a specific first lien with our junior lien. Please see the discussion in Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Asset Quality—Portfolio Risk Elements—Home Equity Lending beginning on page 68 for more detail, including steps we are taking to otherwise address this issue.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

People’s United Financial’s corporate headquarters is located in Bridgeport, Connecticut. The headquarters building had a net book value of $66 million at December 31, 2012 and People’s United Financial occupies approximately 87% of the building; all other available office space is leased to an unrelated party. People’s United Financial delivers its financial services through a network of branches located throughout Connecticut, New York, Massachusetts, Vermont, New Hampshire and Maine. People’s United Financial’s branch network is primarily concentrated in Connecticut, where it has 166 offices (including 86 located in Stop & Shop supermarkets). People’s United Financial also has 98 branches in southeastern New York (including 54 located in Stop & Shop supermarkets), 56 branches in Massachusetts, 42 branches in Vermont, 29 branches in New Hampshire and 28 branches in Maine. People’s United Financial owns 115 of its branches, which had an aggregate net book value of $64.8 million at December 31, 2012. People’s United Financial’s remaining banking operations are conducted in leased offices. Information regarding People’s United Financial’s operating leases for office space and related rent expense appears in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

20


Table of Contents
Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The information required by this item appears in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

Part II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The common stock of People’s United Financial, Inc. is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PBCT”. On February 15, 2013, the closing price of People’s United Financial, Inc. common stock was $12.95. As of that date, there were approximately 20,900 record holders of People’s United Financial, Inc. common stock.

Five-Year Performance Comparison

The following graph compares total shareholder return on People’s United Financial common stock over the last five fiscal years with: (i) the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (the “S & P 500 Stock Index”); (ii) the Russell Midcap Index; and (iii) the SNL Mid Cap U.S. Bank & Thrift Index (the “Mid Cap Index”). Index values are as of December 31 of the indicated year.

 

LOGO

The graph assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2007 in each of People’s United Financial’s common stock, the S & P 500 Stock Index, the Russell Midcap Index and the Mid Cap Index. The graph also assumes reinvestment of all dividends.

 

21


Table of Contents

The Russell Midcap Index is a market-capitalization weighted index comprised of 800 publicly-traded companies which are among the 1,000 largest U.S. companies (by market capitalization) but not among the 200 largest such companies. People’s United Financial is included as a component of the Russell Midcap Index. The Mid Cap Index is an index prepared by SNL Securities comprised of 64 financial institutions (including People’s United Financial) located throughout the United States.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information with respect to purchases made by People’s United Financial of its common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2012.

 

Period

   Total number
of shares
purchased
     Average
price paid
per share
     Total number of
shares purchased as
part of publicly
announced plans

or programs
     Maximum number
of shares that may
yet be purchased
under the plans

or programs
 

October 1 - 31, 2012:

           

Tendered by employees (1)

     62,342       $ 12.22         —           —     

Publicly announced program (2)

     1,268,750       $ 12.21         1,268,750         3,231,250   

November 1 - 30, 2012:

           

Tendered by employees (1)

     9,347       $ 11.90         —           —     

Publicly announced program (2)

     3,231,250       $ 11.82         3,231,250         —     

December 1 - 31, 2012:

           

Tendered by employees (1)

     —         $ —           —           —     

Publicly announced program (2)

     213,600       $ 12.30         213,600         33,386,400   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total:

           

Tendered by employees (1)

     71,689       $ 12.18         —           —     

Publicly announced program (2)

     4,713,600       $ 11.95         4,713,600         33,386,400   

 

(1) All shares listed were tendered by employees of People’s United Financial in satisfaction of their related minimum tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock awards granted in prior periods and/or in payment of the exercise price and satisfaction of their related minimum tax withholding obligations upon the exercise of stock options granted in prior periods. The average price paid per share is equal to the average of the high and low trading price of People’s United Financial’s common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market on the vesting or exercise date or, if no trades took place on that date, the most recent day for which trading data was available. There is no limit on the number of shares that may be tendered by employees of People’s United Financial in the future for these purposes. Shares acquired in payment of the option exercise price or in satisfaction of minimum tax withholding obligations are not eligible for reissuance in connection with any subsequent grants made pursuant to equity compensation plans maintained by People’s United Financial. All shares acquired in this manner are retired by People’s United Financial, resuming the status of authorized but unissued shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock.
(2) In October 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 5% of People’s United Financial’s outstanding common stock, or 18.0 million shares. In November 2012, People’s United Financial completed the repurchase of the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized in October 2011 and its Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of up to 10% of People’s United Financial’s outstanding common stock, or 33.6 million shares. Such shares may be repurchased, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. Through February 27, 2013, People’s United Financial’s repurchased an additional 6.1 million shares of common stock under this authorization at an average price of $12.68 per share.

Additional information required by this item is included in Part III, Item 12 of this report, and Notes 13 and 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

22


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

As of and for the years ended December 31

(dollars in millions, except per share data)

   2012     2011 (1)     2010 (1)     2009     2008  

Earnings Data:

          

Net interest income (fully taxable equivalent)

   $ 940.4      $ 921.2      $ 697.3      $ 580.2      $ 640.3   

Provision for loan losses

     49.2        63.7        60.0        57.0        26.2   

Non-interest income

     313.8        307.6        270.0        284.3        279.6   

Non-interest expense (2)

     830.6        871.9        782.0        659.8        685.0   

Operating non-interest expense (3)

     817.9        815.1        743.4        657.8        633.7   

Net income

     245.3        192.4        82.5        101.2        137.8   

Operating earnings (3)

     253.9        230.7        122.2        104.3        171.0   

Selected Statistical Data:

          

Net interest margin

     3.86     4.10     3.67     3.20     3.63

Operating net interest margin (3)

     3.82        4.03        3.67        3.20        3.63   

Return on average assets

     0.87        0.74        0.37        0.49        0.68   

Operating return on average assets (3)

     0.90        0.89        0.55        0.50        0.84   

Return on average tangible assets

     0.95        0.80        0.41        0.53        0.73   

Return on average stockholders’ equity

     4.7        3.6        1.5        2.0        2.6   

Return on average tangible stockholders’ equity

     8.2        6.0        2.3        2.8        3.7   

Operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity (3)

     8.5        7.2        3.4        2.9        4.6   

Efficiency ratio (3)

     62.4        64.0        73.3        73.6        66.9   

Financial Condition Data:

          

Total assets

   $ 30,324      $ 27,558      $ 25,034      $ 21,257      $ 20,168   

Loans

     21,737        20,385        17,323        14,099        14,547   

Securities

     4,669        2,931        3,033        902        1,902   

Short-term investments (4)

     131        411        1,120        3,492        1,139   

Allowance for loan losses

     188        183        173        173        158   

Goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets

     2,154        2,174        1,962        1,515        1,536   

Deposits

     21,751        20,816        17,933        15,446        14,269   

Borrowings

     2,386        857        1,011        159        188   

Notes and debentures

     659        160        182        182        181   

Stockholders’ equity

     5,039        5,215        5,216        5,101        5,174   

Non-performing assets (5)

     290        337        303        206        94   

Ratios:

          

Net loan charge-offs to average loans

     0.21     0.28     0.40     0.29     0.10

Non-performing assets to originated loans, real estate owned and repossessed assets (5)

     1.48        2.00        2.10        1.45        0.64   

Originated allowance for loan losses to:

          

Originated loans (5)

     0.91        1.05        1.19        1.22        1.08   

Originated non-performing loans (5)

     70.3        59.7        70.3        102.2        186.8   

Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets

     18.4        20.3        24.4        24.8        25.6   

Stockholders’ equity to total assets

     16.6        18.9        20.8        24.0        25.7   

Tangible stockholders’ equity to tangible assets

     10.2        12.0        14.1        18.2        19.5   

Total risk-based capital (6)

     13.1        14.0        14.5        14.1        13.4   

Common Share Data:

          

Basic and diluted earnings per share

   $ 0.72      $ 0.55      $ 0.23      $ 0.30      $ 0.41   

Operating earnings per share (3)

     0.75        0.66        0.34        0.31        0.51   

Dividends paid per share

     0.64        0.63        0.62        0.61        0.58   

Dividend payout ratio

     88.8     114.9     264.4     201.1     141.1

Operating dividend payout ratio (3)

     85.8        95.8        178.6        195.2        113.7   

Book value per share (end of period)

   $ 15.21      $ 14.96      $ 14.90      $ 15.20      $ 15.44   

Tangible book value per share (end of period) (3)

     8.71        8.72        9.30        10.68        10.86   

Stock price:

          

High

     13.79        14.49        17.08        18.54        21.76   

Low

     11.20        10.50        12.20        14.72        13.92   

Close (end of period)

     12.09        12.85        14.01        16.70        17.83   

 

23


Table of Contents
(1) Previously reported amounts for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been revised to reflect a reduction in net interest income, which, after taxes, reduced net income by $6.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, and basic and diluted earnings per share by $0.02 and $0.01, respectively. Certain statistical data and other per common share data have been revised accordingly. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
(2) Includes a total of $12.7 million, $56.8 million, $58.9 million, $4.5 million and $51.3 million of merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges in 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Also includes an FDIC special assessment charge of $8.4 million in 2009.
(3) See Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP.
(4) Includes securities purchased under agreements to resell.
(5) Excludes acquired loans. See Asset Quality.
(6) Total risk-based capital ratios presented are for People’s United Bank and, as such, do not reflect the additional capital residing at People’s United Financial, Inc. See Regulatory Capital.

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Periodic and other filings made by People’s United Financial with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act may, from time to time, contain information and statements that are forward-looking in nature. Such filings include the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and may include other forms such as proxy statements. Other written or oral statements made by People’s United Financial or its representatives from time to time may also contain forward-looking statements.

In general, forward-looking statements usually use words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “should,” and similar expressions, and include all statements about People’s United Financial’s operating results or financial position for future periods. Forward-looking statements represent management’s beliefs, based upon information available at the time the statements are made, with regard to the matters addressed; they are not guarantees of future performance.

All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause People’s United Financial’s actual results or financial condition to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by such statements. Factors of particular importance to People’s United Financial include, but are not limited to: (1) changes in general, international, national or regional economic conditions; (2) changes in interest rates; (3) changes in loan default and charge-off rates; (4) changes in deposit levels; (5) changes in levels of income and expense in non-interest income and expense related activities; (6) residential mortgage and secondary market activity; (7) changes in accounting and regulatory guidance applicable to banks; (8) price levels and conditions in the public securities markets generally; (9) competition and its effect on pricing, spending, third-party relationships and revenues; (10) the successful integration of acquisitions; and (11) changes in regulation resulting from or relating to financial reform legislation.

All forward-looking statements can be affected by inaccurate assumptions or by known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. People’s United Financial does not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

24


Table of Contents

Recent Market Developments

 

FDIC Insurance Coverage / Assessments

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions up to certain limits (up to $250,000 per depositor through December 31, 2013), charging premiums to maintain the DIF at specified levels. Such premiums vary based on the risk profile of the insured institution.

In 2009, in response to adverse economic conditions that resulted in an increased number of bank failures and, consequently, greater use of DIF resources, the FDIC authorized higher premium assessments pursuant to a restoration plan designed to increase the DIF reserve ratio to required levels. Also in 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule that amended the assessment regulations to require insured financial institutions to prepay their estimated deposit insurance premiums for 2010, 2011 and 2012 on December 30, 2009. On December 30, 2009, People’s United Bank prepaid its estimated deposit insurance premiums totaling $69 million in accordance with FDIC regulations. The prepaid deposit insurance assessment at December 31, 2012 was $1 million.

In February 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule that: (i) changed the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital); (ii) adopted a new large-bank pricing assessment scheme; and (iii) set a target size for the DIF at 2% of insured deposits. The rule, which was effective beginning with the quarterly assessment period ended June 30, 2011, also (i) implemented a lower assessment rate schedule when the DIF reaches 1.15 percent and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent and (ii) created a scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, including People’s United Bank.

One of the financial ratios used in the scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets is the ratio of “higher-risk” assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves. In October 2012, the FDIC adopted a final rule that revises the definitions of higher-risk commercial and industrial loans, securities and consumer loans and clarifies when an asset must be classified as higher risk. This rule is generally effective on April 1, 2013.

The actual amount of future assessments will be dependent on several factors, including: (i) People’s United Bank’s average total assets and average tangible equity; (ii) People’s United Bank’s risk profile; and (iii) whether additional special assessments are imposed in future periods and the manner in which such assessments are determined.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

The DFA, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, imposes significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape and will continue to impact all financial institutions and their holding companies, including People’s United Bank and People’s United Financial. The DFA transferred all supervisory functions, including ongoing supervision, examination and regulation, for savings and loan holding companies and their non-depository subsidiaries to the FRB, effective July 21, 2011, and on the same day, the OCC assumed responsibility for the supervision, examination and regulation of all federally-chartered savings banks. In October 2011, People’s United Bank filed an application with the OCC to convert to a national bank charter. In connection with this conversion, People’s United Financial intends to submit an application to the FRB-NY to convert to a bank holding company.

 

 

25


Table of Contents

The DFA created a new federal consumer protection agency, the CFPB, which is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer protection. The CFPB has exclusive authority to issue regulations, orders and guidance to administer and implement the objectives of federal consumer protection laws. The CFPB also has supervision over our consumer compliance examinations. Moreover, the DFA permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and authorizes state attorneys general to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the CFPB. The DFA restricts the authority of the federal banking regulators to preempt state consumer protection laws applicable to banks and limits the preemption of state laws as they affect subsidiaries and agents of federally-chartered banks.

The DFA limits the amount of interchange fee that an issuer of debit cards may charge or receive to an amount that is “reasonable and proportional” to the cost of the transaction. The DFA further provides that a debit card issuer may not restrict the number of payment card networks on which a debit card transaction may be processed to a single network or limit the ability of a merchant to direct the routing of debit card payments for processing. The interchange fee provisions became effective in the fourth quarter of 2011 (see Non-Interest Income).

All federal prohibitions on the ability of financial institutions to pay interest on demand deposit accounts were repealed as part of the DFA. As of December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank’s non-interest-bearing deposits totaled $5.1 billion, or 23% of total deposits. The Company’s interest expense may increase and its net interest margin may decrease if we begin to offer higher rates of interest than we currently offer on demand deposits.

The DFA also imposes stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred issuances from counting as Tier 1 capital. The DFA also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit the ability of People’s United Financial to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate and other hedging transactions.

In January 2013, the CFPB issued a series of final rules to implement provisions in the DFA related to mortgage origination and mortgage servicing. These rules, which are scheduled to go into effect in January 2014, may increase the cost of originating and servicing residential mortgage loans.

It is anticipated that the DFA will significantly increase the Company’s regulatory compliance burden and costs and may restrict the financial products and services People’s United Financial offers to its customers.

General

 

People’s United Financial is a savings and loan holding company incorporated under the state laws of Delaware and the holding company for People’s United Bank. The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, commercial banking, retail and business banking, and wealth management services to individual, corporate and municipal customers.

People’s United Bank is a federally-chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut with $30.1 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2012. People’s United Bank was organized in 1842 as a mutual savings bank, converted to stock form in 1988, and in 2006 converted from a Connecticut-chartered stock savings bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank. Its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC under the DIF. Until July 2011, People’s United Bank was subject to regulation, examination, supervision and reporting requirements by the OTS as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC as the deposit insurer. On July 21, 2011, primary supervisory responsibility for People’s United Bank was transferred from the OTS to the OCC.

 

 

26


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial’s results of operations are largely dependent upon revenues generated through net interest income and fee-based revenues and, to a much lesser extent, other forms of non-interest income such as gains on asset sales. Sources for these revenues are diversified across People’s United Financial’s three primary operating segments that represent its core businesses: Commercial Banking; Retail and Business Banking; and Wealth Management. People’s United Financial’s results of operations are also significantly affected by the provision for loan losses and the level of non-interest expense. In addition, People’s United Financial’s results of operations may also be affected by general and local economic conditions, changes in market interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

Acquisitions

 

On June 22, 2012, People’s United Bank acquired 57 branches from Citizens and assumed approximately $324 million in deposits associated with these branches. Fifty-three of the branches are situated in Stop & Shop supermarkets and four are traditional branches. All of the branches are located in the state of New York, with 30 on Long Island, eight in Westchester County and six in the boroughs of New York City. People’s United Bank paid a 1% premium on the assumed deposits of approximately $3.24 million. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

After the close of business on June 30, 2011, People’s United Financial acquired Danvers based in Danvers, Massachusetts. The transaction was effective July 1, 2011. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On November 30, 2010, People’s United Financial completed its acquisitions of Smithtown based in Hauppauge, New York and LSB based in North Andover, Massachusetts. On April 16, 2010, People’s United Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC pursuant to which People’s United Bank assumed all of the deposits, certain assets and the banking operations of Butler Bank, located in Lowell, Massachusetts. On February 19, 2010, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Financial Federal, a financial services company providing collateralized lending, financing and leasing services nationwide to small and medium sized businesses. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. On January 1, 2008, People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Chittenden, a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Burlington, Vermont. People’s United Financial’s results of operations include the results of the acquired entities beginning with their respective closing dates.

Critical Accounting Policies

 

In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, People’s United Financial is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from People’s United Financial’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these significant estimates.

Several accounting estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses and asset impairment judgments, such as the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets, and other-than-temporary declines in the value of securities.

The judgments used by People’s United Financial in applying these critical accounting policies may be affected by a further and prolonged deterioration in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results. For example, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods, and the inability to collect outstanding principal may result in increased loan losses. People’s United Financial’s significant accounting policies and critical estimates are summarized in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

27


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed to be appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the respective loan portfolios, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; (ii) risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; (iii) an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; (iv) the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; (v) the present financial condition of borrowers; and (vi) current economic conditions.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of three elements: (i) an allowance for larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans that are evaluated on an individual (loan-by-loan) basis; (ii) an allowance for smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are evaluated on a collective basis; and (iii) a specific allowance for individual loans deemed to be impaired, including originated loans classified as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”).

Larger-balance, Non-homogeneous Loans . The Company establishes a loan loss allowance for its larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans using a methodology that incorporates (i) the probability of default for a given loan risk rating and (ii) historical default data over a multi-year period. In accordance with the Company’s loan risk rating system, each loan, with the exception of those included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, is assigned a risk rating (using a nine-grade scale) by the originating loan officer, credit management, internal loan review or loan committee. Loans rated “One” represent those loans least likely to default while loans rated “Nine” represent a loss. The probability of loans defaulting for each risk rating, referred to as default factors, is estimated based on the frequency with which loans migrate from one risk rating to another and to default status over time. Estimated loan default factors are multiplied by loan balances within each risk-rating category and again multiplied by an historical loss-given-default estimate for each loan type to determine an appropriate level of allowance by loan type. The historical loss-given-default estimates are updated annually (or more frequently, if necessary) based on actual charge-off experience. This approach is applied to the commercial, commercial real estate and equipment financing components of the loan portfolio.

In developing the allowance for loan losses for larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans, the Company also gives consideration to certain qualitative factors, including the macroeconomic environment and any potential imprecision inherent in its loan loss model that may result from having limited historical loan loss data which, in turn, may result in inaccurate probability of default and loss-given-default factors. In consideration of these factors, the Company may adjust the allowance for loan losses upward or downward based on current economic conditions and portfolio trends. In determining the extent of any such adjustment, the Company considers both economic and portfolio-specific data that correlates with loan losses. The Company annually reviews this data to determine that such a correlation continues to exist. Additionally, at interim dates between annual reviews, these factors are evaluated in order to conclude that they continue to be adequate based on current economic conditions.

 

28


Table of Contents

Smaller-balance, Homogeneous Loans . Pools of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics are also assessed for probable losses. These loan pools include residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer loans that are not assigned individual loan risk ratings. Rather, the assessment of these portfolios is based upon a consideration of recent historical loss experience, delinquency trends and portfolio specific risk characteristics, the combination of which determines whether a loan is classified as “High” risk, “Moderate” risk or “Low” risk.

The allowance for loan losses for these smaller-balance, homogeneous portfolios is developed using a “build-up” approach that includes components attributable to: (i) historical portfolio loss experience; (ii) portfolio-specific risk elements; and (iii) other qualitative factors.

The risk characteristics considered include: (i) collateral values/loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios (above and below 70%); (ii) borrower credit scores under the FICO scoring system (above and below a score of 680); and (iii) other relevant portfolio risk elements such as income verification at the time of underwriting (stated income vs. non-stated income) and the property’s intended use (owner-occupied, non-owner occupied, second home, etc.). In classifying a loan as either “High”, “Moderate” or “Low” risk, the combination of each of the aforementioned risk characteristics is considered for that loan, resulting, effectively, in a “matrix approach” to its risk classification. These risk classifications are reviewed periodically to ensure that they continue to be appropriate in light of changes within the portfolio and/or economic indicators as well as other industry developments.

In establishing the allowance for loan losses for residential mortgage loans, the Company principally considers historical portfolio loss experience of the most recent 1- and 3-year periods, as management believes this provides a reasonable basis for estimating the inherent probable losses within the residential mortgage portfolio. In establishing the allowance for loan losses for home equity loans, the Company principally considers historical portfolio loss experience of the most recent 12-month period.

With respect to portfolio stratification based on the aforementioned portfolio-specific risk characteristics, each risk category is currently assigned an applicable reserve factor. For residential mortgage loans, the “Moderate” (or baseline) reserve factor represents the portfolio’s net charge-off rate for the preceding fiscal year. For home equity loans, the “Moderate” (or baseline) reserve factor represents an average of the portfolio’s monthly net charge-off rates for the preceding three months. This component of the allowance employs a shorter look-back period as it is intended to identify emerging portfolio trends in credit quality as determined by reference to a loan’s initial underwriting as well as subsequent changes in property values and borrower credit scores. Accordingly, the shorter look-back period is deemed to provide a better basis on which to analyze such trends.

Within each respective portfolio, the loan population deemed to be “High” risk is subject to a reserve factor equal to two times that of the applicable baseline factor, while the loan population deemed to be “Low” risk is subject to a reserve factor equal to one-third of the applicable baseline factor. These adjustments around the baseline factor are intended to reflect the higher or lower probability of loss inherent in the corresponding portfolio stratification. The reserve factor multiples for the “High” and “Low” risk categories were determined by reference to actual historical portfolio loss experience and are generally reflective of the range of losses incurred over each portfolio’s respective look-back period. As such, management believes that these multiples, which are reassessed annually (or more frequently, if necessary), provide a reasonable basis for estimating the inherent probable losses within each risk classification category.

 

29


Table of Contents

In addition to the portfolio-specific quantitative measures described above, the Company considers a variety of qualitative factors in establishing its allowance for loan losses that, generally, are based on management’s assessment of economic, market and industry conditions. Such qualitative factors include, but are not limited to: (i) present and forecasted economic conditions, including unemployment rates, new jobs creation and consumer confidence levels; (ii) changes in industry trends, including the impact of new regulations, the origination market, the U.S. homeownership rate and potential homebuyer levels; and (iii) trends in property values, including housing market indicators, foreclosure activity, housing inventory and distressed sale levels, and median sales prices/average market time.

In completing the “build-up” approach to the allowance for loan losses for smaller-balance, homogeneous loans, the amount reflecting the Company’s consideration of these various qualitative factors is added to the amounts attributable to historical portfolio loss experience and portfolio-specific risk elements. In this manner, historical charge-off data (whether periods or amounts) is not adjusted and the allowance for loan losses always includes a component attributable to qualitative factors, the degree of which may change from period to period as such qualitative factors indicate improving or worsening trends. There were no significant changes in the qualitative factor component of the related allowance for loan losses during 2012.

Individually Impaired Loans . The allowance for loan losses also includes specific allowances for individually impaired loans. Generally, the Company’s impaired loans consist of (i) classified commercial loans in excess of $750,000 that have been placed on non-accrual status and (ii) originated loans classified as TDRs. Individually impaired loans are measured based upon observable market prices; the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate; or, in the case of collateral dependent loans, fair value of the collateral (based on appraisals and other market information) less cost to sell. If the recorded investment in a loan exceeds the amount measured as described in the preceding sentence, a specific allowance for loan losses would be established as a component of the overall allowance for loan losses or, in the case of a collateral dependent loan, a charge-off would be recorded for the difference between the loan’s recorded investment and management’s estimate of the fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell). It would be rare for the Company to identify a loan that meets the criteria stated above and requires a specific allowance or a charge-off and not deem it impaired solely as a result of the existence of a guarantee.

People’s United Financial performs an analysis of its impaired loans, including collateral dependent impaired loans, on a quarterly basis. Individually impaired collateral dependent loans are measured based upon the appraised value of the underlying collateral and other market information. Generally, the Company’s policy is to obtain updated appraisals for commercial collateral dependent loans when the loan is downgraded to a risk rating of “substandard” or “doubtful”, and the most recent appraisal is more than 12 months old or a determination has been made that the property has experienced a significant decline in value. Appraisals are prepared by independent, licensed third-party appraisers and are subject to review by the Company’s internal commercial appraisal department or external appraisers contracted by the commercial appraisal department. The conclusions of the external appraisal review are reviewed by the Company’s Chief Commercial Appraiser prior to acceptance. The Company’s policy with respect to impaired residential mortgage loans is to receive updated appraisals upon the loan being classified as non-performing (typically upon becoming 90 days past due).

In determining the allowance for loan losses, People’s United Financial gives appropriate consideration to the age of appraisals through its regular evaluation of other relevant qualitative and quantitative information. Specifically, between scheduled appraisals, property values are monitored within the commercial portfolio by reference to current originations of collateral dependent loans and the related appraisals obtained during underwriting as well as by reference to recent trends in commercial property sales as published by leading industry sources. Property values are monitored within the residential mortgage portfolio by reference to available market indicators, including real estate price indices within the Company’s primary lending areas.

 

30


Table of Contents

In most situations where a guarantee exists, the guarantee arrangement is not a specific factor in the assessment of the related allowance for loan losses. However, the assessment of a guarantor’s credit strength is reflected in the Company’s internal loan risk ratings which, in turn, are an important factor in its allowance for loan loss methodology for loans within the commercial and commercial real estate portfolios.

People’s United Financial did not change its methodologies with respect to determining the allowance for loan losses during 2012. While People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these determinations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

Asset Impairment Judgments

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are required to be reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses on other acquisition-related intangibles are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level. The impairment evaluation is performed as of an annual date or more frequently if a triggering event indicates that impairment may have occurred.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board amended its standards to provide an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of such events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the entity is not required to perform the two-step impairment test described below. People’s United Financial elected to perform this optional qualitative assessment in its evaluation of goodwill impairment and concluded that performance of the two-step test was not required.

When performed, the goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step (“Step 1”) is used to identify potential impairment, and involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not deemed to be impaired. Should the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceed its estimated fair value, an indicator of potential impairment is deemed to exist and a second step is performed to measure the amount of such impairment, if any. None of the Company’s identified reporting units are at risk of failing the Step 1 goodwill impairment test at this time.

The second step (“Step 2”) involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which impairment was indicated in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how the amount of goodwill is determined in a business combination (i.e. by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in Step 1, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles applicable to that reporting unit as of the impairment testing date). If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, no impairment exists. If the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to such excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss (write-down) establishes a new carrying amount for the goodwill. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment losses are not permitted.

 

31


Table of Contents

The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units based on an appropriate weighting of values based on (i) a present-value measurement technique (discounted cash flow analysis based on internal forecasts) and (ii) market-based trading and transaction multiples. The discounted cash flow analysis is based on significant assumptions and judgments including future growth rates and discount rates reflecting management’s assessment of market participant views of the risks associated with the projected cash flows of the reporting units. The market-based trading and transaction multiples are derived from the market prices of stocks of companies that are actively traded and engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Company and the respective reporting unit. The derived multiples are then applied to the reporting unit’s financial metrics to produce an indication of value. Differences in the identification of reporting units or in the selection of valuation techniques and related assumptions could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

Securities. Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term as well as those held by PSI (in accordance with the requirements for a broker-dealer) are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in non-interest income.

Debt securities for which People’s United Financial has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and other asset-backed securities.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security is deemed to be other-than-temporary. Other-than-temporary impairment losses are recognized on debt securities when: (i) People’s United Financial has an intention to sell the security; (ii) it is more likely than not that People’s United Financial will be required to sell the security prior to recovery; or (iii) People’s United Financial does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Other-than-temporary losses on debt securities are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time People’s United Financial expects to receive full value for the securities.

FHLB stock is a non-marketable equity security and is, therefore, reported at cost, which equals par value (the amount at which shares have been redeemed in the past). The investment is periodically evaluated for impairment based on, among other things, the capital adequacy of the applicable FHLB and its overall financial condition.

 

32


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP

 

In addition to evaluating People’s United Financial’s results of operations in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management routinely supplements their evaluation with an analysis of certain non-GAAP financial measures, such as the efficiency and tangible equity ratios, tangible book value per share and operating earnings metrics. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding People’s United Financial’s underlying operating performance and trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of other banks and thrifts. Further, the efficiency ratio and operating earnings metrics are used by management in its assessment of financial performance, including non-interest expense control, while the tangible equity ratio and tangible book value per share are used to analyze the relative strength of People’s United Financial’s capital position.

The efficiency ratio, which represents an approximate measure of the cost required by People’s United Financial to generate a dollar of revenue, is the ratio of (i) total non-interest expense (excluding goodwill impairment charges, amortization of other acquisition-related intangible assets, losses on real estate assets and non-recurring expenses) (the numerator) to (ii) net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) basis plus total non-interest income (including the FTE adjustment on bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) income, and excluding gains and losses on sales of assets other than residential mortgage loans, and non-recurring income) (the denominator). People’s United Financial generally considers an item of income or expense to be non-recurring if it is not similar to an item of income or expense of a type incurred within the last two years and is not similar to an item of income or expense of a type reasonably expected to be incurred within the following two years.

Operating earnings exclude from net income those items that management considers to be of such a non-recurring or infrequent nature that, by excluding such items (net of income taxes), People’s United Financial’s results can be measured and assessed on a more consistent basis from period to period. Items excluded from operating earnings, which include, but are not limited to: (i) merger-related expenses, including acquisition integration costs; (ii) charges related to executive-level management separation costs; (iii) severance-related costs; and (iv) writedowns of banking house assets, are generally also excluded when calculating the efficiency ratio. Operating earnings per share is derived by determining the per share impact of the respective adjustments to arrive at operating earnings and adding (subtracting) such amounts to (from) GAAP earnings per share. Operating return on average assets is calculated by dividing operating earnings (annualized) by average assets. Operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity is calculated by dividing operating earnings (annualized) by average tangible stockholders’ equity. The operating dividend payout ratio is calculated by dividing dividends paid by operating earnings for the respective period.

Operating net interest margin excludes from the net interest margin those items that management considers to be of such a discrete nature that, by excluding such items, People’s United Financial’s net interest margin can be measured and assessed on a more consistent basis from period to period. Items excluded from operating net interest margin include cost recovery income on acquired loans and changes in the accretable yield on acquired loans stemming from periodic cash flow reassessments. Operating net interest margin is calculated by dividing operating net interest income (annualized) by average earning assets.

The tangible equity ratio is the ratio of (i) tangible stockholders’ equity (total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets) (the numerator) to (ii) tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets) (the denominator). Tangible book value per share is calculated by dividing tangible stockholders’ equity by common shares (total common shares issued, less common shares classified as treasury shares and unallocated Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) common shares).

In light of diversity in presentation among financial institutions, the methodologies used by People’s United Financial for determining the non-GAAP financial measures discussed above may differ from those used by other financial institutions.

 

33


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s operating non-interest expense and efficiency ratio, as derived from amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Total non-interest expense

   $ 830.6      $ 871.9      $ 782.0      $ 659.8      $ 685.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to arrive at operating non-interest expense:

          

Severance-related costs

     (7.3     (5.3     —          —          —     

Acquisition integration costs

     (5.4     —          —          —          —     

Merger-related expenses

     —          (42.9     (23.3     (2.0     (36.5

Writedowns of banking house assets

     —          (4.8     —          —          —     

Executive-level separation agreement

     —          (3.8     (15.3     —          —     

Other one-time charges

     —          —          —          —          (14.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (12.7     (56.8     (38.6     (2.0     (51.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating non-interest expense

     817.9        815.1        743.4        657.8        633.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of other acquisition-related
intangible assets

     (26.8     (25.8     (21.7     (20.6     (21.3

FDIC special assessment

     —          —          —          (8.4     —     

Other (1)

     (7.8     (10.3     (9.4     (6.5     (2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 783.3      $ 779.0      $ 712.3      $ 622.3      $ 609.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (FTE basis)

   $ 940.4      $ 921.2      $ 697.3      $ 580.2      $ 640.3   

Total non-interest income

     313.8        307.6        270.0        284.3        279.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     1,254.2        1,228.8        967.3        864.5        919.9   

Adjustments:

          

BOLI FTE adjustment

     2.8        3.1        3.6        4.5        4.5   

Net security (gains) losses

     —          (8.8     1.0        (22.0     (8.3

Gains on sales of acquired loans

     (1.0     (7.5     —          —          —     

Other (2)

     (0.7     2.2        —          (1.9     (4.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,255.3      $ 1,217.8      $ 971.9      $ 845.1      $ 911.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

     62.4     64.0     73.3     73.6     66.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Items classified as “other” and deducted from non-interest expense for purposes of calculating the efficiency ratio include, as applicable, certain franchise taxes, REO expenses, contract termination costs and non-recurring expenses.
(2) Items classified as “other” and added to (deducted from) total revenues for purposes of calculating the efficiency ratio include, as applicable, asset write-offs, gains associated with the sale of branch locations and mortgage servicing rights, and interest on an income tax refund.

 

34


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize People’s United Financial’s operating earnings, operating earnings per share, operating return on average assets and operating net interest margin:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions, except per share data)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Operating Earnings

          

Net income, as reported

   $ 245.3      $ 192.4      $ 82.5      $ 101.2      $ 137.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to arrive at operating earnings:

          

Severance-related costs

     7.3        5.3        —          —          —     

Acquisition integration costs

     5.4        —          —          —          —     

Merger-related expenses

     —          42.9        23.3        2.0        36.5   

Writedowns of banking house assets

     —          4.8        —          —          —     

Executive-level separation costs

     —          3.8        15.3        —          —     

Core system conversion costs

     —          —          20.3        2.5        —     

Other one-time charges

     —          —          —          —          14.8   

Other gains

     —          —          —          —          (2.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total pre-tax adjustments

     12.7        56.8        58.9        4.5        48.9   

Tax effect

     (4.1     (18.5     (19.2     (1.4     (15.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments, net of tax

     8.6        38.3        39.7        3.1        33.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

   $ 253.9      $ 230.7      $ 122.2      $ 104.3      $ 171.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Earnings Per Share

          

Earnings per share, as reported

   $ 0.72      $ 0.55      $ 0.23      $ 0.30      $ 0.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustment to arrive at operating earnings per share:

          

Severance-related costs

     0.02        0.01        —          —          —     

Acquisition integration costs

     0.01        —          —          —          —     

Merger-related expenses

     —          0.08        0.04        —          0.07   

Writedowns of banking house assets

     —          0.01        —          —          —     

Executive-level separation costs

     —          0.01        0.03        —          —     

Core system conversion costs

     —          —          0.04        0.01        —     

Other one-time charges

     —          —          —          —          0.03   

Other gains

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments per share

     0.03        0.11        0.11        0.01        0.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings per share

   $ 0.75      $ 0.66      $ 0.34      $ 0.31      $ 0.51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Return on Average Assets

          

Average total assets

   $ 28,113      $ 26,028      $ 22,016      $ 20,757      $ 20,373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating return on average assets

     0.90     0.89     0.55     0.50     0.84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

35


Table of Contents

Operating Net Interest Income

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions, except per share data)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Net interest income (FTE basis)

   $ 940.4      $ 921.2      $ 697.3      $ 580.2      $ 640.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to arrive at operating net interest income:

          

Cost recovery income

     (8.8     (5.0     —          —          —     

Changes in accretable yield

     —          (11.2     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     (8.8     (16.2     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating net interest income

   $ 931.6      $ 905.0      $ 697.3      $ 580.2      $ 640.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest margin, as reported

     3.86     4.10     3.67     3.20     3.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to arrive at operating net interest margin:

          

Cost recovery income

     (0.04     (0.02     —          —          —     

Changes in accretable yield

     —          (0.05     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     (0.04     (0.07     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating net interest margin

     3.82     4.03     3.67     3.20     3.63
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average total earning assets

   $ 24,366      $ 22,497      $ 18,989      $ 18,157      $ 17,662   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables summarize People’s United Financial’s operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity and operating dividend payout ratio:

Operating Return on Average Tangible Stockholders’ Equity

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Operating earnings

   $ 253.9      $ 230.7      $ 122.2      $ 104.3      $ 171.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average stockholders’ equity

   $ 5,168      $ 5,271      $ 5,368      $ 5,141      $ 5,213   

Less: Average goodwill and average other acquisition-related intangible assets

     2,165        2,053        1,753        1,526        1,520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,003      $ 3,218      $ 3,615      $ 3,615      $ 3,693   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity

     8.5     7.2     3.4     2.9     4.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Dividend Payout Ratio

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Dividends paid

   $ 217.9      $ 220.9      $ 218.1      $ 203.6      $ 194.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating earnings

   $ 253.9      $ 230.7      $ 122.2      $ 104.3      $ 171.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating dividend payout ratio

     85.8     95.8     178.6     195.2     113.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize People’s United Financial’s tangible equity ratio and tangible book value per share derived from amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Condition:

Tangible Equity Ratio

 

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 5,039      $ 5,215      $ 5,216      $ 5,101      $ 5,174   

Less: Goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets

     2,154        2,174        1,962        1,515        1,536   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,885      $ 3,041      $ 3,254      $ 3,586      $ 3,638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 30,324      $ 27,558      $ 25,034      $ 21,257      $ 20,168   

Less: Goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets

     2,154        2,174        1,962        1,515        1,536   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

   $ 28,170      $ 25,384      $ 23,072      $ 19,742      $ 18,632   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible equity ratio

     10.2     12.0     14.1     18.2     19.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Tangible Book Value Per Share           

As of December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,885      $ 3,041      $ 3,254      $ 3,586      $ 3,638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common shares issued

     395.81        395.42        376.62        348.25        347.93   

Less: Common shares classified as treasury shares

     56.18        38.03        17.49        3.21        3.17   

Unallocated ESOP common shares

     8.36        8.71        9.06        9.41        9.76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common shares

     331.27        348.68        350.07        335.63        335.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible book value per share

   $ 8.71      $ 8.72      $ 9.30      $ 10.68      $ 10.86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

Economic Environment

 

People’s United Financial’s results are subject to fluctuations based on economic conditions. In response to the significant disruptions in the capital markets brought about by the sub-prime mortgage crisis and its after-effects, turmoil in the financial sector, and the contracting U.S. economy, the Federal Reserve Board has maintained its targeted range for the federal funds rate of 0 to 0.25 percent since December 16, 2008. Throughout 2012, the United States economy continued a slow expansion. Real gross domestic product decreased at an annual rate of 0.1% in the fourth quarter of 2012, after increasing 3.1% in the third quarter. The national unemployment rate was 7.8% as of December 31, 2012, down from 8.5% at the end of 2011.

Although economic growth in 2012 was modest, a number of developments during the year are likely to provide a basis for more robust future growth. These developments include: (1) an improvement in the housing market; (2) an increase in the rate of household formation; (3) an improvement in household balance sheets; (4) an increase in auto purchases; (5) a reduction in the drag posed by state and local government spending reductions; (6) an improvement in bank credit conditions; and (7) reductions in energy costs due to increased domestic energy production. In addition to these 2012 trends, the economy may benefit from the elimination of tax policy uncertainty, increased corporate investment and the multiplier effect of recent job gains. Offset against these forces is the expected drag due to the recent tax increases and uncertainties associated with federal spending policy, the implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, and the shortfall in pension funding in many states and municipalities.

The New England region and southeastern New York comprise People’s United Financial’s primary market area, with Connecticut, Massachusetts, Vermont and New York having the largest concentration of People’s United Financial’s loans, deposits and branches. Connecticut is one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States. With a total population of approximately 3.6 million and a median household income of $65,386, Connecticut ranks third in the United States, well above the U.S. median household income of $50,227, according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. Fairfield County, where People’s United Financial is headquartered, has the highest median household income in Connecticut of $80,531 according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial. The state’s unemployment rate increased to 7.8% as of December 31, 2012 compared to 7.6% at the end of 2011, which is equivalent to the national rate.

The Connecticut economy experienced a moderate decrease in jobs in 2012, with total seasonally adjusted employment decreasing by approximately 50,100 jobs, or (2.8)%, from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012, compared to an increase of approximately 22,075 jobs, or 1.3%, from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011.

The median household income in Massachusetts was $62,098, according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial, and the state’s unemployment rate was 6.6% at December 31, 2012, up from 6.5% at the end of 2011. The median household income in Vermont was $50,558 according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial, and the state’s unemployment rate was 4.7% at December 31, 2012, down from 4.9% at the end of 2011. The median household income in New York was $54,080 according to the 2010 Census and SNL Financial, and the state’s unemployment rate was 8.2% at December 31, 2012, up from 8.0% at the end of 2011.

The New England and New York economies experienced less severe contractions in the recent recession than the United States as a whole and have also enjoyed stronger recoveries. As a consequence, real GDP for 2011 (the most recent period for which regional data is available) was 1.9% higher in New England and 2.9% higher in New York compared to 2008, whereas U.S. GDP was only 0.7% higher. The overall outlook for the economies of New England and southeastern New York in 2013 is improving, with the expectation that these regions may experience a stronger recovery than the rest of the United States as a whole.

 

38


Table of Contents

Financial Overview

 

People’s United Financial completed its acquisition of Danvers on June 30, 2011, effective July 1, 2011. People’s United Financial acquired Smithtown and LSB on November 30, 2010, Butler Bank on April 16, 2010 and Financial Federal on February 19, 2010. The results of operations for these acquired companies have been included beginning as of their respective closing dates. Financial data for prior periods has not been restated to include Danvers, Smithtown, LSB, Butler Bank and Financial Federal and therefore, are not directly comparable to subsequent periods. Previously reported results for 2011 and 2010 have been revised to reflect a reduction in interest income on certain acquired loans relating to an unintentional overstatement of interest income. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2012 and 2011. Total assets at December 31, 2012 were $30.3 billion, a $2.7 billion increase from December 31, 2011, reflecting increases of $1.7 billion in total securities and $1.3 billion in total loans, partially offset by a $280 million decrease in short-term investments.

The increase in total loans from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 reflects increases of $1.2 billion in commercial banking loans and $258 million in residential mortgage loans. Originated loans increased $2.7 billion from December 31, 2011 to $19.5 billion (commercial banking loans increased $2.4 billion and retail loans increased $361 million) and acquired loans decreased $1.4 billion. At December 31, 2012, the carrying amount of the acquired loan portfolio totaled $2.2 billion. The increase in total securities primarily reflects purchases of agency-issued CMOs backed by collateral that is expected to exhibit lower prepayment risk.

Non-performing assets (excluding acquired non-performing loans) totaled $289.6 million at December 31, 2012, a $47.1 million decrease from year-end 2011, primarily reflecting a $42.4 million decrease in non-performing commercial banking loans. The allowance for loan losses on originated loans was $177.5 million at December 31, 2012, reflecting a $2.0 million increase from December 31, 2011 in response to growth in the commercial and residential mortgage loan portfolios. The allowance for loan losses on acquired loans was $10.5 million at December 31, 2012 ($7.4 million at December 31, 2011). At December 31, 2012, the originated allowance for loan losses as a percent of originated loans was 0.91% and as a percent of originated non-performing loans was 70.3%, compared to 1.05% and 59.7%, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2012, liabilities totaled $25.3 billion, a $3.0 billion increase from December 31, 2011, reflecting increases of $1.5 billion in total borrowings, $935 million in total deposits and $499 million in notes and debentures. The increase in total borrowings primarily reflects the partial funding used to support loan growth and securities purchases. The increase in deposits reflects, in part, the assumption of approximately $324 million in deposits associated with People’s United Bank’s acquisition of 57 branches in June 2012. The increase in notes and debentures reflects the Company’s issuance of $500 million of senior notes in December 2012.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.0 billion at December 31, 2012, a $177 million decrease from December 31, 2011. This decrease primarily reflects open market repurchases of 18.2 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $220.0 million and dividends paid of $217.9 million, partially offset by net income of $245.3 million.

As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 16.6% at December 31, 2012 compared to 18.9% at December 31, 2011. Tangible stockholders’ equity as a percentage of tangible assets was 10.2% at December 31, 2012 compared to 12.0% at December 31, 2011.

People’s United Financial’s (consolidated) tier 1 common, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 12.7%, 13.2% and 14.7%, respectively, at December 31, 2012, compared to 14.3%, 14.8% and 16.2%, respectively, at December 31, 2011. People’s United Bank’s leverage (core) capital ratio, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 9.8%, 12.2% and 13.1%, respectively, at December 31, 2012, compared to 11.1%, 13.1% and 14.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

 

39


Table of Contents

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. People’s United Financial reported net income of $245.3 million, or $0.72 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $192.4 million, or $0.55 per share, for the year-ago period. Operating earnings were $253.9 million, or $0.75 per share, for 2012, compared to $230.7 million, or $0.66 per share, for 2011. Included in the 2012 and 2011 results are $8.6 million and $38.3 million (after-tax), respectively, of merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges. Earnings in 2012 continue to reflect loan and deposit growth, continued positive results in fee-related businesses and ongoing expense control. People’s United Financial’s operating return on average assets was 0.90% for 2012 compared to 0.89% for 2011. Operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity was 8.5% for 2012 compared to 7.2% for the year-ago period.

FTE net interest income increased $19.2 million from the year-ago period while the net interest margin declined 24 basis points to 3.86%. The lower net interest margin primarily reflects the effects of new loan volume at lower rates and lower interest income on acquired loans, partially offset by lower deposit rates. Compared to 2011, average earning assets increased $1.9 billion, reflecting increases of $1.9 billion in average loans and $367 million in average securities, partially offset by a $438 million decrease in average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average funding liabilities increased $2.1 billion in 2012, primarily reflecting a $2.0 billion increase in average total deposits.

Total non-interest income increased $6.2 million and total non-interest expense decreased $41.3 million compared to the year-ago period. The efficiency ratio was 62.4% for 2012 compared to 64.0% for the year-ago period. The provision for loan losses in 2012 totaled $49.2 million compared to $63.7 million in the year-ago period. The provision for loan losses in 2012 reflected net loan charge-offs of $44.1 million and increases of $2.0 million in the originated allowance for loan losses and $3.1 million in the acquired allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses in 2011 reflected net loan charge-offs of $53.3 million and increases of $3.0 million in the originated allowance for loan losses and $7.4 million in the acquired allowance for loan losses. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans were 0.21% in 2012 compared to 0.28% in 2011.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Total assets at December 31, 2011 were $27.6 billion, a $2.5 billion increase from December 31, 2010, reflecting increases of $3.1 billion in total loans and $228 million in goodwill, partially offset by decreases of $709 million in short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell and $102 million in total securities.

The increase in total loans from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011 reflects increases of $2.0 billion in commercial banking loans and $981 million in residential mortgage loans. Originated loans increased $2.3 billion from December 31, 2010 to $16.8 billion (commercial banking loans increased $1.5 billion and retail loans increased $833 million) and acquired loans increased $724 million. At the acquisition date, the fair value of Danvers’ loans totaled $1.9 billion. At December 31, 2011, the carrying amount of the acquired loan portfolio totaled $3.6 billion. The decrease in total securities reflects the sale of 15-year mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $507 million that were sold to reduce book value at risk due to an expected increase in prepayments, partially offset by purchases of short-duration agency-issued CMOs backed by collateral that is expected to exhibit lower prepayment risk.

Non-performing assets (excluding acquired non-performing loans) totaled $336.7 million at December 31, 2011, a $33.6 million increase from year-end 2010, primarily reflecting a $52.1 million increase in non-performing commercial banking loans partially offset by a $13.0 million decrease in real estate owned (“REO”). The allowance for loan losses on originated loans was $175.5 million at December 31, 2011, reflecting a $3.0 million increase from December 31, 2010 in response to growth in the commercial and residential mortgage loan portfolios. The allowance for loan losses on acquired loans was $7.4 million at December 31, 2011 (none at December 31, 2010). At December 31, 2011, the originated allowance for loan losses as a percent of originated loans was 1.05% and as a percent of originated non-performing loans was 59.7%, compared to 1.19% and 70.3%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

 

40


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2011, liabilities totaled $22.3 billion, a $2.5 billion increase from December 31, 2010, reflecting a $2.9 billion increase in total deposits, partially offset by decreases of $181 million in other liabilities and $154 million in total borrowings. At the acquisition date, the fair value of Danvers’ deposits totaled $2.1 billion. The decrease in total borrowings primarily reflects the repayment of callable FHLB advances assumed in recent acquisitions and the decrease in other liabilities primarily reflects the settlement of securities purchased at the end of 2010.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.2 billion at December 31, 2011, a $1 million decrease from December 31, 2010. This decrease primarily reflects the issuance of 18.5 million shares of common stock with a fair value of approximately $248 million in connection with the Danvers acquisition and net income of $192.4 million, essentially offset by open market repurchases of 20.4 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $247.2 million and dividends paid of $220.9 million.

As a percentage of total assets, stockholders’ equity was 18.9% at December 31, 2011 compared to 20.8% at December 31, 2010. Tangible stockholders’ equity as a percentage of tangible assets was 12.0% at December 31, 2011 compared to 14.1% at December 31, 2010.

People’s United Financial’s (consolidated) tier 1 common, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 14.3%, 14.8% and 16.2%, respectively, at December 31, 2011, compared to 17.0%, 17.5% and 19.3%, respectively, at December 31, 2010. People’s United Bank’s leverage (core) capital ratio, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios were 11.1%, 13.1% and 14.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2011, compared to 11.4%, 13.6% and 14.5%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. People’s United Financial reported net income of $192.4 million, or $0.55 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $82.5 million, or $0.23 per share, for the year-ago period. Operating earnings were $230.7 million, or $0.66 per share, for 2011, compared to $122.2 million, or $0.34 per share, for 2010. Included in the 2011 and 2010 results are $38.3 million and $39.7 million (after-tax), respectively, of merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges. Earnings in 2011 continue to reflect organic loan and deposit growth, improvement in net interest income, continued positive results in fee-related businesses and tighter expense control. People’s United Financial’s operating return on average assets was 0.89% for 2011 compared to 0.55% for 2010. Operating return on average tangible stockholders’ equity was 7.2% for 2011 compared to 3.4% for the year-ago period.

FTE net interest income increased $223.8 million from the year-ago period while the net interest margin improved 43 basis points to 4.10%. The higher net interest margin primarily reflects the benefits from recent acquisitions, a 15 basis point reduction in the cost of deposits and the deployment of a portion of the Company’s excess capital that was previously invested in relatively low-yielding short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell, partially offset by the effect of the historically low interest rate environment.

Compared to 2010, average earning assets increased $3.5 billion, reflecting increases of $3.6 billion in average loans and $1.4 billion in average securities, partially offset by a $1.4 billion decrease in average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average funding liabilities increased $4.2 billion, primarily reflecting increases of $3.5 billion in average total deposits and $709 million in average total borrowings.

Total non-interest income increased $37.6 million and total non-interest expense increased $89.9 million compared to the year-ago period. The efficiency ratio was 64.0% for 2011 compared to 73.3% for the year-ago period.

 

41


Table of Contents

The provision for loan losses in 2011 totaled $63.7 million compared to $60.0 million in the year-ago period. The provision for loan losses in 2011 reflected net loan charge-offs of $53.3 million, a $3.0 million increase in the originated allowance for loan losses and a $7.4 million increase in the acquired allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses in 2010 reflected net loan charge-offs of $60.0 million. Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans were 0.28% in 2011 compared to 0.40% in 2010.

Segment Results

 

People’s United Financial’s operations are divided into three primary operating segments that represent its core businesses: Commercial Banking; Retail and Business Banking; and Wealth Management. In addition, the Treasury area manages People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio, short-term investments, wholesale borrowings and the funding center.

The Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into two reportable segments: Commercial Banking; and Retail and Business Banking. These reportable segments have been identified and organized based on the nature of the underlying products and services applicable to each segment, the type of customers to whom those products and services are offered and the distribution channel through which those products and services are made available. With respect to Wealth Management, this presentation results in the Company’s insurance business and certain trust activities being allocated to the Commercial Banking segment, while the Company’s brokerage business and certain other trust activities are allocated to the Retail and Business Banking segment. Segment results for 2011 and 2010, which previously included Wealth Management as a separate reportable segment, have been revised to reflect the aforementioned two reportable segment approach.

Segment Performance Summary

 

     Net Income  

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Commercial Banking

   $ 210.0      $ 182.1      $ 92.3   

Retail and Business Banking

     82.0        57.3        52.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     292.0        239.4        144.5   

Treasury

     (36.7     (4.2     (33.3

Other

     (10.0     (42.8     (28.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Consolidated

   $ 245.3      $ 192.4      $ 82.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

People’s United Financial uses an internal profitability reporting system to generate information by operating segment, which is based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing (“FTP”), the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of People’s United Financial as a whole.

FTP is used in the calculation of each operating segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by an operating segment. The difference between the interest income on earning assets and the interest expense on funding liabilities, and the corresponding FTP charge for interest income or credit for interest expense, results in net spread income (see Treasury).

Beginning in the third quarter of 2011, the Company modified its FTP methodology relating to certain deposit products, which resulted in the allocation of a larger credit to net interest income within Commercial Banking and Retail and Business Banking, with the offset allocated to Treasury. Prior period segment results continue to reflect the previous FTP methodology.

 

42


Table of Contents

A five-year rolling average net charge-off rate is used as the basis for the provision for loan losses for the respective operating segment in order to present a level of portfolio credit cost that is representative of the Company’s historical experience, without presenting the potential volatility from year-to-year changes in credit conditions. While this method of allocation allows management to more effectively assess the longer-term profitability of a segment, it may result in a measure of segment provision for loan losses that does not reflect actual incurred losses for the periods presented.

People’s United Financial allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to each operating segment using a full-absorption costing process (i.e. all expenses are fully-allocated to the segments). Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate operating segment and corporate overhead costs are allocated to the operating segments. Income tax expense is allocated to each operating segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the year. Total average assets and total average liabilities are presented for each reportable segment due to management’s reliance, in part, on such average balances for purposes of assessing segment performance.

For a more detailed description of the estimates and allocations used to measure segment performance, see Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial real estate lending, commercial and industrial lending, and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of PCLC and PUEFC, as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking. In addition, Commercial Banking consists of institutional trust services, corporate trust, insurance services provided through PUIA and private banking.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011      2010  

Net interest income

   $ 469.7       $ 442.4       $ 301.4   

Provision for loan losses

     43.1         38.3         26.3   

Total non-interest income

     120.7         113.2         91.1   

Total non-interest expense

     236.9         245.5         229.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     310.4         271.8         136.8   

Income tax expense

     100.4         89.7         44.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 210.0       $ 182.1       $ 92.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 15,069.1       $ 13,713.4       $ 11,134.8   

Total average liabilities

     3,016.4         2,694.0         2,325.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Banking net income increased $27.9 million in 2012 compared to 2011. The $27.3 million increase in net interest income reflects continued loan growth, improved spreads on commercial loans and certain commercial deposits, and the benefit from the change in FTP methodology discussed previously, partially offset by the continued negative impact of the low interest rate environment. The $7.5 million increase in non-interest income in 2012 reflects increases in commercial banking fees and operating lease income resulting from a higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers. Included in non-interest income in 2012 and 2011 are net gains on sales of acquired loans totaling $1.0 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The decrease in non-interest expense reflects a lower level of allocated expenses in 2012 compared to 2011, partially offset by an increase in direct expenses.

Average assets increased $1.4 billion and average liabilities increased $322 million in 2012 compared to 2011, reflecting loan and deposit growth as well as loans acquired and deposits assumed in the Danvers acquisition (effective July 1, 2011).

 

43


Table of Contents

The increase in Commercial Banking net income in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily reflects the benefits from recent acquisitions as well as loan growth. The $141.0 million increase in net interest income reflects an increase in average earning assets, improved spreads on commercial loans due to loan mix and the benefit from the change in FTP methodology discussed previously, partially offset by narrowing spreads on commercial deposits. Non-interest income reflects increases in operating lease income resulting from a higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers, commercial banking fees and a $7.5 million net gain on sale of acquired loans in 2011. The $16.1 million increase in non-interest expense compared to 2010 reflects additional non-interest expenses resulting from recent acquisitions and an increase in amortization expense on leased equipment. Average assets increased $2.6 billion and average liabilities increased $322 million in 2011 compared to 2010, reflecting loan growth and recent acquisitions.

Retail and Business Banking includes, as its principal business lines, business lending, consumer and business deposit gathering activities, consumer lending (including residential mortgage and home equity lending) and merchant services. In addition, Retail and Business Banking consists of brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by PSI and non-institutional trust services.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011      2010  

Net interest income

   $ 507.6       $ 469.7       $ 384.3   

Provision for loan losses

     14.0         10.9         7.0   

Total non-interest income

     179.4         184.4         175.0   

Total non-interest expense

     551.6         558.1         474.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     121.4         85.1         77.5   

Income tax expense

     39.4         27.8         25.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 82.0       $ 57.3       $ 52.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 8,297.1       $ 7,245.3       $ 5,954.0   

Total average liabilities

     18,677.3         17,281.6         13,899.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail and Business Banking net income increased $24.7 million in 2012 compared to 2011. The $37.9 million increase in net interest income primarily reflects deposit growth and the benefit from the change in FTP methodology previously discussed, partially offset by narrower spreads on certain deposit products resulting from the continued negative impact of a reduced interest rate environment. The decrease in non-interest income primarily reflects lower retail bank service charges (reflecting the impact of certain provisions of the DFA relating to interchange fees that became effective October 1, 2011), partially offset by an increase in gains on sales of residential mortgages. The decrease in non-interest expense reflects primarily reflects a lower level of allocated expenses in 2012 compared to 2011.

Average assets increased $1.1 billion and average liabilities increased $1.4 billion in 2012 compared to 2011, reflecting loan and deposit growth, the assumption of approximately $324 million in deposits in connection with the acquisition of 57 branches late in the second quarter of 2012, and loans acquired and deposits assumed in the Danvers acquisition (effective July 1, 2011).

Retail and Business Banking net income increased $5.1 million in 2011 compared to 2010. The $85.4 million increase in net interest income primarily reflects growth in deposit balances, an increase in the spread on residential mortgages and consumer loans and the benefit from the change in FTP methodology discussed previously, partially offset by narrower spreads on deposit products resulting from the continued negative impact of a reduced interest rate environment initiated by the Federal Reserve Board in 2008. The increase in non-interest income compared to 2010 primarily reflects an increase in retail bank service charges, partially offset by a decrease in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans resulting from the lower level of residential mortgage loan sales in 2011. The $83.3 million increase in non-interest expense compared to 2010 reflects increases in direct and allocated expenses associated with expanding the retail deposit franchise through acquisitions as well as growth. Average assets increased $1.3 billion and average liabilities increased $3.4 billion in 2011 compared to 2010, reflecting loan and deposit growth, and recent acquisitions.

 

44


Table of Contents

Treasury encompasses the securities portfolio, short-term investments, wholesale borrowings, and the funding center, which includes the impact of derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes.

The income or loss for the funding center represents the interest rate risk component of People’s United Financial’s net interest income as calculated by its FTP model in deriving each operating segment’s net interest income. Under this process, the funding center buys funds from liability-generating business lines, such as consumer deposits, and sells funds to asset-generating business lines, such as commercial lending. The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s United Financial’s Treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s United Financial of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly-originated liabilities to the funding center and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly-originated assets from the funding center and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the funding center, the price that is set by the Treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the Treasury group.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net interest loss

   $ (71.7   $ (21.1   $ (53.4

Total non-interest income

     10.6        14.0        15.4   

Total non-interest expense

     (6.9     (1.3     11.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (54.2     (5.8     (49.3

Income tax benefit

     (17.5     (1.6     (16.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (36.7   $ (4.2   $ (33.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 4,127.3      $ 3,870.3      $ 3,924.7   

Total average liabilities

     903.7        699.0        126.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in Treasury’s net loss in 2012 compared to 2011 reflects an increase in net interest loss due to the change in FTP methodology discussed previously. Total average assets increased $257 million in 2012 compared to 2011, reflecting an increase in average securities partially offset by a decline in average short-term investments. The increase in total average liabilities primarily reflects an increase in average total borrowings.

Treasury’s net loss improved in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily reflecting a decrease in net interest loss and an increase in non-interest income. The improvement in net interest loss reflects an increase in the funding center’s net interest spread, primarily resulting from the benefit of an increase in investment income in 2011, partially offset by the impact of the change in FTP methodology discussed previously. Included in total non-interest income in 2011 are $9.1 million of gross security gains resulting from the sale of mortgage-backed securities with a book value of $507 million. Total average assets decreased $54 million in 2011 compared to the year-ago period, reflecting a $1.4 billion increase in average securities offset by a $1.4 billion decrease in average short-term investments and average securities purchased under agreements to resell. The increase in total average liabilities primarily reflects increases in average total borrowings and average notes and debentures assumed in connection with recent acquisitions.

 

45


Table of Contents

Other includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses (including the provision for loan losses) and certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment; reversal of the FTE adjustment since net interest income for each segment is presented on an FTE basis; and the FTP impact from excess capital. The “Other” category also includes certain non-recurring items, such as merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges totaling $12.7 million, $56.8 million and $58.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively (included in total non-interest expense). Included in “Other” are assets such as cash, premises and equipment, and other assets.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net interest income

   $ 23.1      $ 22.4      $ 61.7   

Provision for loan losses

     (7.9     14.5        26.7   

Total non-interest income

     3.1        (4.0     (11.5

Total non-interest expense

     49.0        69.6        66.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (14.9     (65.7     (43.0

Income tax benefit

     (4.9     (22.9     (14.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (10.0   $ (42.8   $ (28.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 619.4      $ 1,199.2      $ 1,002.7   

Total average liabilities

     347.6        82.3        297.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income and net interest margin are affected by many factors, including changes in average balances; interest rate fluctuations and the slope of the yield curve; sales of loans and securities; residential mortgage loan and mortgage-backed security prepayment rates; product pricing; competitive forces; the relative mix, repricing characteristics and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; non-interest-bearing sources of funds; hedging activities; and asset quality.

 

Net Interest Margin

Years ended December 31 (percent)

 

LOGO

Net Interest Income - FTE

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

 

 

46


Table of Contents

Since December 2008, the Federal Reserve Board has not changed its targeted range for the federal funds rate of 0 to 0.25 percent. The net interest margin was 3.86% in 2012 compared to 4.10% in 2011 and the operating net interest margin was 3.82% in 2012 compared to 4.03% in the year-ago period. The decline in the operating net interest margin in 2012 reflects continued repricing pressure within the loan portfolio, including the pay-off of higher yielding loans and new loan originations at lower yields, lower interest income on acquired loans, and the run-off of fair value amortization on acquired deposits, partially offset by lower funding costs. The net interest margin continues to be impacted by the historically low interest rate environment where loan repricings are outpacing the Company’s ability to lower deposit costs as well as the continued investment of a portion of the Company’s excess capital in low-yielding short-term investments.

2012 Compared to 2011

FTE net interest income in 2012 increased $19.2 million compared to 2011, reflecting a $22.3 million decrease in total interest expense partially offset by a $3.1 million decrease in total interest and dividend income, and the net interest margin decreased 24 basis points to 3.86%. Net interest income in 2012 included $8.8 million of cost recovery income on acquired loans (representing cash receipts in excess of carrying amount), while net interest income in 2011 included $11.2 million of interest related to changes in the accretable yield on acquired loans stemming from periodic cash flow reassessments and $5.0 million of cost recovery income on acquired loans. Excluding these items, the operating net interest margin in 2012 was 3.82% compared to 4.03% in 2011.

Average earning assets totaled $24.4 billion in 2012, a $1.9 billion increase from 2011, reflecting increases of $1.9 billion in average loans and $367 million in average securities, partially offset by a $438 million decrease in average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average loans, average securities, and average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell comprised 85%, 14% and 1%, respectively, of average earning assets in 2012 compared to 84%, 13% and 3%, respectively, in 2011. In 2012, the yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 4.65% and the yield earned on securities, short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell was 2.27%, compared to 5.12% and 2.35%, respectively, in the year-ago period. Excluding adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, which are mostly of the hybrid variety, approximately 47% of the loan portfolio had floating interest rates at December 31, 2012 compared to approximately 48% at December 31, 2011.

The average total commercial banking and residential mortgage loan portfolios increased $1.3 billion and $697 million, respectively, compared to 2011, reflecting growth. Average consumer loans decreased $15 million compared to 2011, reflecting a $57 million decline in average indirect auto loans partially offset by a $41 million increase in average home equity loans.

Average funding liabilities totaled $22.6 billion in 2012, a $2.1 billion increase compared to 2011, including increases of $2.0 billion in average total deposits and $147 million in average borrowings. The increase in average total deposits reflects deposit growth and deposits assumed in recent acquisitions. Average savings and money market deposits and average non-interest-bearing deposits increased $1.6 billion and $624 million, respectively, while average time deposits decreased $248 million. Average total deposits comprised 94% of average funding liabilities in both 2012 and 2011.

The 16 basis point decrease to 0.47% from 0.63% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily reflects the decrease in market interest rates and the shift in deposit mix as well as continued repricing of higher-yielding deposits assumed in acquisitions. The rate paid on average deposits decreased 13 basis points in 2012, reflecting decreases of 18 basis points in savings and money market deposits and 3 basis points in time deposits. Average savings and money market deposits and average time deposits comprised 54% and 24%, respectively, of average total deposits in 2012 compared to 52% and 27%, respectively, in 2011.

 

47


Table of Contents

2011 Compared to 2010

The net interest margin increased 43 basis points to 4.10% compared to 2010. The higher net interest margin primarily reflects the benefits from recent acquisitions, an increase in investment income and lower deposit costs. FTE net interest income increased $223.9 million, reflecting a $222.6 million increase in total interest and dividend income and a $1.3 million decrease in total interest expense. Net interest income in 2011 included (i) $11.2 million of interest related to changes in the accretable yield on acquired loans stemming from periodic cash flow reassessments and (ii) $5.0 million of cost recovery income on acquired loans. Excluding these two items, the operating net interest margin in 2011 was 4.03%.

Average earning assets totaled $22.5 billion in 2011, a $3.5 billion increase from 2010, reflecting increases of $3.6 billion in average loans and $1.4 billion in average securities, partially offset by a $1.4 billion decrease in average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Average loans, average securities, and average short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell comprised 84%, 13% and 3%, respectively, of average earning assets in 2011 compared to 80%, 8% and 12%, respectively, in 2010. In 2011, the yield earned on the total loan portfolio was 5.12% and the yield earned on securities, short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell was 2.35%, compared to 5.11% and 1.30%, respectively, in the year-ago period. Excluding adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, which are mostly of the hybrid variety, approximately 48% of the loan portfolio had floating interest rates at December 31, 2011 compared to approximately 45% at December 31, 2010.

The average total commercial banking loan portfolio increased $2.9 billion compared to 2010, reflecting loans acquired through recent acquisitions as well as organic growth. Average residential mortgage loans increased $698 million compared to the year-ago period, reflecting recent acquisitions and People’s United Financial’s decision in May 2010 to begin retaining newly-originated residential mortgage loans. Average consumer loans decreased $9 million compared to 2010, reflecting a $40 million decline in average indirect auto loans partially offset by a $35 million increase in average home equity loans.

Average funding liabilities totaled $20.4 billion in 2011, a $4.2 billion increase compared to 2010, including increases of $3.5 billion in average total deposits and $709 million in average borrowings, reflecting acquisitions and growth. Average savings and money market deposits, average time deposits and average non-interest-bearing deposits increased $2.1 billion, $743 million and $607 million, respectively. Average total deposits comprised 94% and 97% of average funding liabilities in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The 17 basis point decrease to 0.63% from 0.80% in the rate paid on average funding liabilities in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily reflects the decrease in market interest rates and the shift in deposit mix. The rate paid on average deposits decreased 15 basis points in 2011, reflecting decreases of 37 basis points in time deposits and 9 basis points in savings and money market deposits. Average savings and money market deposits and average time deposits comprised 52% and 27%, respectively, of average total deposits in 2011 compared to 50% and 29%, respectively, in 2010.

Average Balance Sheet, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis

The table on the following page presents average balance sheets, FTE-basis interest income, interest expense and the corresponding average yields earned and rates paid for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. The average balances are principally daily averages and, for loans, include both performing and non-performing balances. Interest income on loans includes the effect of deferred loan fees and costs accounted for as yield adjustments, but does not include interest on loans for which People’s United Financial has ceased to accrue interest. Premium amortization and discount accretion (including amounts attributable to purchase accounting adjustments) are also included in the respective interest income and interest expense amounts. The impact of People’s United Financial’s use of derivative instruments in managing interest rate risk is also reflected in the table, classified according to the instrument hedged and the related risk management objective.

 

48


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet, Interest and Yield/Rate Analysis

 

 

    2012     2011 (1)     2010 (1)  

Years ended December 31

(dollars in millions)

  Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Yield/
Rate
 

Assets:

                 

Short-term investments

  $ 332.0      $ 0.8        0.24   $ 743.1      $ 2.0        0.28   $ 1,725.0      $ 4.6        0.27

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    —          —          —          27.3        0.1        0.17        456.2        0.9        0.20   

Securities (2)

    3,299.8        81.5        2.47        2,933.3        85.1        2.90        1,579.5        43.5        2.76   

Loans held for sale

    31.1        1.8        5.91        38.8        2.1        5.42        43.4        2.4        5.59   

Loans:

                 

Commercial (3)

    7,672.8        373.4        4.87        6,465.4        354.7        5.49        4,961.9        264.6        5.33   

Commercial real estate (4)

    7,031.5        365.4        5.20        6,971.8        392.4        5.63        5,594.8        312.1        5.58   

Residential mortgage

    3,823.6        143.7        3.75        3,126.8        129.1        4.13        2,428.6        109.4        4.51   

Consumer

    2,174.9        80.0        3.68        2,190.1        84.2        3.85        2,199.2        89.6        4.07   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

    20,702.8        962.5        4.65        18,754.1        960.4        5.12        15,184.5        775.7        5.11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total earning assets

    24,365.7      $ 1,046.6        4.30     22,496.6      $ 1,049.7        4.67     18,988.6      $ 827.1        4.36
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other assets

    3,747.2            3,531.6            3,027.6       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 28,112.9          $ 26,028.2          $ 22,016.2       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:

                 

Deposits:

                 

Non-interest-bearing

  $ 4,656.8      $ —          —     $ 4,032.8      $ —          —     $ 3,426.0      $ —          —  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

    11,556.8        38.7        0.33        9,970.1        51.0        0.51        7,853.6        47.4        0.60   

Time

    5,028.2        52.1        1.04        5,276.6        56.4        1.07        4,533.5        65.4        1.44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

    21,241.8        90.8        0.43        19,279.5        107.4        0.56        15,813.1        112.8        0.71   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

                 

Retail repurchase agreements

    494.7        1.3        0.26        486.6        2.0        0.41        209.2        1.0        0.48   

FHLB advances

    419.5        5.1        1.23        456.1        6.7        1.48        52.3        1.1        2.22   

Federal funds purchased

    195.3        0.5        0.24        8.6        —          0.13        1.5        —          0.30   

Other borrowings

    16.4        0.1        1.00        28.0        0.3        0.94        7.5        0.2        2.57   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

    1,125.9        7.0        0.63        979.3        9.0        0.92        270.5        2.3        0.88   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes and debentures

    195.5        8.4        4.28        170.4        12.1        7.08        179.6        14.7        8.17   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total funding liabilities

    22,563.2      $ 106.2        0.47     20,429.2      $ 128.5        0.63     16,263.2      $ 129.8        0.80
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other liabilities

    381.8            327.7            384.7       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    22,945.0            20,756.9            16,647.9       

Stockholders’ equity

    5,167.9            5,271.3            5,368.3       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 28,112.9          $ 26,028.2          $ 22,016.2       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income/spread (5)

    $ 940.4        3.83     $ 921.2        4.04     $ 697.3        3.56
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest margin

        3.86         4.10         3.67
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Operating net interest margin (6)

        3.82         4.03         3.67
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 
(1) Previously reported amounts have been revised to reflect a reduction in both commercial loan interest income and net interest income by $10.2 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As a result, the yield on commercial loans and the net interest margin were reduced by 15 basis points and 4 basis points, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2011 and by 10 basis points and 3 basis points, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2010.
(2) Average balances and yields for securities available for sale are based on amortized cost.
(3) Includes commercial and industrial loans and equipment financing loans.
(4) Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 includes $8.0 million of cost recovery income; yield of 5.08% without cost recovery income.
(5) The FTE adjustment was $11.7 million, $7.8 million and $3.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
(6) See Non-GAAP financial measures and reconciliation to GAAP.

 

49


Table of Contents

Volume and Rate Analysis

 

The following table shows the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of average earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities have affected People’s United Financial’s net interest income. For each category of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided relating to: changes in volume (changes in average balances multiplied by the prior year’s average interest rates); changes in rates (changes in average interest rates multiplied by the prior year’s average balances); and the total change. Changes attributable to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionately.

 

       2012 Compared to 2011
Increase (Decrease)
    2011 Compared to 2010
Increase (Decrease)
 

(in millions)

   Volume     Rate     Total     Volume     Rate     Total  

Interest and dividend income:

            

Short-term investments

   $ (1.0   $ (0.2   $ (1.2   $ (2.7   $ 0.1      $ (2.6

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     (0.1     —          (0.1     (0.7     (0.1     (0.8

Securities

     9.9        (13.5     (3.6     39.2        2.4        41.6   

Loans held for sale

     (0.4     0.1        (0.3     (0.3     —          (0.3

Loans:

            

Commercial

     61.6        (42.9     18.7        82.3        7.8        90.1   

Commercial real estate

     3.3        (30.3     (27.0     77.5        2.8        80.3   

Residential mortgage

     26.9        (12.3     14.6        29.4        (9.7     19.7   

Consumer

     (0.6     (3.6     (4.2     (0.4     (5.0     (5.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     91.2        (89.1     2.1        188.8        (4.1     184.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total change in interest and dividend income

     99.6        (102.7     (3.1     224.3        (1.7     222.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

            

Deposits:

            

Savings, interest-bearing checking
and money market

     7.2        (19.5     (12.3     11.5        (7.9     3.6   

Time

     (2.6     (1.7     (4.3     9.6        (18.6     (9.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     4.6        (21.2     (16.6     21.1        (26.5     (5.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings:

            

Retail repurchase agreements

     —          (0.7     (0.7     1.1        (0.1     1.0   

FHLB advances

     (0.5     (1.1     (1.6     6.1        (0.5     5.6   

Federal funds purchased

     0.4        0.1        0.5        —          —          —     

Other borrowings

     (0.1     (0.1     (0.2     0.3        (0.2     0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     (0.2     (1.8     (2.0     7.5        (0.8     6.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes and debentures

     1.6        (5.3     (3.7     (0.7     (1.9     (2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total change in interest expense

     6.0        (28.3     (22.3     27.9        (29.2     (1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 93.6      $ (74.4   $ 19.2      $ 196.4      $ 27.5      $ 223.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

The following table provides the weighted average yields earned and rates paid for each major category of earning assets and funding liabilities as of December 31, 2012.

 

(dollars in millions)

   Balance        Yield/Rate    

Earning assets:

     

Short-term investments

   $ 131.4         0.19

Securities

     4,668.7         2.01   

Loans held for sale

     77.0         2.43   

Loans

     21,736.6         4.22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earning assets

   $ 26,613.7         3.80
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funding liabilities:

     

Non-interest-bearing deposits

   $ 5,084.3         —  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market deposits

     11,959.8         0.23   

Time deposits

     4,706.4         1.16   

Borrowings

     2,386.5         0.54   

Notes and debentures

     659.0         3.41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total funding liabilities

   $ 24,796.0         0.47
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Interest Income

 

 

                         Percentage
Increase (Decrease)
 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012      2011      2010     2012/2011     2011/2010  

Bank service charges

   $ 127.2       $ 131.3       $ 126.3        (3.1 )%      4.0

Investment management fees

     34.9         33.2         32.0        5.1        3.8   

Insurance revenue

     31.8         30.7         28.8        3.6        6.6   

Brokerage commissions

     12.2         11.9         11.3        2.5        5.3   

Operating lease income

     31.2         25.0         19.4        24.8        28.9   

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

     16.1         7.6         12.1        111.8        (37.2

Net gains on sales of acquired loans

     1.0         7.5         —          (86.7     100.0   

Net security gains (losses)

     —           8.8         (1.0     (100.0     n/m   

Other non-interest income:

            

Commercial banking fees

     33.3         26.6         15.1        25.2        76.2   

BOLI

     5.4         6.3         6.7        (14.3     (6.0

Merchant services income, net

     4.9         4.3         4.3        14.0        —     

Other

     15.8         14.4         15.0        9.7        (4.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other non-interest income

     59.4         51.6         41.1        15.1        25.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

   $ 313.8       $ 307.6       $ 270.0        2.0     13.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

n/m – not meaningful

Total non-interest income increased $6.2 million in 2012 compared to 2011 ($15.0 million excluding net security gains) and increased $37.6 million in 2011 compared to 2010 ($27.8 million excluding net security gains (losses)). The improvement in total non-interest income in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily reflects an increase in the level of gains on sales of residential mortgage loans and higher commercial banking fees and operating lease income in 2012. The improvement in total non-interest income in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily reflects the benefits from acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010, net security gains in 2011 and higher commercial banking fees and operating lease income in 2011.

 

51


Table of Contents

The decrease in bank service charges in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily reflects the impact of certain provisions of the DFA, as increases in commercial and retail fees were more than offset by the decline in interchange fees (see Recent Market Developments). The increase in bank service charges in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily reflects improvements in commercial and retail fees, partially offset by a $5.0 million decline in interchange fees resulting from certain provisions of the DFA, which took effect in October 2011.

The level of investment management fees and brokerage commissions in recent years primarily reflects the uncertainty in the equity markets and broader economic weakness experienced throughout the past few years, while the level of insurance revenue primarily reflects the continued soft insurance market.

In 2011, People’s United Financial sold mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $507 million, in order to reduce book value at risk resulting from higher prepayment speeds, and recorded $9.1 million of gross security gains. Security losses in 2010 resulted from the sale of securities acquired in the Smithtown and LSB acquisitions as a result of changes in market interest rates occurring subsequent to the acquisition date (November 30, 2010).

The increase in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans in 2012 compared to 2011 reflects the higher level of residential mortgage loan sales (a 50% increase in volume from 2011) due to the higher level of refinancing activity during 2012. Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans in 2012 continue to reflect improved “pricing” on residential mortgage loans sold. Loans held for sale at December 31, 2012 consisted of newly-originated residential mortgage loans with a carrying amount of $77.0 million. The decline in net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans in 2011 compared to 2010 reflects a lower level of residential mortgage loan sales in 2011 (a 30% decline in volume from 2010) due to the lower level of refinancing activity in 2011 as well as the Company’s decision in May 2010 to portfolio residential mortgage loans.

Net gains on sales of acquired loans in 2012 and 2011 reflect sales of acquired loans with contractual balances of approximately $14 million and $152 million, respectively (carrying amounts of approximately $12 million and $105 million, respectively).

BOLI income totaled $5.4 million ($8.2 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2012 compared to $6.3 million ($9.4 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2011 and $6.7 million ($10.3 million on a taxable-equivalent basis) in 2010. The decrease in BOLI income in 2012 and 2011 primarily reflects a lower crediting rate in both years.

The fluctuation in payment processing volume is the primary driver for the variances in merchant services income. The increase in operating lease income in both 2012 and 2011 reflects higher levels of equipment leased to PCLC customers while the increase in commercial banking fees in both years primarily reflects higher prepayment fees.

Assets under administration and those under full discretionary management, neither of which are reported as assets of People’s United Financial, totaled $11.4 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2012 compared to $12.5 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

In June 2005, a group of U.S. merchants filed a class action lawsuit against VISA and MasterCard claiming that the way VISA and MasterCard set interchange rates was a violation of anti-trust laws. In July 2012, the parties signed a memorandum of understanding to enter into a settlement to the lawsuit in which VISA and MasterCard proposed to pay $7.25 billion to the merchants ($6.05 billion in cash and $1.2 billion from an eight month reduction in credit card interchange). The proposed settlement is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s financial results.

 

52


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Expense

 

 

                       Percentage
Increase (Decrease)
 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2012/2011     2011/2010  

Compensation and benefits

   $ 418.9      $ 429.0      $ 380.4        (2.4 )%      12.8

Occupancy and equipment

     141.9        133.3        114.4        6.5        16.5   

Professional and outside service fees

     65.4        70.6        72.7        (7.4     (2.9

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangibles

     26.8        25.8        21.7        3.9        18.9   

Amortization of leased equipment

     26.3        20.8        16.1        26.4        29.2   

Other non-interest expense:

          

Regulatory

     30.8        30.1        27.7        2.3        8.7   

Stationery, printing, postage and telephone

     22.5        21.6        20.5        4.2        5.4   

Advertising and promotion

     17.7        17.2        17.3        2.9        (0.6

Executive-level separation costs

     —          3.8        15.3        (100.0     (75.2

Other

     80.3        76.8        72.6        4.6        5.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other non-interest expense

     151.3        149.5        153.4        1.2        (2.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     830.6        829.0        758.7        0.2        9.3   

Merger-related expenses

     —          42.9        23.3        (100.0     84.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

   $ 830.6      $ 871.9      $ 782.0        (4.7 )%      11.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio

     62.4     64.0     73.3    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

n/m – not meaningful

Excluding the effect of merger-related expenses, total non-interest expense increased $1.6 million in 2012 compared to 2011 and $70.3 million in 2011 compared to 2010. Merger-related expenses consist of: (i) fees for investment advisory, legal, accounting and valuation services; (ii) debt prepayment costs; (iii) compensatory charges; and (iv) regulatory filings. In addition to merger-related expenses, total non-interest expense includes $12.7 million, $13.9 million and $15.3 million of non-operating expenses in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Also included in total non-interest expenses in 2010 are $20.3 million of core system conversion costs.

The lower efficiency ratio in 2012 compared to 2011 reflects a 3% increase in operating revenue partially offset by a 1% increase in operating expenses (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Reconciliation to GAAP).

The decrease in compensation and benefits in 2012 compared to 2011 reflects lower incentive costs, including the benefit associated with the final vesting of stock awards granted in 2007 in connection with the Company’s second step conversion, as well as the benefit from cost-savings initiatives, partially offset by additional compensation and benefit costs resulting from the acquisitions completed in 2012 and 2011 and normal merit increases. The increase in compensation and benefits in 2011 compared to 2010 reflects additional compensation and benefit costs resulting from the acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010, normal merit increases and higher benefit-related costs.

In July 2011, People’s United Bank amended its defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) to “freeze”, effective December 31, 2011, the accrual of pension benefits for Plan participants. As such, Plan participants will not earn any additional benefits after that date. Instead, effective January 1, 2012, People’s United Bank will make a contribution on behalf of these participants to a qualified defined contribution plan in an annual amount equal to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation. Also in July 2011, other cost-saving initiatives were announced, including the elimination of selected positions primarily within corporate functions, non-core lending businesses and the former Bank of Smithtown. The annual cost savings expected to be realized as a result of these initiatives is approximately $20 million beginning in 2012.

 

53


Table of Contents

The increase in occupancy and equipment expense in 2012 and 2011 primarily reflects the incremental costs associated with the continued geographic expansion of People’s United Financial’s franchise as well as the acquisitions completed during the past three years. Costs recorded in 2010 related to the core system conversion and computer system servicing costs is the principal reason for the decrease in professional and outside services fees in 2012 and 2011. The increase in amortization expense of leased equipment in 2012 and 2011 relates to the higher level of equipment leased to PCLC customers.

In connection with People’s United Financial’s acquisition of Chittenden in January 2008, a trade name intangible asset with a fair value of $122.7 million was established and assigned an indefinite useful life based on management’s intentions at that time. In June 2010, People’s United Financial announced a plan to “re-brand”, as People’s United Bank, the former Chittenden banks in connection with the scheduled completion of its core system conversion in July 2010. Management believes the name change better leverages the ‘People’s United’ brand and the full range of services available to its customers.

As a result of the decision to “re-brand” the Chittenden banks, the useful life of the trade name intangible asset was no longer deemed to be indefinite and management was required to perform a final impairment test prior to amortizing the asset over its estimated remaining useful life beginning July 1, 2010. People’s United Financial performed its final trade name impairment test as of June 30, 2010 and determined that the fair value of the trade name intangible exceeded its carrying amount. As a result, no impairment loss was recognized. The trade name intangible is being amortized on an accelerated basis over a period of approximately 20 years, reflecting the manner in which the related benefit is realized.

Scheduled amortization expense attributable to other acquisition-related intangible assets for each of the next five years is as follows: $26.2 million in 2013; $24.8 million in 2014; $23.8 million in 2015; $22.7 million in 2016; and $21.6 million in 2017.

In February 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule (which was effective June 30, 2011) that: changed the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital); adopted a new large-bank pricing assessment scheme; and set a target size for the DIF at 2% of insured deposits. The rule also (i) implemented a lower assessment rate schedule when the DIF reaches 1.15 percent and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent and (ii) created a scorecard-based assessment system for financial institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, including People’s United Bank. One of the financial ratios used in the scorecard-based assessment system is the ratio of “higher-risk” assets to Tier 1 capital and reserves. In October 2012, the FDIC adopted a final rule that revises the definition of higher-risk assets and clarifies when an asset must be classified as higher risk. This rule is generally effective on April 1, 2013. Regulatory assessment expense may continue to increase in 2013 and beyond.

The increase in other non-interest expense in 2012 compared to 2011 reflects increases in collateral protection costs and operational charge-offs. The increase in other non-interest expense in 2011 compared to 2010 reflects (i) a $4.8 million charge in 2011 associated with the planned consolidation of approximately 15 branches and other office space during 2012, which is expected to result in approximately $5 million of annualized operating expense savings and (ii) a higher level of expenses in 2011 related to foreclosed properties.

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense totaled $117.4 million, $93.0 million and $39.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate was 32.4%, 32.6% and 32.4% for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate in 2013 is expected to approximate the rate in 2012.

The difference between People’s United Financial’s effective income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35% is primarily attributable to: (i) federal income tax credits associated with the Company’s investment in affordable housing limited partnerships; (ii) tax-exempt interest earned on certain investments; (iii) tax-exempt income from bank-owned life insurance; and (iv) state income taxes.

 

54


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial maintains an ownership interest in several limited partnership investments to develop and operate affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout its franchise area. These investments have historically played a significant role in enabling People’s United Bank to meet its Community Reinvestment Act requirements while, at the same time, providing federal income tax credits. The cost of these investments is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the related federal income tax credits are realized (generally ten years). These credits totaled $8.5 million, $6.6 million and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Income tax expense for all three years reflects the state tax benefit resulting from the formation of People’s Mortgage Investment Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of People’s United Bank. The formation of this subsidiary was a result of Connecticut tax legislation, which became effective on January 1, 1999, that allows for the transfer of mortgage loans to a passive investment subsidiary. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning income tax expense.

Securities

 

 

     2012      2011      2010  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

Securities held to maturity:

                 

Debt securities:

                 

Corporate

   $ 55.0       $ 59.7       $ 55.0       $ 61.1       $ 55.0       $ 55.0   

Other

     1.2         1.2         1.4         1.4         0.1         0.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 56.2       $ 60.9       $ 56.4       $ 62.5       $ 55.1       $ 55.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

                 

Debt securities:

                 

U.S. Treasury and agency

   $ 30.1       $ 30.7       $ 80.5       $ 81.0       $ 476.2       $ 476.3   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     3,830.9         3,899.0         2,388.9         2,447.8         2,289.0         2,290.6   

State and municipal

     527.4         539.6         127.8         137.7         57.6         58.2   

Corporate

     57.9         59.9         57.4         56.5         —           —     

Other

     2.6         2.9         2.6         2.3         4.5         4.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     4,448.9         4,532.1         2,657.2         2,725.3         2,827.3         2,829.6   

Equity securities

     0.2         0.2         0.2         0.2         1.5         1.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 4,449.1       $ 4,532.3       $ 2,657.4       $ 2,725.5       $ 2,828.8       $ 2,831.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

People’s United Financial strives to maintain an appropriate balance between loan portfolio growth and deposit funding. People’s United Financial’s management believes that, other than for transitional deployment of excess deposits or excess equity, a large securities portfolio funded with wholesale borrowings provides limited economic value.

People’s United Financial has historically utilized the securities portfolio for earnings generation (in the form of interest and dividend income), liquidity, interest rate risk management, asset diversification and tax planning. Securities available for sale are used as part of People’s United Financial’s asset/liability management strategy and may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, factors such as changes in market conditions and interest rates, changes in security prepayment rates, liquidity considerations and regulatory capital requirements.

 

55


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial invests in debt securities rated in the highest categories assigned by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NRSRO”) and all credit risk undergoes an internal creditworthiness assessment separate from the NRSRO rating. Management has internal guidelines for the credit quality and duration of People’s United Financial’s debt securities portfolio and monitors these on a regular basis.

At December 31, 2012, People’s United Financial’s securities available for sale portfolio totaled $4.5 billion, or 15% of total assets, compared to $2.7 billion, or 10% of total assets, at December 31, 2011 and $2.8 billion, or 11% of total assets, at December 31, 2010.

The increase in debt securities available for sale in 2012 compared to 2011 reflects management’s decision in the second half of 2012 to invest in government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, as well as investment grade state and municipal securities, to provide the optimal balance of credit risk, yield and duration.

In 2011, the Company sold 15-year mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $507 million to reduce book value at risk due to an expected increase in prepayments and recorded gross realized gains totaling $9.1 million. Subsequently, the Company purchased short-duration agency-issued CMOs backed by collateral that is expected to exhibit lower prepayment risk.

At December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the fair value exceeded the amortized cost of the securities available for sale portfolio by $83.2 million, $68.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

All unrealized gains and those unrealized losses representing temporary declines in value due to factors other than credit are recorded in stockholders’ equity, net of income taxes. As a result, management anticipates continued fluctuations in stockholders’ equity due to changes in the fair value of these securities, albeit on a relatively small scale due to the duration of the portfolio. The duration of the debt securities portfolio was approximately 3.3 years, 2.8 years and 3.4 years at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Lending Activities

 

People’s United Financial conducts its lending activities principally through its Commercial Banking and Retail and Business Banking operating segments. People’s United Financial’s lending activities consist of originating loans secured by commercial and residential properties, and extending secured and unsecured loans to commercial and consumer customers.

Total loans increased $1.35 billion in 2012 compared to 2011 and increased $3.07 billion in 2011 compared to 2010. People’s United Financial acquired loans with fair values of $1.87 billion in 2011 and $3.49 billion in 2010. Loans acquired in connection with business combinations beginning in 2010 are referred to as ‘acquired’ loans as a result of the manner in which they are accounted for (see further discussion under ‘Acquired Loans’ in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). All other loans are referred to as ‘originated’ loans. At December 31, 2012, and 2011, the carrying amount of the acquired loan portfolio totaled $2.24 billion and $3.60 billion, respectively.

 

56


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the loan portfolio before deducting the allowance for loan losses:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate (1)

   $ 7,294.2       $ 7,172.2       $ 7,306.3       $ 5,399.4       $ 4,967.3   

Commercial and industrial (1)

     6,047.7         5,352.6         3,095.6         2,805.7         2,999.5   

Equipment financing

     2,352.3         2,014.2         2,095.4         1,236.8         1,226.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Commercial Banking

     15,694.2         14,539.0         12,497.3         9,441.9         9,193.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

              

Residential mortgage:

              

Adjustable-rate

     3,335.2         2,947.7         2,117.9         2,230.2         2,850.3   

Fixed-rate

     550.9         680.7         529.6         182.4         275.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total residential mortgage

     3,886.1         3,628.4         2,647.5         2,412.6         3,125.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

              

Home equity

     2,051.5         2,057.7         1,976.8         1,986.3         1,945.5   

Other consumer

     104.8         159.7         201.1         258.7         281.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

     2,156.3         2,217.4         2,177.9         2,245.0         2,227.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Retail

     6,042.4         5,845.8         4,825.4         4,657.6         5,353.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 21,736.6       $ 20,384.8       $ 17,322.7       $ 14,099.5       $ 14,547.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Following the Company’s 2010 acquisitions and core system conversion, the Company undertook a portfolio review to ensure consistent classification of commercial loans in an effort to align policy across the Company’s expanded franchise and better conform to industry practice for such loans. As a result, approximately $875 million of loans secured, in part, by owner-occupied commercial properties were reclassified from commercial real estate loans to commercial and industrial loans as of March 31, 2011. The primary collateral for these loans generally consists of the borrower’s general business assets (i.e. non-real estate collateral) and the loans were underwritten principally on the basis of the adequacy of business cash flows. This reclassification is being applied prospectively as it was deemed impracticable to do so for prior periods due to the fact that the underlying loan information is no longer available as it previously resided on legacy loan systems that are no longer utilized or supported following the Company’s core system conversion.

People’s United Financial’s loan portfolio is primarily concentrated within New England with approximately 68% and 71% of the total loan portfolio representing loans to customers located within the New England states at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and approximately 13% and 12% represents loans to customers located in New York state at those dates.

 

57


Table of Contents

Total Loans

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

The following table presents the contractual maturity of total loans as of December 31, 2012:

 

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
     Retail      Total  

Amounts due:

        

One year or less

   $ 2,064.0       $ 58.2       $ 2,122.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

After one year:

        

One to five years

     6,733.0         216.9         6,949.9   

Over five years

     6,897.2         5,767.3         12,664.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total due after one year

     13,630.2         5,984.2         19,614.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,694.2       $ 6,042.4       $ 21,736.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2012, loan amounts due after December 31, 2013, and whether these loans have adjustable or fixed interest rates:

 

     Interest Rate      Total  

(in millions)

   Adjustable      Fixed     

Commercial Banking

   $ 6,625.4       $ 7,004.8       $ 13,630.2   

Retail

     5,029.4         954.8         5,984.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans due after one year

   $ 11,654.8       $ 7,959.6       $ 19,614.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

58


Table of Contents

Commercial Banking

The Commercial Banking lending businesses include commercial real estate, commercial and industrial lending, and equipment financing.

Commercial Real Estate

People’s United Financial manages the commercial real estate portfolio by limiting the concentration in any particular loan type, term, industry, or to any individual borrower. People’s United Financial’s highest loan concentration in the commercial real estate loan portfolio is in the office building sector, which represented 30% of this loan portfolio at both December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Property Type:

     

Office buildings

   $ 2,208.8       $ 2,130.1   

Retail

     1,873.0         1,730.2   

Residential (multi-family)

     1,762.7         1,796.7   

Industrial/manufacturing

     543.9         499.8   

Hospitality and entertainment

     342.8         404.9   

Mixed/special use

     210.0         237.9   

Land

     109.4         139.3   

Self storage

     107.8         129.2   

Health care

     84.2         40.0   

Other properties

     51.6         64.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial real estate

   $ 7,294.2       $ 7,172.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

The commercial real estate portfolio increased $122 million in 2012 compared to 2011, reflecting loan growth of $771 million, or 11% of the commercial real estate portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in the acquired portfolio. The commercial real estate portfolio decreased $134 million in 2011 compared to 2010, reflecting the reclassification of approximately $875 million of loans secured, in part, by owner-occupied commercial properties from commercial real estate loans to commercial and industrial loans in 2011 and a decrease in acquired commercial real estate loans, partially offset by the addition of loans acquired in connection with the Danvers acquisition completed in 2011, as well as loan growth of $756 million, or 10% of the commercial real estate portfolio.

Included in the commercial real estate portfolio are construction loans totaling $552 million and $653 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, net of the unadvanced portion of such loan totaling $392 million and $281 million, respectively. In 2012 and 2011, the Company sold acquired loans with outstanding principal balances of $14 million and $152 million, respectively (carrying amount of $12 million and $105 million, respectively) and recognized net gains on sales totaling $1.0 million and $7.5 million, respectively.

 

59


Table of Contents

At both December 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 26% of People’s United Financial’s commercial real estate portfolio was secured by properties located in Connecticut, and approximately 24% and 23%, respectively, was secured by properties located in New York. In addition, approximately 32% of the commercial real estate portfolio was secured by properties located in Massachusetts, Vermont and New Hampshire at December 31, 2012 compared to approximately 33% at December 31, 2011. No other state exposure was greater than 6% at December 31, 2012.

Commercial real estate is dependent on the successful operation of the related income-producing real estate. Accordingly, the income streams generated by this portfolio can be impacted by changes in the real estate market and, to a large extent, the New England and southeastern New York economies. People’s United Financial continues to focus on maintaining strong asset quality standards in a competitive market generally characterized by aggressive pricing and less attractive underwriting terms. The growth and performance of this portfolio is largely dependent on the economic environment and may be adversely impacted if the economy weakens in 2013.

Commercial Real Estate Diversification

As of December 31, 2012 (percent)

 

LOGO

Commercial and Industrial

People’s United Financial provides diversified products and services to its commercial customers, including short-term working capital credit facilities, term financing, asset-based loans, letters of credit, cash management services and commercial deposit accounts.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Industry:

     

Finance, insurance and real estate

   $ 1,730.9       $ 1,300.0   

Service

     1,111.5         1,087.6   

Manufacturing

     816.5         765.2   

Health services

     592.2         448.1   

Wholesale distribution

     561.9         522.6   

Retail sales

     531.7         527.4   

Construction

     184.9         209.3   

Arts/entertainment/recreation

     156.4         147.1   

Transportation/utility

     144.7         112.8   

Public administration

     69.4         86.0   

Agriculture

     21.9         24.4   

Other

     125.7         122.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial and industrial

   $ 6,047.7       $ 5,352.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

60


Table of Contents

Commercial products are generally packaged together to create a financing solution specifically tailored to the needs of the customer. Taking a total relationship-focused approach with commercial customers to meet their financing needs has resulted in substantial growth in non-interest-bearing deposits over time, as well as in opportunities to provide other banking services to principals and employees of these commercial customers.

The borrower’s ability to repay a commercial loan is closely tied to the ongoing profitability and cash flow of the borrower’s business. Consequently, a commercial loan tends to be more directly impacted by changes in economic cycles that affect businesses generally and the borrower’s business specifically. The availability of adequate collateral is a factor in commercial loan decisions and loans are generally collateralized and/or guaranteed by third parties.

In 2012, the commercial and industrial portfolio increased $695 million compared to 2011, reflecting loan growth of $1.1 billion, or 20% of the commercial and industrial portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in the acquired portfolio. In 2011, the commercial and industrial portfolio increased $2.3 billion compared to 2010, reflecting the reclassification of approximately $875 million of loans secured, in part, by owner-occupied commercial properties from commercial real estate loans to commercial and industrial loans in 2011, the addition of loans acquired in connection with the Danvers acquisition, as well as loan growth of $461 million, or 15% of the commercial and industrial portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in acquired commercial and industrial loans.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the commercial and industrial portfolio included $301 million and $274 million, respectively, of asset-based lending loans, of which approximately 83% were to customers located within the Company’s geographic footprint at December 31, 2012. The commercial and industrial portfolio also includes $710 million of mortgage warehouse loans at December 31, 2012, compared to $344 million at December 31, 2011. Such loans represent lines of credit extended to a loan originator to fund a mortgage that a borrower initially used to purchase a property. The extension of credit generally lasts from the loan’s point of origination to the point when the mortgage is sold into the secondary market. At December 31, 2012, approximately 24% of the mortgage warehouse loans were to customers located within the Company’s footprint.

At December 31, 2012, approximately 24% of the commercial and industrial loan portfolio consisted of loans to Connecticut-based businesses, compared to approximately 25% at December 31, 2011. Commercial and industrial loan exposure in the states of Vermont, Massachusetts and New Hampshire totaled approximately 45% and 50% at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. No other state exposure was greater than 10%. While People’s United Financial continues to focus on asset quality, the performance of the commercial lending and industrial portfolio may be adversely impacted if the economy weakens in 2013.

Commercial and Industrial Diversification

As of December 31, 2012 (percent)

 

LOGO

 

61


Table of Contents

Commercial and Industrial Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

Equipment Financing

PCLC and PUEFC provide equipment financing for customers in all 50 states, specializing in financing for the transportation/utility, construction, printing and general manufacturing industries. PCLC will buy or sell portions of financing transactions in the secondary market to manage the concentration risk of its overall portfolio. In addition, PCLC provides customers with the option to lease equipment. Substantially all of the equipment financing portfolio (approximately 97% at both December 31, 2012 and 2011) was to customers located outside of New England. At December 31, 2012, approximately 32% of the equipment financing portfolio consisted of loans to customers located in Texas, California and New York and no other state exposure was greater than 6%.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Industry:

     

Transportation/utility

   $ 758.9       $ 599.5   

Construction

     427.7         412.2   

Printing

     281.9         331.7   

General manufacturing

     181.8         134.0   

Retail sales

     173.9         114.3   

Waste

     167.4         136.6   

Packaging

     118.6         92.1   

Wholesale distribution

     65.7         49.3   

Service

     59.8         47.9   

Health services

     54.0         41.6   

Food services

     29.6         32.3   

Other

     33.0         22.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equipment financing

   $ 2,352.3       $ 2,014.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The equipment financing portfolio increased $338 million in 2012 compared to 2011, reflecting loan growth of $498 million, or 25% of the equipment and financing portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in the PUEFC acquired loan portfolio. Operating on a national scale, equipment financing represented 15% of the Commercial Banking loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 compared to 14% at December 31, 2011. While People’s United Financial continues to focus on asset quality, the performance of the equipment financing portfolio may be adversely impacted if the national economy weakens in 2013.

 

62


Table of Contents

Equipment Financing Diversification

As of December 31, 2012 (percent)

 

LOGO

Equipment Financing Portfolio

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

The following tables set forth the contractual maturity (based on final payment date) and interest rate sensitivity (based on next repricing date) of People’s United Financial’s commercial and industrial loans and construction loans:

 

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   One Year
or Less
     After One
Year Through
Five Years
     After Five
Years
     Total  

Contractual maturity:

           

Commercial and industrial loans

   $ 1,267.3       $ 2,487.3       $ 2,293.1       $ 6,047.7   

Construction loans:

           

Commercial real estate

     278.6         156.6         116.5         551.7   

Residential mortgage

     12.0         54.7         —            66.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,557.9       $ 2,698.6       $ 2,409.6       $ 6,666.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   One Year
or Less
     After One
Year Through
Five Years
     After Five
Years
     Total  

Interest rate sensitivity:

           

Variable rates

   $ 3,763.0       $ 428.9       $ 151.6       $ 4,343.5   

Predetermined rates

     432.3         730.1         1,160.2         2,322.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,195.3       $ 1,159.0       $ 1,311.8       $ 6,666.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

63


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Lending

People’s United Financial offers its customers a wide range of residential mortgage loan products. These include conventional fixed-rate loans, jumbo fixed-rate loans (loans with principal balances greater than established Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae limits), adjustable-rate loans, sometimes referred to as ARM loans, interest-only loans (loans where payments made by the borrower consist of only interest for a set period of time, before the payments change to principal and interest), as well as Federal Housing Administration insured loans and various state housing finance authority loans. People’s United Financial originates these loans through its network of retail branches and calling officers, as well as correspondent lenders and mortgage brokers.

At December 31, 2012 and 2011, approximately 91% and 92%, respectively, of the residential mortgage loan portfolio was secured by properties located in New England. At December 31, 2012, the residential mortgage loan portfolio included $727 million of interest-only loans, of which $11 million are stated income loans, compared to $547 million and $24 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011. See Asset Quality for further discussion of interest-only and stated income loans. Also included in residential mortgage loans at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are construction loans totaling $67 million and $55 million, respectively.

People’s United Financial’s residential mortgage originations totaled $1.1 billion in 2012 and $1.2 billion in both 2011 and 2010. The mix and volume of residential mortgage loan originations vary in response to changes in market interest rates and customer preferences. Adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans accounted for 55% of total residential mortgage originations in 2012, compared to 61% in 2011 and 20% in 2010.

In 2012, adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans increased $388 million compared to 2011, reflecting loan growth of $427 million, or 16% of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, partially offset by a decrease in the acquired portfolio. In 2011, adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans increased $830 million compared to 2010, reflecting the addition of loans acquired in connection with the Danvers acquisition, as well as loan growth of $777 million, or 37% of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans. Fixed-rate residential mortgage loans decreased $130 million in 2012 compared to 2011, reflecting deceases in both the originated and acquired portfolios. Fixed-rate residential mortgage loans increased $151 million in 2011 compared to 2010, reflecting the addition of the acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010, as well as loan growth of $82 million, or 15% of fixed-rate residential mortgage loans, in 2011.

Historically, People’s United Financial held virtually all of the adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans that it originated on its balance sheet and sold into the secondary market virtually all of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it originated. In 2006, People’s United Financial completed a reassessment of its pricing with respect to adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans in light of the prevailing interest rate environment at that time. As a result, People’s United Financial made the decision in the fourth quarter of 2006 to sell essentially all of its newly-originated residential mortgage loans. People’s United Financial continued to actively offer residential mortgage loans of all types through its extensive distribution system and, in May 2010, People’s United Financial made the decision to retain in its portfolio most of its originated adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans. The Company currently retains in its portfolio most of its originated adjustable-rate and 10-year fixed-rate residential mortgage loans.

People’s United Financial’s loan loss experience within the residential mortgage portfolio continues to be primarily attributable to a small number of loans. The continued performance of the residential mortgage loan portfolio in 2013 may be adversely impacted by the level and direction of interest rates, consumer preferences and the regional economy.

 

64


Table of Contents

Residential Mortgage Originations

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

Residential Mortgage Originations by Product

Year ended December 31, 2012 (percent)

 

LOGO

Consumer Lending

People’s United Financial offers home equity lines of credit and home equity loans, and to a lesser extent, other forms of installment and revolving credit loans. Future growth of People’s United Financial’s consumer loan portfolio is highly dependent upon economic conditions, the interest rate environment and competitors’ strategies.

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Home equity lines of credit

   $ 1,865.6       $ 1,862.3   

Home equity loans

     185.9         195.4   

Indirect auto

     58.5         117.0   

Other loans

     46.3         42.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

   $ 2,156.3       $ 2,217.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The consumer loan portfolio decreased $61 million in 2012 compared to 2011, reflecting loan growth of $35 million in the originated home equity portfolios, which was more than offset by decreases in indirect auto loans and the acquired portfolio. At December 31, 2012, approximately 95% of the consumer loan portfolio was to customers located within the New England states.

 

65


Table of Contents

Asset Quality

 

Recent Trends

The past several years have been marked by significant volatility in the financial and capital markets initially brought about by the fallout associated with the subprime mortgage market. This disruption led to significant credit and liquidity concerns, which resulted in government intervention within the banking sector and a substantial decline in activity within the secondary mortgage market. All of these issues were further exacerbated by an accelerated softening of the real estate market, a worsening recessionary economic environment and, in turn, weakness within the commercial sector.

While People’s United Financial continues to adhere to prudent underwriting standards, the loan portfolio is not immune to potential negative consequences arising as a result of general economic weakness and, in particular, a prolonged downturn in the housing market on a national scale. Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for loans. In addition, adverse changes in the economy could have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make scheduled loan payments, which would likely have an adverse impact on earnings. Further, an increase in loan delinquencies may serve to decrease net interest income and adversely impact loan loss experience, resulting in an increased provision and allowance for loan losses.

People’s United Financial actively manages asset quality through its underwriting practices and collection operations. Underwriting practices tend to focus on optimizing the return of a given risk classification while collection operations focus on minimizing losses once an account becomes delinquent. People’s United Financial attempts to minimize losses associated with commercial banking loans by requiring borrowers to pledge adequate collateral and/or provide for third-party guarantees. Loss mitigation within the residential mortgage loan portfolio is highly dependent on the value of the underlying real estate.

During the recent credit cycle, People’s United Financial has experienced an increase in the number of loan modification requests. Certain originated loans whose terms have been modified are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). Acquired loans that are modified are not considered for TDR classification provided they are evaluated for impairment on a pool basis. Originated loans are considered TDRs if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and is afforded a concession by People’s United Financial, such as, but not limited to: (i) payment deferral; (ii) a reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining contractual life of the loan; (iii) an extension of the loan’s original contractual term at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk; (iv) capitalization of interest; or (v) forgiveness of principal or interest.

In June 2012, the OCC issued clarifying regulatory guidance requiring loans subject to a borrower’s discharge from personal liability following a Chapter 7 bankruptcy to be treated as TDRs, included in non-performing loans and written down to the estimated collateral value, regardless of delinquency status. Application of this clarifying guidance resulted in an increase of $26.1 million in the Company’s reported TDRs as of December 31, 2012. Of this amount, $15.6 million, or 60%, were less than 90 days past due on their payments as of December 31, 2012.

Generally, TDRs are placed on non-accrual status (and reported as non-performing loans) until the loan qualifies for return to accrual status. Loans qualify for return to accrual status once they have demonstrated performance with the restructured terms of the loan agreement for a minimum of six months. Loans may continue to be reported as TDRs after they are returned to accrual status.

 

66


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we performed 56 loan modifications that were not classified as TDRs. In each case, we concluded that the modification did not result in the granting of a concession based on one or more of the following considerations: (i) the receipt of additional collateral (the nature and amount of which was deemed to serve as adequate compensation for other terms of the restructuring) and/or guarantees; (ii) the borrower having access to funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics as the restructured debt; and (iii) the restructuring resulting in a delay in payment that is insignificant in relation to the other terms of the obligation. See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures relating to TDRs.

Portfolio Risk Elements – Residential Mortgage Lending

People’s United Financial does not actively engage in subprime mortgage lending, which has been the riskiest sector of the residential housing market. People’s United Financial has virtually no exposure to subprime loans, or to similarly high-risk Alt-A loans and structured investment vehicles. While no standard definition of “subprime” currently exists within the industry, the Company has generally defined subprime as borrowers with credit scores of 660 or less, either at or subsequent to origination.

At December 31, 2012, the loan portfolio included $727 million of of interest-only residential mortgage loans, of which $11 million are stated income loans. People’s United Financial began originating interest-only residential mortgage loans in March 2003. The underwriting guidelines and requirements for such loans are generally more restrictive than those applied to other types of residential mortgage loans. In general, People’s United Financial’s underwriting guidelines for residential mortgage loans require the following: (i) properties must be single-family and owner-occupied primary residences; (ii) lower loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios (less than 60% on average); (iii) higher credit scores (greater than 700 on average); and (iv) sufficient post closing reserves. People’s United Financial has not originated interest-only residential mortgage loans that permit negative amortization or optional payment amounts. Amortization of an interest-only residential mortgage loan begins after the initial interest rate changes (e.g. after 5 years for a 5/1 adjustable-rate mortgage).

Stated income loans, which People’s United Financial has not offered since mid-2007, represent a form of reduced documentation loan that requires a potential borrower to complete a standard mortgage application with full verification of the borrower’s asset information as contained in the loan application, but no verification of the provided income information. As with interest-only loans, underwriting guidelines for stated income loans require properties to be single-family and owner-occupied primary residences with lower LTV ratios and higher credit scores. In addition, stated income loans require the receipt of an appraisal for the real estate used as collateral and a credit report on the prospective borrower.

Updated property values are obtained from an independent third-party for residential mortgage loans 90 days past due. At December 31, 2012, non-performing residential mortgage loans totaling $6.0 million had current LTV ratios of more than 100%. At December 31, 2012, the weighted average LTV ratio and FICO score for the residential mortgage loan portfolio were approximately 62% and 740, respectively.

The Company continues to review its foreclosure policies and procedures and has found no systemic concerns or instances of “robo-signing” (signing foreclosure affidavits without an appropriate review) with respect to its loan servicing activities. We believe that our established procedures for reviewing foreclosure affidavits and validating information contained in related loan documentation are sound and consistently applied, and that our foreclosure affidavits are accurate. As a result, People’s United Bank has not found it necessary to interrupt or suspend foreclosure proceedings. We have also considered the effect of representations and warranties that we made to third-party investors in connection with whole loan sales, and believe our representations and warranties were true and correct and do not expose People’s United Bank to any material loss.

 

67


Table of Contents

During 2012, the Company repurchased from GSEs and other parties a total of 13 residential mortgage loans that we had previously sold to the GSEs and other parties. The balances of the loans at the time of the respective repurchases totaled $2.1 million and related fees and expenses incurred totaled $0.1 million. During that same time period, the Company issued 11 investor refunds, totaling $0.2 million, under contractual obligations as a result of early payoffs, make whole payments, and sales and settlement differences. Based on the limited number of repurchase requests the Company has historically received, the immaterial cost associated with such repurchase requests and management’s view that this past experience is consistent with our current and near-term estimate of such exposure, the Company has established a reserve for such repurchase requests, which totaled $0.5 million as of December 31, 2012.

The aforementioned foreclosure issues and the potential for additional legal and regulatory action could impact future foreclosure activities, including lengthening the time required for residential mortgage lenders, including People’s United Bank, to initiate and complete the foreclosure process. In recent years, foreclosure timelines have increased as a result of, among other reasons: (i) delays associated with the significant increase in the number of foreclosure cases as a result of the economic crisis; (ii) additional consumer protection initiatives related to the foreclosure process; and (iii) voluntary and/or mandatory programs intended to permit or require lenders to consider loan modifications or other alternatives to foreclosure. Further increases in the foreclosure timeline may have an adverse effect on collateral values and our ability to minimize losses.

Portfolio Risk Elements – Home Equity Lending

The majority of our home equity lines of credit (“HELOCs”) have an initial draw period of 9 1/2 years followed by a 20-year repayment phase. During the initial draw period, interest-only payments are required, after which the disbursed balance is fully amortized over a 20-year repayment term. HELOCs carry variable rates indexed to the Prime Rate with a lifetime interest rate ceiling and floor, and are secured by first or second liens on the borrower’s primary residence. The rate used to qualify borrowers is the Prime Rate plus 5.00%, even though the initial rate may be substantially lower. The maximum LTV ratio is 80% on a single-family property, 70% on a two-family property and 65% on a condominium. Lower LTV ratios are required on larger line amounts. The minimum FICO credit score is 680. The borrower has the ability to convert the entire balance or a portion of the balance to a fixed-rate term loan during the draw period. There is a limit of three term loans that must be fully amortized over a term not to exceed the original HELOC maturity date.

A smaller portion of our HELOC portfolio has an initial draw period of 10 years with a variable-rate interest-only payment, after which there is a 5-year amortization period. An additional small portion of our HELOC portfolio has a 5-year draw period which, at our discretion, may be renewed for an additional 5-year interest-only draw period.

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2012, the amount of HELOCs scheduled to have the draw period end during the years shown:

 

December 31,

(in millions)

   Credit
Lines
 

2013

   $ 205.5   

2014

     298.7   

2015

     333.0   

2016

     339.7   

2017

     444.8   

Later years

     1,979.6   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,601.3   
  

 

 

 

 

68


Table of Contents

Essentially all of our HELOCs (97%) are presently in their draw period. Although converted amortizing payment loans represent only a small portion of the portfolio, our default and delinquency statistics indicate a higher level of occurrence for such loans when compared to HELOCs that are still in the draw period.

Delinquency statistics for the HELOC portfolio at December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 

     Portfolio
Balance
     Delinquencies  

(dollars in millions)

      Amount      Percent  

HELOC status:

        

Still in draw period

   $ 1,810.2       $ 30.9         1.71

Amortizing payment

     55.4         3.1         5.54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the three months ended December 31, 2012, approximately 34% of our borrowers with balances outstanding under HELOCs paid only the minimum amount due.

The majority of the home equity loan (“HEL”) portfolio fully amortizes over terms ranging from 5 to 20 years. HELs are limited to first or second liens on a borrower’s primary residence. The maximum LTV ratio is 80% on a single-family property, 70% on a two-family property and 65% on a condominium. Lower LTV ratios are required on larger line amounts.

We are not able, at this time, to develop statistics for the entire home equity portfolio (both HELOCs and HELs) with respect to first liens serviced by third parties that have priority over our junior liens, as lien position data has not historically been captured on our loan servicing systems. As of December 31, 2012, full and complete first lien position data was not readily available for approximately 74% of the home equity portfolio. Effective January 2011, we began tracking lien position data for all new originations and our collections department continues to add lien position data once a loan reaches 75 days past due in connection with our updated assessment of combined loan-to-value (“CLTV”) exposure, which takes place for loans 90 days past due. In addition, when we are notified that the holder of a superior lien has commenced a foreclosure action, our home equity account is identified in the collections system for ongoing monitoring of the legal action. As of December 31, 2012, the portion of the home equity portfolio greater than 90 days past due with a CLTV greater than 80% was $7.8 million.

As of December 31, 2012, full and complete first lien position data was readily available for approximately 26%, or $533 million, of the home equity portfolio. Of that total, approximately 38%, or $204 million, are in a junior lien position. We estimate that of those junior liens, 40%, or $82 million, are held or serviced by others.

When the first lien is held by a third party, we can, in some cases, obtain an indication that a first lien is in default through information reported to credit bureaus. However, because more than one mortgage may be reported in a borrower’s credit report and there may not be a corresponding property address associated with reported mortgages, we are often unable to associate a specific first lien with our junior lien. As of December 31, 2012, there were 51 loans totaling $5.0 million for which we have received notification that the holder of a superior lien has commenced foreclosure action. For 30 of the loans (totaling $1.9 million), our second lien position was performing at the time such foreclosure action was commenced. The total estimated loss related to those 30 loans was $0.7 million as of December 31, 2012. It is important to note that the percentage of new home equity originations for which we hold the first lien has increased steadily from approximately 40% in 2009 to approximately 60% as of December 31, 2012.

 

69


Table of Contents

We believe there are several factors that serve to mitigate the potential risk associated with the limitations on available first lien data. Most importantly, our underwriting guidelines for home equity loans, which have been, and continue to be, consistently applied, generally require the following: (i) properties located within our geographic footprint; (ii) lower LTV ratios; and (iii) higher credit scores. Notwithstanding the maximum LTV ratios and minimum FICO scores discussed previously, actual LTV ratios at origination were less than 60% on average and current FICO scores of our borrowers are greater than 750 on average. In addition, as of December 31, 2012, approximately 77% of the portfolio balance relates to originations that occurred since 2005, which is generally recognized as the peak of the recent housing bubble. We believe these factors are a primary reason for the portfolio’s relatively low level of non-performing loans and net loan charge-offs, both in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of average loans.

Each month, all home equity and second mortgage loans greater than 180 days past due (regardless of our lien position) are analyzed in order to determine the amount by which the balance outstanding (including any amount subject to a first lien) exceeds the underlying collateral value. To the extent a shortfall exists, a charge-off is recognized. This charge-off activity is reflected in our established allowance for loan losses for home equity and second mortgage loans as part of the component attributable to historical portfolio loss experience, which considers losses incurred over the most recent 12-month period. While the limitations on available first lien data could impact the accuracy of our loan loss estimates, we believe that our methodology results in an allowance for loan losses that appropriately estimates the inherent probable losses within the portfolio, including those loans originated prior to January 2011 for which certain lien position data is not available.

At December 31, 2012, the weighted average CLTV ratio and FICO score for the home equity portfolio were approximately 55% and 753, respectively.

Portfolio Risk Elements – Commercial Real Estate Lending

In general, construction loans originated by People’s United Financial are used to finance improvements to commercial, industrial or residential property. Repayment is typically derived from the sale of the property as a whole, the sale of smaller individual units, or by a take-out from a permanent mortgage. The term of the construction period generally does not exceed two years. Loan commitments are based on established construction budgets which represent an estimate of total costs to complete the proposed project, including both hard (direct) costs (building materials, labor, etc.) and soft (indirect) costs (legal and architectural fees, etc.). In addition, project costs may include an appropriate level of interest reserve to carry the project through to completion. If established, such interest reserves are determined based on: (i) a percentage of the committed loan amount; (ii) the loan term; and (iii) the applicable interest rate. Regardless of whether a loan contains an interest reserve, the total project cost statement serves as the basis for underwriting and determining which items will be funded by the loan and which items will be funded through borrower equity.

Construction loans are funded, at the request of the borrower, not more than once per month, based on the extent of work completed, and are monitored, throughout the life of the project, by an independent professional construction engineer and the Company’s commercial real estate lending department. Interest is advanced to the borrower upon request, based upon the progress of the project toward completion. The amount of interest advanced is added to the total outstanding principal under the loan commitment. Should the project not progress as scheduled, the adequacy of the interest reserve necessary to carry the project through to completion is subject to close monitoring by management. Should the interest reserve be deemed to be inadequate, the borrower is required to fund the deficiency. Similarly, once a loan is fully funded, the borrower is required to fund all interest payments.

 

70


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial’s construction loan portfolio totaled $552 million (approximately 3% of total loans) at December 31, 2012. The total committed amount at that date, including both the outstanding balance and the unadvanced portion of such loans, totaled $943 million. In some cases, a portion of the total committed amount includes an accompanying interest reserve. At December 31, 2012, construction loans totaling $187 million had remaining available interest reserves totaling $44 million. At that date, the Company had construction loans with interest reserves totaling $0.9 million that were on non-accrual status and included in non-performing loans.

The recent economic downturn has resulted in an increase in the number of extension requests for commercial real estate and construction loans, some of which have related repayment guarantees. Modifications of originated commercial real estate loans involving maturity extensions are evaluated according to the Company’s normal underwriting standards and are classified as TDRs if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and is afforded a concession by People’s United Financial similar to those discussed previously. People’s United Financial had approximately $13 million of restructured construction loans as of December 31, 2012.

An extension may be granted to allow for the completion of the project, marketing or sales of completed units, or to provide for permanent financing, and is based on a re-underwriting of the loan and management’s assessment of the borrower’s ability to perform according to the agreed-upon terms. Typically, at the time of an extension, borrowers are performing in accordance with contractual loan terms. Extension terms generally do not exceed 12 to 18 months and typically require that the borrower provide additional economic support in the form of partial repayment, additional collateral or guarantees. In cases where the fair value of the collateral or the financial resources of the borrower are deemed insufficient to repay the loan, reliance may be placed on the support of a guarantee, if applicable. However, such guarantees are never considered the sole source of repayment.

People’s United Financial evaluates the financial condition of guarantors based on the most current financial information available. Most often, such information takes the form of (i) personal financial statements of net worth, cash flow statements and tax returns (for individual guarantors) and (ii) financial and operating statements, tax returns and financial projections (for legal entity guarantors). The Company’s evaluation is primarily focused on various key financial metrics, including net worth, leverage ratios and liquidity. It is the Company’s policy to update such information annually, or more frequently as warranted, over the life of the loan.

While People’s United Financial does not specifically track the frequency with which it has pursued guarantor performance under a guarantee, the Company’s underwriting process, both at origination and upon extension, as applicable, includes an assessment of the guarantor’s reputation, creditworthiness and willingness to perform. Historically, when the Company has found it necessary to seek performance under a guarantee, it has been able to effectively mitigate its losses.

In considering the impairment status of such loans, an evaluation is made of the collateral and future cash flow of the borrower as well as the anticipated support of any repayment guarantor. In the event that the guarantor is unwilling or unable to perform, a legal remedy is pursued. When performance under the loan terms is deemed to be uncertain, including performance of the guarantor, all or a portion of the loan may be charged-off, typically based on the fair value of the collateral securing the loan.

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

 

71


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed to be appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the respective loan portfolios, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; (ii) risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; (iii) an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; (iv) the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; (v) the present financial condition of borrowers; and (vi) current economic conditions.

For a more detailed discussion of the Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology and related policies, see Critical Accounting Policies.

Acquired loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments will not be collected are initially recorded at fair value without recording an allowance for loan losses. Fair value of the loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-based discount rate to those cash flows. Acquired loans are generally accounted for on a pool basis, with pools formed based on the loans’ common risk characteristics, such as loan collateral type and accrual status. Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

Under the accounting model for acquired loans, the excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying amount of the loans, referred to as the “accretable yield”, is accreted into interest income over the life of the loans in each pool using the effective yield method. Accordingly, acquired loans are not subject to classification as non-accrual in the same manner as originated loans. Rather, acquired loans are considered to be accruing loans because their interest income relates to the accretable yield recognized at the pool level and not to contractual interest payments at the loan level. The difference between contractually required principal and interest payments and the cash flows expected to be collected, referred to as the “nonaccretable difference”, includes estimates of both the impact of prepayments and future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans in each pool. As such, charge-offs on acquired loans are first applied to the nonaccretable difference and then to any allowance for loan losses recognized subsequent to acquisition.

A decrease in expected cash flows in subsequent periods may indicate that the loan pool is impaired which would require the establishment of an allowance for loan losses by a charge to the provision for loan losses. An increase in expected cash flows in subsequent periods serves, first, to reduce any previously established allowance for loan losses by the increase in the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans was $10.5 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

Selected asset quality metrics presented below distinguish between the ‘originated’ portfolio and the ‘acquired’ portfolio. All loans acquired in connection with acquisitions beginning in 2010 comprise the acquired loan portfolio; all other loans of the Company comprise the originated portfolio, including originations subsequent to the respective acquisition dates.

 

72


Table of Contents

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses and ratios:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Allowance for loan losses on originated loans:

          

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 175.5      $ 172.5      $ 172.5      $ 157.5      $ 72.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs:

          

Commercial Banking:

          

Commercial real estate

     (15.8     (21.7     (27.5     (10.9     (3.4

Commercial and industrial

     (11.2     (12.6     (14.3     (9.8     (5.6

Equipment financing

     (4.6     (9.0     (9.5     (8.8     (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (31.6     (43.3     (51.3     (29.5     (10.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail:

          

Residential mortgage

     (7.2     (7.4     (4.3     (5.4     (1.5

Home equity

     (6.4     (3.8     (3.8     (3.5     (1.0

Other consumer

     (2.7     (3.6     (5.3     (7.1     (6.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (16.3     (14.8     (13.4     (16.0     (8.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (47.9     (58.1     (64.7     (45.5     (19.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Commercial Banking:

          

Commercial real estate

     1.3        0.5        0.8        0.3        0.2   

Commercial and industrial

     1.2        1.0        1.0        1.0        1.3   

Equipment financing

     0.7        0.2        0.3        0.2        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3.2        1.7        2.1        1.5        1.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail:

          

Residential mortgage

     0.8        1.0        0.6        0.2        0.4   

Home equity

     1.0        0.4        0.4        0.2        0.1   

Other consumer

     1.5        1.7        1.6        1.6        2.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3.3        3.1        2.6        2.0        2.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     6.5        4.8        4.7        3.5        4.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

     (41.4     (53.3     (60.0     (42.0     (14.9

Provision for loan losses

     43.4        56.3        60.0        57.0        26.2   

Allowance recorded in the Chittenden acquisition

     —           —           —           —           73.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 177.5      $ 175.5      $ 172.5      $ 172.5      $ 157.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses on acquired loans:

          

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 7.4      $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —      

Charge-offs

     (2.7     —           —           —           —      

Provision for loan losses

     5.8        7.4        —           —           —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 10.5      $ 7.4      $ —         $ —         $ —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses on originated loans as a percentage of:

          

Originated loans

     0.91     1.05     1.19     1.22     1.08

Originated non-performing loans

     70.3        59.7        70.3        102.2        186.8   

Commercial banking allowance for loan losses as
a percentage of originated commercial banking loans

     1.13        1.39        1.62        1.72        1.61   

Retail allowance for loan losses as a percentage of
originated retail loans

     0.36        0.29        0.25        0.14        0.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

The provision for loan losses in 2012 totaled $49.2 million, reflecting $44.1 million in net loan charge-offs (including $22.3 million against previously-established specific reserves), a $2.0 million increase in the originated allowance for loan losses due to loan growth in both the commercial and residential mortgage loan portfolios, and a $3.1 million increase in the acquired allowance for loan losses due to impairment on certain acquired loans. The provision for loan losses on originated loans in 2011 totaled $56.3 million, reflecting $53.3 million in net loan charge-offs (including $19.6 million against previously established specific reserves) and an increase in the originated allowance for loan losses in response to loan growth in the commercial and residential mortgage loan portfolios. The provision for loan losses on acquired loans in 2011 reflects loan impairment attributable to certain acquired loans. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of originated loans was 0.91% at December 31, 2012 and 1.05% at December 31, 2011.

Loan Charge-Offs

The Company’s charge-off policies, which comply with standards established by banking regulators, are consistently applied from period to period. Charge-offs are recorded on a monthly basis. Partially charged-off loans continue to be evaluated on a monthly basis and additional charge-offs or loan loss provisions may be recorded on the remaining loan balance based on the same criteria.

For unsecured consumer loans, charge-offs are generally recorded when the loan is deemed to be uncollectible or 120 days past due, whichever occurs first. For consumer loans secured by real estate, including residential mortgage loans, charge-offs are generally recorded when the loan is deemed to be uncollectible or 180 days past due, whichever occurs first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Factors that demonstrate an ability to repay may include: (i) a loan that is secured by adequate collateral and is in the process of collection; (ii) a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance; or (iii) a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate.

For commercial banking loans, a charge-off is recorded when the Company determines that it will not collect all amounts contractually due based on the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, or the present value of expected future cash flows.

The decision whether to charge-off all or a portion of a loan rather than to record a specific or general loss allowance is based on an assessment of all available information which aids in determining the loan’s net realizable value. Typically this involves consideration of both (i) the fair value of any collateral securing the loan, including whether the estimate of fair value has been derived from an appraisal or other market information, and (ii) other factors affecting the likelihood of repayment, including the existence of guarantees and insurance. If the amount by which the Company’s recorded investment in the loan exceeds its net realizable value is deemed to be a confirmed loss, a charge-off is recorded. Otherwise, a specific or general reserve is established, as applicable.

Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of average total loans equaled 0.21% in 2012, 0.28% in 2011 and 0.40% in 2010. The comparatively low level of net loan charge-offs in recent years, in terms of absolute dollars and as a percentage of average loans, may not be sustainable in the future.

 

74


Table of Contents

Net Loan Charge-Offs (Recoveries) as a Percentage of Average Total Loans

 

Years ended December 31

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Commercial Banking:

          

Commercial real estate

     0.24     0.30     0.48     0.20     0.07

Commercial and industrial

     0.18        0.26        0.47        0.31        0.15   

Equipment financing

     0.19        0.44        0.44        0.70        0.12   

Retail:

          

Residential mortgage

     0.17        0.21        0.15        0.19        0.03   

Home equity

     0.26        0.17        0.17        0.17        0.05   

Other consumer

     0.93        0.93        1.57        1.90        1.44   

Total portfolio

     0.21     0.28     0.40     0.29     0.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents, by class of loan, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses on originated loans and the percentage of loans in each class to total loans:

 

    2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

As of December 31

(dollars in millions)

  Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
    Amount     Percent
of Loan
Portfolio
 

Commercial Banking:

                   

Commercial real estate

  $ 60.0        33.6   $ 70.5        35.2   $ 82.0        42.2   $ 91.0        38.3   $ 84.7        34.2

Commercial and industrial

    75.5        27.8        69.4        26.2        53.2        17.9        52.8        19.9        54.0        20.6   

Equipment financing

    22.0        10.8        20.5        9.9        26.3        12.1        21.8        8.8        12.7        8.4   

Retail:

                   

Residential mortgage

    12.0        17.9        8.8        17.8        5.8        15.3        4.0        17.1        2.8        21.5   

Home equity

    6.7        9.4        4.3        10.1        2.7        11.4        1.8        14.1        1.7        13.4   

Other consumer

    1.3        0.5        2.0        0.8        2.5        1.1        1.1        1.8        1.6        1.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total originated allowance for loan losses

  $ 177.5        100.0   $ 175.5        100.0   $ 172.5        100.0   $ 172.5        100.0   $ 157.5        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The allocation of the allowance for loan losses on originated loans at December 31, 2012 reflects management’s assessment of credit risk and probable loss within each portfolio. This assessment is based on a variety of internal and external factors including, but not limited to, the likelihood and severity of loss, portfolio growth and related risk characteristics, and current economic conditions. With respect to the originated portfolio, an allocation of a portion of the allowance to one loan segment does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in another loan segment. Management believes that the level of the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012 is appropriate to cover probable losses.

Non-Performing Assets

A loan is generally considered “non-performing” when it is placed on non-accrual status. A loan is generally placed on non-accrual status when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. Past due status is based on the contractual payment terms of the loan. A loan may be placed on non-accrual status before it reaches 90 days past due if such loan has been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectability of interest and principal. A loan past due 90 days or more may remain on accruing status if such loan is both well secured and in the process of collection.

 

75


Table of Contents

All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the period in which the accrual of interest is discontinued. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are generally applied as a reduction of principal if future collections are doubtful, although such interest payments may be recognized as income. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the factors that indicated doubtful collectibility no longer exist or until a loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. There were no loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2012 or 2011 ($1.2 million at December 31, 2010).

Non-Performing Assets

 

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Originated non-performing loans:

          

Commercial Banking:

          

Commercial real estate

   $ 84.4      $ 106.7      $ 82.5      $ 72.4      $ 29.8   

Commercial and industrial

     54.8        59.2        38.2        17.4        21.1   

Equipment financing

     27.2        42.9        36.0        20.6        5.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     166.4        208.8        156.7        110.4        56.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail:

          

Residential mortgage

     65.0        68.9        78.8        52.7        24.2   

Home equity

     21.0        15.8        9.1        5.3        2.8   

Other consumer

     0.3        0.3        0.6        0.4        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     86.3        85.0        88.5        58.4        27.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total originated non-performing loans (1)

     252.7        293.8        245.2        168.8        84.3   

REO

     28.6        26.8        39.8        23.9        7.0   

Repossessed assets

     8.3        16.1        18.1        12.9        2.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

   $ 289.6      $ 336.7      $ 303.1      $ 205.6      $ 93.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Originated non-performing loans as a percentage of
originated loans

     1.30     1.75     1.70     1.20     0.58

Non-performing assets as a percentage of:

          

Originated loans, REO and repossessed assets

     1.48        2.00        2.10        1.45        0.64   

Tangible stockholders’ equity and
originated allowance for loan losses

     9.45        10.47        8.85        5.47        2.47   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Reported net of government guarantees totaling $9.7 million, $12.1 million, $9.4 million, $8.3 million and $6.5 million at December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These government guarantees relate, almost entirely, to guarantees provided by the Small Business Administration as well as selected other federal agencies and represent the carrying value of the loans that are covered by such guarantees, the extent of which (i.e. full or partial) varies by loan. At December 31, 2012, the principal loan classes to which these government guarantees relate are commercial and industrial loans (approximately 90%) and commercial real estate loans (approximately 10%).

The preceding table excludes acquired loans that are (i) accounted for as purchased credit impaired loans or (ii) covered by an FDIC loss-share agreement totaling $174 million and $8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012; $235 million and $14 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011; and $342 million and $18 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Such loans otherwise meet People’s United Financial’s definition of a non-performing loan but are excluded because the loans are included in loan pools that are considered performing and/or credit losses are covered by an FDIC loss-share agreement. The discounts arising from recording these loans at fair value were due, in part, to credit quality. The acquired loans are generally accounted for on a pool basis and the accretable yield on the pools is being recognized as interest income over the life of the loans based on expected cash flows at the pool level.

 

76


Table of Contents

Total non-performing assets increased $33.6 million from December 31, 2010 and equaled 2.00% of originated loans, REO and repossessed assets at December 31, 2011. The increase in total non-performing assets from December 31, 2010 reflects increases in non-performing commercial real estate loans of $24.2 million, non-performing commercial and industrial loans of $21.0 million, non-performing equipment financing loans of $6.9 million and non-performing consumer loans of $6.4 million, essentially offset by decreases in non-performing residential mortgage loans of $9.9 million, REO of $13.0 million and repossessed assets of $2.0 million. Included in non-performing commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2011 is a previously disclosed loan with a remaining balance of $23 million that was placed on non-accrual status during the second quarter of 2011.

All loans and REO acquired in the Butler Bank acquisition are subject to an FDIC loss-share agreement. The loss-share agreement provides for coverage by the FDIC, up to certain limits, on all such ‘covered assets’. The FDIC is obligated to reimburse the Company for 80% of any future losses on covered assets up to $34.0 million. The Company will reimburse the FDIC for 80% of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid the Company 80% reimbursement under the loss-sharing coverage.

In addition to the originated non-performing loans discussed above, People’s United Financial has also identified approximately $526 million in originated potential problem loans at December 31, 2012. Originated potential problem loans represent loans that are currently performing, but for which known information about possible credit deterioration on the part of the related borrowers causes management to have concerns as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with contractual loan repayment terms and which may result in the disclosure of such loans as non-performing at some time in the future. The originated potential problem loans are generally loans that, although performing, have been classified as “substandard” in accordance with People’s United Financial’s loan rating system, which is consistent with guidelines established by banking regulators.

At December 31, 2012, originated potential problem loans consisted of $282 million of commercial and industrial loans, $143 million of commercial real estate loans and $101 million of equipment financing loans. Such loans are closely monitored by management and have remained in performing status for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, delinquency status, borrower payment history and fair value of the underlying collateral. Management cannot predict the extent to which economic conditions may worsen or whether other factors may adversely impact the ability of these borrowers to make payments. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that originated potential problem loans will not become 90 days or more past due, be placed on non-accrual status, be restructured, or require additional provisions for loan losses.

The levels of non-performing assets and potential problem loans are expected to fluctuate in response to changing economic and market conditions, and the relative sizes of the respective loan portfolios, along with management’s degree of success in resolving problem assets. Management takes a proactive approach with respect to the identification and resolution of problem loans. However, given the current state of the U.S. economy and, more specifically, the real estate market, the level of non-performing assets may increase in 2013.

Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements

 

Detailed discussions pertaining to People’s United Financial’s off-balance-sheet arrangements are included in the following sections: Funding, Liquidity, Stockholders’ Equity and Dividends, and Market Risk Management.

 

77


Table of Contents

Funding

 

At the current time, People’s United Financial’s primary funding sources are deposits and stockholders’ equity, which represent 88% of total assets at December 31, 2012. Borrowings and notes and debentures also are available sources of funding. Based on People’s United Bank’s membership in the FHLB of Boston and the level of qualifying collateral available at December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank had up to $4.7 billion of borrowing capacity in the form of advances from the FHLB of Boston and FRB-NY, and repurchase agreements. People’s United Bank also had unsecured borrowing capacity of $0.9 billion at December 31, 2012.

Deposits

People’s United Financial’s strategy is to focus on increasing deposits by providing a wide range of convenient services to commercial, retail, business and wealth management customers. People’s United Financial provides customers access to their deposits through 419 branches, including 140 full-service Stop & Shop supermarket branches, 636 ATMs, telephone banking and an Internet banking site.

 

     2012     2011     2010  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 5,084.3         —     $ 4,506.2         —     $ 3,872.6         —  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

     11,959.8         0.23        10,970.4         0.37        8,897.8         0.51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     17,044.1         0.16        15,476.6         0.26        12,770.4         0.36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits maturing:

               

Within 3 months

     973.0         0.69        1,397.2         0.99        1,437.2         1.10   

After 3 but within 6 months

     749.2         0.79        929.5         0.94        920.7         1.20   

After 6 months but within 1 year

     1,285.2         0.87        1,281.9         1.04        1,485.2         1.29   

After 1 but within 2 years

     703.5         1.29        757.3         1.66        840.0         1.69   

After 2 but within 3 years

     379.2         2.08        308.0         2.09        195.7         2.66   

After 3 years

     616.3         2.23        665.3         2.53        283.9         2.78   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,706.4         1.16        5,339.2         1.35        5,162.7         1.42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 21,750.5         0.38   $ 20,815.8         0.54   $ 17,933.1         0.66
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deposits equaled 72% and 76% of total assets at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. People’s United Financial assumed deposits with fair values of $325 million in connection with the acquisition of 57 branches late in the second quarter of 2012, and $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Deposits and stockholders’ equity constituted 90% and 96% of People’s United Financial’s funding base at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The expansion of People’s United Financial’s branch network and its commitment to developing full-service relationships with its customers are integral components of People’s United Financial’s strategy to leverage the success of its supermarket banking initiative, expand market share and continue growing deposits. At December 31, 2012, People’s United Financial’s network of Stop & Shop branches held $3.0 billion in total deposits and deposits in supermarket branches open for more than one year averaged $31 million per store.

Non-interest-bearing deposits are an important source of low-cost funding and fee income for People’s United Financial. In addition, People’s United Financial believes that checking accounts represent one of the core relationships between a financial institution and its customers, and it is from these relationships that cross-selling of other financial services can be achieved. Non-interest-bearing deposits equaled 23% and 22% of total deposits at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

78


Table of Contents

Time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $1.9 billion at December 31, 2012, of which $402 million mature within three months, $264 million mature after three months but within six months, $489 million mature after six months but within one year and $794 million mature after one year.

Total Deposits

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

 

LOGO

The following table presents People’s United Financial’s time deposits by rate category:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012  

0.50% or less

   $ 1,836.0   

0.51% to 1.00%

     948.7   

1.01% to 1.50%

     556.8   

1.51% to 2.00%

     374.3   

2.01% to 2.50%

     406.8   

2.51% to 3.00%

     430.7   

3.01% and greater

     153.1   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,706.4   
  

 

 

 

The following table presents, by rate category, the remaining period to maturity of time deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Period to Maturity from December 31, 2012  

(in millions)

   Within
three
months
     Over three
to
six months
     Over six
months to
one year
     Over
one to
two years
     Over
two to
three years
     Over
three
years
     Total  

0.50% or less

   $ 560.8       $ 417.6       $ 698.0       $ 159.0       $ 0.5       $ 0.1       $ 1,836.0   

0.51% to 1.00%

     229.9         163.7         282.8         208.9         56.1         7.3         948.7   

1.01% to 1.50%

     95.3         84.7         152.8         88.2         73.9         61.9         556.8   

1.51% to 2.00%

     38.1         13.6         42.7         103.8         41.2         134.9         374.3   

2.01% to 2.50%

     22.4         37.5         36.3         68.3         47.0         195.3         406.8   

2.51% to 3.00%

     7.4         11.2         29.0         43.4         132.9         206.8         430.7   

3.01% and greater

     19.1         20.9         43.6         31.9         27.6         10.0         153.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 973.0       $ 749.2       $ 1,285.2       $ 703.5       $ 379.2       $ 616.3       $ 4,706.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Borrowings

People’s United Financial’s primary source for borrowings were federal funds purchased, which are typically unsecured overnight loans among banks, in addition to advances from the FHLB of Boston, which provides credit for member institutions within its assigned region.

 

     2012     2011     2010  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average
Rate
 

Fixed rate FHLB advances maturing:

               

Within 1 month

   $ 50.0         0.31   $ —            —     $ —            —  

Within 1 year

     855.4         0.33        —           —          27.8         3.27   

After 1 but within 2 years

     —            —           56.4         2.55        15.4         5.17   

After 2 but within 3 years

     0.9         4.37        —           —          65.9         2.65   

After 3 but within 4 years

     —            —           1.2         4.37        16.8         4.50   

After 4 but within 5 years

     —            —           —           —          1.5         4.37   

After 5 years

     272.0         2.68        274.8         2.68        380.9         3.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FHLB advances

     1,178.3         0.88        332.4         2.82        508.3         3.13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased maturing:

               

Within 1 month

     619.0         0.18        —            —           —            —      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total federal funds purchased

     619.0         0.18        —            —           —            —      
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail repurchase agreements maturing:

               

Within 1 month

     588.2         0.22        496.2         0.32        472.2         0.43   

Within 1 year

     —            —           1.0         0.35        1.0         0.80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retail repurchase agreements

     588.2         0.22        497.2         0.32        473.2         0.43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other borrowings maturing:

               

Within 1 year

     —            —           26.1         4.78        —           —     

After 1 but within 2 years

     —            —           —           —          28.1         4.78   

After 2 but within 3 years

     1.0         1.75        —           —          —            —      

After 3 but within 4 years

     —            —           1.0         1.75        —           —     

After 4 but within 5 years

     —            —           —           —          1.0         1.75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other borrowings

     1.0         1.75        27.1         4.66        29.1         4.67   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

   $ 2,386.5         0.54   $ 856.7         1.43   $ 1,010.6         1.91
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012, total borrowings equaled 8% of total assets compared to 3% at December 31, 2011 and 4% at December 31, 2010. In 2011, People’s United Financial repaid a total of $284 million of callable FHLB advances, including $155 million assumed in the Danvers acquisition and $129 million assumed in acquisitions completed in 2010.

FHLB advances, federal funds purchased and retail repurchase agreements represented 4%, 2% and 2% of total assets at December 31, 2012, respectively. Retail repurchase agreements primarily consist of transactions with commercial and municipal customers.

 

80


Table of Contents

Notes and Debentures

Notes and debentures totaled $659 million and $160 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In December 2012, People’s United Financial issued $500 million of 3.65% senior notes due 2022. People’s United Financial and People’s United Bank assumed subordinated notes and debentures with total fair values of $36 million and $29 million, respectively, in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2010 and People’s United Financial assumed subordinated notes with a fair value of $115 million in connection with the Chittenden acquisition in 2008. In 2011, People’s United Financial and People’s United Bank repaid $17 million and $6 million, respectively, of subordinated notes. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning notes and debentures.

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table is a summary of People’s United Financial’s contractual cash obligations, other than deposit liabilities. Additional information concerning the Company’s contractual cash obligations is included in Notes 9, 10, 11 and 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Purchase obligations included in the table below represent those agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transactions. A substantial majority of People’s United Financial’s purchase obligations are renewable on a year-to-year basis. As such, the purchase obligations included in this table only reflect the contractual commitment.

 

     Payments Due by Period  

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3
Years
     4-5
Years
     After 5
Years
 

Borrowings

   $ 2,386.5       $ 2,112.6       $ 1.9       $ —         $ 272.0   

Notes and debentures

     659.0         —           —           120.0         539.0   

Interest payments on fixed rate borrowings
and notes and debentures (1)

     241.3         30.5         55.4         55.3         100.1   

Operating leases

     465.6         55.2         103.7         90.9         215.8   

Purchase obligations

     215.6         83.9         102.8         23.1         5.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,968.0       $ 2,282.2       $ 263.8       $ 289.3       $ 1,132.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest payments on floating rate borrowings and notes and debentures are not included in the table above as the timing and amount of such payments is uncertain. See Notes 10 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income tax liabilities totaling $2.9 million, including related interest and penalties, are not included in the table above as the timing of their resolution cannot be estimated. Similarly, obligations totaling $25.9 million related to limited partnership affordable housing investments are not included in the above table as the timing of the related capital calls cannot be estimated. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Also not included in the table above are expected future payments related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefits plans that are due as follows: $20.2 million in less than one year; $39.1 million in one to three years; $45.3 million in four to five years; and $129.1 million after five years. See Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

81


Table of Contents

Liquidity

 

Liquidity is defined as the ability to generate sufficient cash flows to meet all present and future funding requirements at reasonable costs. Liquidity management addresses People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s ability to fund new loans and investments as opportunities arise, to meet customer deposit withdrawals, and to repay borrowings and subordinated notes as they mature. People’s United Financial’s, as well as People’s United Bank’s, liquidity positions are monitored daily by management. The Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) of People’s United Bank has been authorized by the Board of Directors of People’s United Financial to set guidelines to ensure maintenance of prudent levels of liquidity for People’s United Financial as well as for People’s United Bank. ALCO reports to the Treasury and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of People’s United Financial.

Asset liquidity is provided by: cash; short-term investments and securities purchased under agreements to resell; proceeds from security sales, maturities and principal repayments; and proceeds from scheduled principal collections, prepayments and sales of loans. In addition, certain securities may be used to collateralize borrowings under repurchase agreements. The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows presents data on cash provided by and used in People’s United Financial’s operating, investing and financing activities. At December 31, 2012, People’s United Financial (parent company) liquid assets included $3 million in debt securities available for sale. People’s United Bank’s liquid assets included $601 million in cash and cash equivalents, $4.5 billion in debt securities available for sale and $7 million in trading account securities. Securities available for sale with a fair value of $1.50 billion at December 31, 2012 were pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other purposes.

Liability liquidity is measured by People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s ability to obtain deposits and borrowings at cost-effective rates that are diversified with respect to markets and maturities. Deposits, which are considered the most stable source of liability liquidity, totaled $21.8 billion at December 31, 2012 and represented 73% of total funding (the sum of total deposits, total borrowings, notes and debentures, and stockholders’ equity). Borrowings are used to diversify People’s United Financial’s funding mix and to support asset growth. Borrowings and notes and debentures totaled $2.4 billion and $659 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012, representing 8% and 2%, respectively, of total funding at that date.

People’s United Bank’s current sources of borrowings include: federal funds purchased, advances from the FHLB of Boston and the FRB-NY, and repurchase agreements. At December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank’s total borrowing limit from the FHLB of Boston and the FRB-NY for advances, and repurchase agreements, was $4.7 billion, based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowings. In addition, People’s United Bank had unsecured borrowing capacity of $0.9 billion at that date.

 

Earning Asset Mix

 

$26.6 billion as of December 31, 2012 (percent)

 

LOGO

 

Funding Base

 

$29.8 billion as of December 31, 2012 (percent)

 

LOGO

 

82


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans totaling $1.1 billion and approved, but unused, lines of credit extended to customers totaling $4.9 billion (including $1.9 billion of home equity lines of credit).

The sources of liquidity discussed above are deemed by management to be sufficient to fund outstanding loan commitments and to meet People’s United Financial’s and People’s United Bank’s other obligations.

Stockholders’ Equity and Dividends

 

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.04 billion at December 31, 2012, a $177 million decrease from December 31, 2011. This decrease primarily reflects open market repurchases of 18.2 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $220.0 million and dividends paid of $217.9 million, partially offset by net income of $245.3 million.

Stockholders’ equity equaled 16.6% of total assets at December 31, 2012 and 18.9% at December 31, 2011. Tangible stockholders’ equity equaled 10.2% of tangible assets at December 31, 2012 compared to 12.0% at December 31, 2011.

In April 2008, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 5% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock, or 17.3 million shares. In January 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock for up to 5% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock, or 17.5 million shares. Under both authorizations, such shares may be repurchased either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. During 2010, the Company repurchased 14.3 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock at a total cost of $191.2 million. During 2011, the Company completed the repurchase of the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized in April 2008 and January 2011, by repurchasing 20.4 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock at a total cost of $247.2 million.

In October 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock. Under the new repurchase authorization, up to 5% of the Company’s common stock outstanding, or 18.0 million shares, may be repurchased, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. During 2012, the Company completed the repurchase of the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized, by repurchasing 18.0 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock at a total cost of $217.4 million.

In November 2012, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock. Under the new repurchase authorization, up to 10% of the Company’s common stock outstanding, or 33.6 million shares, may be repurchased, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. During 2012, the Company repurchased 0.2 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock under this authorization at a total cost of $2.6 million. Through February 27, 2013, an additional 6.1 million shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock had been repurchased under this authorization at a total cost of $77 million.

People’s United Financial’s total stockholders’ equity was $5.22 billion at December 31, 2011, a $1 million decrease from December 31, 2010. This decrease primarily reflects open market repurchases of 20.4 million shares of common stock at a total cost of $247.2 million and dividends paid of $220.9 million, essentially offset by the issuances of 18.5 million shares of common stock with a fair value of approximately $248 million in connection with the Danvers acquisition and net income of $192.4 million.

 

83


Table of Contents

Dividends declared and paid per common share totaled $0.6375, $0.6275 and $0.6175 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. People’s United Financial’s dividend payout ratio (dividends paid as a percentage of net income) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was 88.8%, 114.9% and 264.4%, respectively. People’s United Financial’s operating dividend payout ratio for the year ended December 31, 2012 was 85.8%. The Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend on its common stock of $0.16 per share in January 2013. The dividend was paid on February 15, 2013 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2013.

People’s United Bank paid cash dividends totaling $315 million and $160 million to People’s United Financial in 2012 and 2011, respectively, and expects to pay a cash dividend of $60 million in March 2013.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

OCC regulations require federally-chartered savings banks, such as People’s United Bank, to meet three minimum capital ratios:

Tangible Capital Ratio —A 1.5% tangible capital ratio, calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets.

Leverage (Core) Capital Ratio —A 4% leverage (core) capital ratio, calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets. The minimum leverage (core) capital ratio is reduced to 3% if the savings bank received the highest rating on its most recent safety and soundness examination.

Risk-Based Capital Ratio —An 8% total risk-based capital ratio, calculated as total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets. For purposes of this calculation, total risk-based capital equals the sum of core and supplementary capital, provided that supplementary capital may not exceed 100% of core capital.

In assessing an institution’s capital adequacy, the OCC takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary. People’s United Bank, as a matter of prudent management, targets as its goal the maintenance of capital ratios that exceed these minimum requirements and that are consistent with People’s United Bank’s risk profile.

People’s United Bank’s tangible capital ratio, leverage (core) capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratios were 9.8%, 9.8% and 13.1%, respectively, at December 31, 2012, compared to 11.1%, 11.1% and 14.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2011.

Generally, a bank is considered “well capitalized” if it has a leverage (core) capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% (calculated as tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%. People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital ratios at December 31, 2012 exceeded the OCC numeric criteria for classification as “well capitalized.” See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information concerning People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios.

 

84


Table of Contents

The following summary compares People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2012 to the OCC minimum requirements. At December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $28.2 billion and its total risk-weighted assets, as defined, totaled $22.7 billion. At December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank exceeded each of its regulatory capital requirements.

 

As of December 31, 2012    People’s United Bank     OCC Minimum
Requirements
 

(dollars in millions)

   Amount     Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

Tangible capital

   $ 2,769.4 (1)      9.8   $ 423.4         1.5

Leverage (core) capital

     2,769.4 (1)      9.8        1,129.9         4.0   

Risk-based capital:

         

Tier 1

     2,769.4 (1)      12.2        910.0         4.0   

Total

     2,979.4 (2)      13.1        1,820.0         8.0   

 

(1) Represents People’s United Bank’s total equity, excluding: (i) after-tax net unrealized gains and losses on certain securities classified as available for sale; (ii) after-tax unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges; (iii) certain assets not recognized for regulatory capital purposes (principally goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets); and (iv) the amount recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) relating to pension and other postretirement benefits.
(2) Represents Tier 1 capital plus qualifying subordinated notes and debentures, up to certain limits, and the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets.

People’s United Bank Capital Ratios

Compared to Regulatory Requirements

As of December 31, 2012 (percent)

 

LOGO

 

85


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s capital ratios on a consolidated basis:

 

As of December 31

       2012             2011      

Tangible equity to tangible assets

     10.2     12.0

Leverage (Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets)

     10.6        12.5   

Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets (1)

     12.7        14.3   

Tier 1 risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets

     13.2        14.8   

Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets

     14.7        16.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Tier 1 common equity represents total stockholders’ equity, excluding goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision released its final framework for capital requirements. In June 2012, the U.S. banking agencies issued proposed rules to address implementation of the Basel III framework for U.S. financial institutions which, when implemented and fully phased-in, will (i) set forth changes in the calculation of risk-weighted assets and (ii) require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity. The implementation of the Basel III final framework was scheduled to commence on January 1, 2013, however final rules have not been issued by U.S. banking agencies and, therefore, Basel III is not yet applicable to the Company or People’s United Bank.

The Basel III final capital framework, among other things: (i) introduces as a new capital measure “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”); (ii) specifies that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 Capital” instruments meeting specified requirements; (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (iv) expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations.

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, Basel III requires financial institutions to maintain: (i) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0%); (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation); (iii) a minimum ratio of Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation); and (iv) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3.0%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (computed as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter).

While the regulations ultimately applicable to U.S. financial institutions may be substantially different from the Basel III final framework as published in December 2010 and the proposed rules issued in June 2012, management currently estimates that the Company’s and the Bank’s risk-based capital ratios could be negatively impacted by as much as 50-100 basis points on an “as proposed” and “fully phased-in” basis. Management will continue to monitor these and future proposed regulations.

 

86


Table of Contents
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market Risk Management

 

Market risk represents the risk of loss to earnings, capital and the economic values of certain assets and liabilities resulting from changes in interest rates, equity prices and foreign currency exchange rates. The only significant market risk exposure for People’s United Financial at this time is interest rate risk (“IRR”), which is a result of the Company’s core business activities of making loans and accepting deposits.

Interest Rate Risk

The effective management of interest rate risk is essential to achieving the Company’s financial objectives. This responsibility is carried out by ALCO. The goal of ALCO is to generate a stable net interest margin over entire interest rate cycles regardless of changes in either short- or long-term interest rates. Generating earnings by taking excessive interest rate risk is prohibited by the interest rate risk limits established by the Company’s Board of Directors. ALCO manages IRR by using two primary risk measurement techniques: simulation of net interest income and simulation of economic value of equity. These two measurements are complementary and provide both short-term and long-term risk profiles of the Company.

Net Interest Income at Risk Simulation is used to measure the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in market rates over a forward twelve-month period. This simulation captures underlying product behaviors, such as asset and liability re-pricing dates, balloon dates, interest rate indices and spreads, rate caps and floors, as well as other behavioral attributes. The simulation of net interest income also requires a number of key assumptions such as: (i) future balance sheet volume and mix assumptions that are management judgments based on estimates and historical experience; (ii) prepayment projections for loans and securities that are projected under each interest rate scenario using internal and external mortgage analytics; (iii) new business loan rates that are based on recent new business origination experience; and (iv) deposit pricing assumptions that are based on historical regression models and management judgment. Combined, these assumptions can be inherently uncertain, and as a result, actual results may differ from simulation forecasts due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, future business conditions, as well as unanticipated changes in management strategies.

The Company uses two sets of standard scenarios to measure net interest income at risk. Parallel shock scenarios assume instantaneous parallel movements in the yield curve compared to a flat yield curve scenario. Yield curve twist scenarios assume the shape of the curve flattens or steepens instantaneously centered around the 18-month point of the curve, thereby segmenting the yield curve into a “short end” and a “long end”. Internal policy regarding IRR simulations currently specifies that for instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve, estimated net income at risk for the subsequent one-year period should not decline by more than: 7% for a 100 basis point shift; 10% for a 200 basis point shift; and 15% for a 300 basis point shift. Current policy does not specify limits for yield curve twist simulations.

The following tables set forth the estimated percentage change in the Company’s net interest income at risk over one-year simulation periods beginning December 31, 2012 and 2011. Given the interest rate environment at those dates, simulations for interest rate declines of more than 25 basis points were not deemed to be meaningful.

 

As of December 31

Parallel Shock

Rate Change (basis points)

   Estimated Percent Change
in Net Interest Income
 
   2012     2011  

+300

     17.9     18.4

+200

     11.6        12.1   

+100

     5.1        5.5   

-25

     (1.0     (1.1

 

87


Table of Contents

As of December 31

Yield Curve Twist

Rate Change (basis points)

   Estimated Percent Change
in Net Interest Income
 
   2012     2011  

Long End +100

     3.5     2.9

Long End +50

     1.8        1.5   

Long End -50

     (1.7     (1.5

Long End -100

     (3.0     (2.8

Short End +100

     1.8        2.6   

Short End +50

     0.6        1.0   

Short End -25

     (0.1     (0.3

The net interest income at risk simulation results indicate that as of December 31, 2012, the Company is asset sensitive over the twelve-month forecast horizon (i.e., the Company’s net interest income will increase if market rates rise). This is primarily due to approximately one-third of its loan portfolio being comprised of Prime and one-month Libor-based loans that are primarily funded by less rate-sensitive core deposits.

Asset sensitivity decreased slightly in 2012 from December 31, 2011, primarily due to purchases of investment securities during 2012, partially offset by the issuance of $500 million of senior notes in December 2012 and the Company modifying its volume assumption methodology for net interest income simulation. The Company is less asset sensitive when the “short-end” rises as a result of the purchases of investment securities primarily being funded by short-term borrowings. Based on the Company’s interest rate position at December 31, 2012, an immediate 100 basis point increase in interest rates translates to an approximate $50 million increase in net interest income on an annualized basis.

Economic Value of Equity at Risk Simulation is conducted in tandem with net interest income simulations, to ascertain a longer term view of the Company’s interest rate risk position by capturing longer-term re-pricing risk and options risk embedded in the balance sheet. It measures the sensitivity of economic value of equity to changes in interest rates. Economic value of equity at risk simulation values only the current balance sheet and does not incorporate the growth assumptions used in income simulation. As with the net interest income simulation, this simulation captures product characteristics such as loan resets, re-pricing terms, maturity dates, rate caps and floors. Key assumptions include loan prepayment speeds, deposit pricing elasticity and non-maturity deposit attrition rates. These assumptions can have significant impacts on valuation results as the assumptions remain in effect for the entire life of each asset and liability. The Company conducts non-maturity deposit behavior studies on a periodic basis to support deposit assumptions used in the valuation process. All key assumptions are subject to a periodic review.

Base case economic value of equity at risk is calculated by estimating the net present value of all future cash flows from existing assets and liabilities using current interest rates. The base case scenario assumes that future interest rates remain unchanged. Internal policy currently limits the exposure to a decrease in economic value of equity at risk resulting from instantaneous parallel shifts of the yield curve in the following manner: 5% for a 100 basis point shift; 10% for a 200 basis point shift; and 15% for a 300 basis point shift.

The following table sets forth the estimated percentage change in the Company’s economic value of equity at risk, assuming various shifts in interest rates. Given the interest rate environment at both December 31, 2012 and 2011, simulations for interest rate declines of more than 25 basis points were not deemed to be meaningful.

 

As of December 31

Parallel Shock

Rate Change (basis points)

   Estimated Percent Change
in Economic Value of Equity
 
   2012     2011  

+300

     (1.4 )%      —  

+200

     0.7        0.4   

+100

     0.9        (0.7

-25

     (0.3     0.3   

 

88


Table of Contents

During 2012, the Company changed its methodology with respect to its economic value of equity at risk simulations by implementing a “stochastic valuation” technique in its interest rate risk model. As a result, asset sensitivity declined 50 basis points in the 300 basis point shift scenario but did not change significantly for interest rate shifts of 100 and 200 basis points. The decline in asset sensitivity in the 300 basis point shift scenario was due, primarily, to the size of the investment securities portfolio (relative to the rest of the balance sheet), which was not fully mitigated by the issuance of the senior notes, which served to essentially offset the decline attributable to the investment securities portfolio in scenarios involving lower interest rate shifts.

People’s United Financial’s interest rate risk position at December 31, 2012, as set forth in the net interest income at risk and economic value of equity at risk tables above, reflects an asset sensitive net interest income at risk position and a neutral economic value of equity at risk position at that date. Asset sensitivity over the next twelve months is primarily attributable to the effect of the substantial Prime and Libor-based loan balances that are primarily funded by less rate sensitive core deposits. From a longer-term perspective, these core deposits are supporting longer duration loan assets serving to create a neutral risk position. Given the uncertainty of the magnitude, timing and direction of future interest rate movements and the shape of the yield curve, actual results may vary from those predicted by the Company’s models.

Management has established procedures to be followed in the event of a breach in policy limits, or if those limits are approached. As of December 31, 2012, there were no breaches of the Company’s internal policy limits with respect to either interest rate risk measure. Management utilizes both interest rate measures in the normal course of measuring and managing interest rate risk and believes that each measure is valuable in understanding the Company’s interest rate risk position.

People’s United Financial uses derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, primarily for market risk management purposes (principally interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.

At December 31, 2012, People’s United Financial used interest rate swaps on a limited basis to manage IRR associated with the Company’s $125 million subordinated notes. People’s United Financial has entered into an interest rate swap to hedge the LIBOR-based floating interest rate payments on these subordinated notes (such payments began in February 2012). The subordinated notes had a fixed interest rate of 5.80% until February 2012, at which time the interest rate converted to the three month LIBOR plus 68.5 basis points. People’s United Financial has agreed with the swap counterparty to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate (1.99%) and floating-rate interest amounts calculated based on a notional amount of $125 million. The floating rate interest amounts received under the interest rate swap are calculated using the same floating rate paid on the subordinated notes. The interest rate swap effectively converts the variable rate subordinated notes to a fixed interest rate and consequently reduces People’s United Financial’s exposure to increases in interest rates. This interest rate swap is accounted for as a cash flow hedge.

People’s United Financial has written guidelines that have been approved by its Board of Directors and ALCO governing the use of derivative financial instruments, including approved counterparties and credit limits. Credit risk associated with these instruments is controlled and monitored through policies and procedures governing collateral management and credit approval.

By using derivatives, People’s United Financial is exposed to credit risk to the extent that counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as required. Should a counterparty fail to perform under the terms of a derivative contract, the Company’s counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, less any posted collateral. Amounts reported as derivative assets represent derivative contracts in a gain position, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty (to the extent subject to master netting arrangements). People’s United Financial seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, execution of master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. Counterparties to People’s United Financial’s derivatives include major financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings from the major rating agencies. As such, management believes the risk of incurring credit losses on derivative contracts with those counterparties is remote and losses, if any, would be immaterial.

 

89


Table of Contents

Certain of People’s United Financial’s derivative contracts contain provisions establishing collateral requirements (subject to minimum collateral posting thresholds) based on the Company’s external credit rating. If the Company’s senior unsecured debt rating were to fall below the level generally recognized as investment grade, the counterparties to such derivative contracts could require additional collateral on those derivative transactions in a net liability position (after considering the effect of master netting arrangements and posted collateral). The aggregate fair value of derivative instruments with such credit-related contingent features that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2012 was $7.3 million, for which People’s United Financial had posted collateral of $6.3 million in the normal course of business. If the Company’s senior unsecured debt rating had fallen below investment grade as of that date, $1.0 million in additional collateral would have been required.

Foreign Currency Risk

Foreign exchange contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s United Financial uses these instruments on a limited basis to eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses on the related loans. Effective in the first quarter of 2010, People’s United Financial no longer designates foreign exchange contracts as hedging instruments.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The following table summarizes certain information concerning derivative financial instruments utilized by People’s United Financial in its management of IRR and foreign currency risk:

 

As of December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions)

   Interest Rate Swaps     Foreign
Exchange
Contracts
 

Notional principal amounts

     $125.0      $ 6.3   

Weighted average interest rates:

    

Pay fixed

     1.99     N/A   

(Receive floating)

     (Libor + 0.685%)        N/A   

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     50        2   

Fair value:

    

Recognized as a liability

     $3.4      $ 0.1   

People’s United Financial has entered into interest rate swaps with certain of its commercial customers. In order to minimize its risk, these customer derivatives (pay floating/receive fixed) have been offset with essentially matching interest rate swaps with People’s United Financial’s counterparties (pay fixed/receive floating). Hedge accounting has not been applied for these derivatives. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of all such interest rate swaps are recognized in current earnings.

 

90


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes certain information concerning these interest rate swaps:

 

     Interest Rate Swaps  

As of December 31, 2012 (dollars in millions)

   Commercial
Customers
       Other
Counterparties
 

Notional principal amounts

     $1,274.6           $1,274.6   

Weighted average interest rates:

       

Pay floating (receive fixed)

     0.24% (2.19%)           —     

Pay fixed (receive floating)

     —             2.09% (0.24%)   

Weighted average remaining term to maturity (in months)

     83           83   

Fair value:

       

Recognized as an asset

     $     73.8           $       1.2   

Recognized as a liability

     0.6           66.2   

See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information relating to derivatives.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item begins on page F-1.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

People’s United Financial’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of People’s United Financial’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that People’s United Financial’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective, as of December 31, 2012, to ensure that information relating to People’s United Financial, which is required to be disclosed in the reports People’s United Financial files with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act, is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported as and when required and (ii) accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2012, there has not been any change in People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, People’s United Financial’s internal control over financial reporting.

People’s United Financial’s Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appears on page 100 and the related Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm appears on page F-3.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

91


Table of Contents

Part III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Directors of the Corporation

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Election of Directors” in the People’s United Financial Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed within 120 days of People’s United Financial’s fiscal year end (the “Proxy Statement”) and is herein incorporated by reference.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Board of Directors has determined that Janet M. Hansen, a member of the Audit Committee of the Board, is an “audit committee financial expert” and is “independent” within the meaning of those terms as used in the instructions to this Item 10.

Executive Officers of the Corporation

The name, age, principal occupation and business experience for at least the last five years of each executive officer who is not a director of People’s United Financial is set forth below as of February 15, 2013.

Robert R. D’Amore, age 60, has been a Senior Executive Vice President (Retail and Business Banking Group) since January 2008. Mr. D’Amore was an Executive Vice President (Marketing and Regional Banking) since 2000. Mr. D’Amore has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1981.

David K. Norton, age 57, has been a Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since October 2009. Prior to joining People’s United Financial, Mr. Norton was a Senior Vice President, Human Resources at The New York Times Co. since 2006. For more than five years prior to that date, Mr. Norton was employed by Starwood Hotels and Resorts, where he was an Executive Vice President, Human Resources.

Lee C. Powlus, age 52, has been a Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since May 2011. Mr. Powlus was an Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer since September 2010. Mr. Powlus was a Senior Vice President (Information Technology) since January 2008. Mr. Powlus served as Director of Information Technology for Chittenden Corporation since 2001.

Louise T. Sandberg, age 61, has been a Senior Executive Vice President (Wealth Management Group) since January 2008. Mrs. Sandberg was a Senior Vice President (Wealth Management Division) at Chittenden Bank since 1997. Mrs. Sandberg has served in various capacities for Chittenden Corporation since 1977.

Chantal D. Simon, age 48, has been a Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer since July 2010. Ms. Simon was an Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer since May 2009. Prior to joining People’s United Financial, Ms. Simon was employed by Merrill Lynch & Co. for 20 years, serving most recently as Chief Risk Officer of Merrill Lynch Bank USA and as head of risk management for all U.S. regulated bank entities at Merrill Lynch since June 2006.

Jeffrey J. Tengel, age 50, has been a Senior Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking Group) since January 2011. Mr. Tengel was an Executive Vice President (Commercial Banking) since February 2010. Prior to joining People’s United Financial, Mr. Tengel was an Executive Vice President at PNC Financial Services Group since January 2009. Mr. Tengel was previously employed by National City Corporation for 23 years.

Robert E. Trautmann, age 59, has been a Senior Executive Vice President and General Counsel since July 2010. Mr. Trautmann was an Executive Vice President and General Counsel since November 2008 and served as Acting General Counsel from February 2008 until his appointment as General Counsel. Mr. Trautmann was a Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel since January 2008. Mr. Trautmann has served in various capacities for People’s United Bank since 1994.

 

92


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller. The text of the Code of Ethics is available on People’s United Financial’s website at www.peoples.com, under “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance—Management.”

Additional information required by this item appears under the caption “Board of Directors Committees” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table provides summary information about People’s United Financial’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2012:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan category

   Number of securities to
be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights

(a)
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights

(b)
     Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))

(c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

     12,156,806       $ 15.95         14,964,496 (1) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

     —           n/a         —     

Total

     12,156,806       $ 15.95         14,964,496 (1) 

 

(1) Of this amount, 129,987 shares are issuable as shares of restricted stock pursuant to the People’s United Financial, Inc. Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan. The remaining 14,834,509 shares are issuable pursuant to the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan, and the 2007 Stock Option Plan either in the form of options, stock appreciation rights, or shares of restricted stock. Information describing these plans appears in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Additional information required by this item appears under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Certain Transactions with Members of Our Board of Directors and Executive Officers” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item appears under the caption “Ratification of the Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement and is herein incorporated by reference.

 

93


Table of Contents

Part IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)(1) The following consolidated financial statements of People’s United Financial, Inc. and the independent registered public accounting firm report thereon are included herein beginning on page F-1:

Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

(a)(2) Financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are not applicable or the information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

The following Exhibits are filed with this Report or are incorporated by reference. Each exhibit identified by an asterisk constitutes a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

 

Designation  

Description

3.1   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
3.2   Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of People’s United Financial, Inc.
4.1   Form of Stock Certificate of People’s United Financial, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
4.2   Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2007, by and between Chittenden Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
4.3   Form of Global Note, registered in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee (February 17, 2007) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
4.4   Indenture dated as of March 5, 2008 between Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. as Issuer and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2011)
4.4(a)   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 30, 2010 to Indenture dated as of March 5, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2011)

 

94


Table of Contents
Designation  

Description

4.5   Senior Indenture dated as of December 6, 2012 between People’s United Financial, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon as Trustee
4.6   Form of Global Note, registered in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee (December 6, 2012)
10.1   Reserved
10.2(a)*   Form of Change in Control Agreement (Senior Executive Vice Presidents) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2(c) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
10.3*   Short-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
10.4*   People’s United Bank Split Dollar Cash Value Restoration Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.5*   Amended and Restated People’s Bank 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2007)
10.6*   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 1, 2010)
10.7*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.8*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock under 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan
10.9(a)*   First Amendment to the First Amended and Restated People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
10.10*   The People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan—First Amendment and Restatement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.10(a)*   First Amendment to The People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
10.11*   Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement, dated as of March 18, 1997, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.11(a)*   Amendment to People’s Bank Non-Qualified Pension Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008)
10.12*   People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan (amended and restated as of November 30, 2012)
10.13*   People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement, dated as of July 23, 1998, between People’s Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))

 

95


Table of Contents
Designation  

Description

10.13(a)*   Amendment to People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan Non-Qualified Trust Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2008)
10.14*   People’s United Financial, Inc. First Amended and Restated Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
10.15*   People’s Bank Change-in-Control Employee Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2007 (Registration No. 333-138389))
10.16*   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (amended) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2008)
10.16(a)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock under 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16(d) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
10.17*   People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Stock Option Plan (amended) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 8, 2008)
10.17(a)*   Form of Grant Agreement for Stock Options under 2007 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17(d) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
10.18*   Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.18(a)*   Amendment No. 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.18(b)*   Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(b) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
10.18(c)*   Amendment No. 3 to the Chittenden Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18(c) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
10.19*   The Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.19(a)*   Amendment No. 1 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2009)
10.19(b)*   Amendment No. 2 to the Chittenden Corporation Supplemental Executive Savings Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19(b) to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)

 

96


Table of Contents
Designation   

Description

10.20*    Purchase and Assumption Agreement dated as of April 16, 2010 among Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver of Butler Bank, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and People’s United Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2010)
10.21*    Consulting Agreement dated January 20, 2011 among Kevin T. Bottomley, People’s United Financial, Inc. and People’s United Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 29, 2012)
12.1    Consolidated Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
12.2    Consolidated Combined Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements
21    Subsidiaries
23    Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
32    Section 1350 Certifications
99.1    Impact of Inflation
101.1    The following financial information from People’s United Financial, Inc.‘s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2012 and 2011; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

97


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, People’s United Financial, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

        PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
Date: March 1, 2013     By:  

/s/ John P. Barnes

      John P. Barnes
      President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of People’s United Finacial, Inc. and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Date: March 1, 2013     By:  

/s/ John P. Barnes

      John P. Barnes
      President, Chief Executive Officer and
      Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

Date: March 1, 2013     By:  

/s/ Kirk W. Walters

      Kirk W. Walters
      Senior Executive Vice President,
      Chief Financial Officer and Director
      (Principal Financial Officer)

 

Date: March 1, 2013       By:  

/s/ Jeffrey A. Hoyt

      Jeffrey A. Hoyt
      Senior Vice President and Controller
      (Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Date: March 1, 2013     By:  

/s/ Collin P. Baron

      Collin P. Baron
      Director

 

Date: March 1, 2013       By:  

/s/ Kevin T. Bottomley

      Kevin T. Bottomley
      Director

 

Date: March 1, 2013       By:  

/s/ George P. Carter

      George P. Carter
      Chairman and Director

 

Date: March 1, 2013       By:  

/s/ John K. Dwight

      John K. Dwight
      Director

 

98


Table of Contents
Date: March 1, 2013       By:  

/s/ Jerry Franklin

      Jerry Franklin
      Director

 

Date: March 1, 2013       By:  

/s/ Janet M. Hansen

      Janet M. Hansen
      Director

 

Date: March 1, 2013       By:  

/s/ Richard M. Hoyt

      Richard M. Hoyt
      Director

 

Date: March 1, 2013       By:  

/s/ Mark W. Richards

      Mark W. Richards
      Director

 

99


Table of Contents

STATEMENT OF MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY

Management is responsible for the preparation, content and integrity of the consolidated financial statements and all other information included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements and related footnotes are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Management is also responsible for compliance with laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness as designated by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency.

The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee composed of five outside directors, each of whom meets the criteria for independence as set forth in applicable listing standards. The Audit Committee meets regularly with the independent auditors, the internal auditors and management to ensure that internal control over financial reporting is being properly administered and that financial data is being properly reported. The Audit Committee reviews the scope and timing of internal audits, including recommendations made with respect to internal control over financial reporting. The independent auditors and the internal auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL

OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting for People’s United Financial, Inc. Management maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting, including an internal audit function, which is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, transactions are properly authorized, and that accounting records are reliable for the preparation of financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that internal control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, management has conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on its assessment, management has concluded that People’s United Financial, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

 

/s/ John P. Barnes

  

/s/ Kirk W. Walters

John P. Barnes    Kirk W. Walters
President and Chief Executive Officer   

Senior Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer

Date: March 1, 2013

 

100


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

     F-8   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries (“People’s”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of People’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), People’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated March 1, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of People’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

March 1, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s”) as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) . People’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on People’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, People’s maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and our report dated March 1, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Stamford, Connecticut

March 1, 2013

 

F-3


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Condition

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

  2012     2011  

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks (note 3)

  $ 470.0      $ 370.2   

Short-term investments (note 3)

    131.4        410.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

    601.4        780.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities (note 4):

   

Trading account securities, at fair value

    6.5        71.8   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

    4,532.3        2,725.5   

Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $60.9 million
and $62.5 million)

    56.2        56.4   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

    73.7        77.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities

    4,668.7        2,931.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale (note 5)

    77.0        101.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans (notes 1 and 5):

   

Commercial

    8,400.0        7,366.8   

Commercial real estate

    7,294.2        7,172.2   

Residential mortgage

    3,886.1        3,628.4   

Consumer

    2,156.3        2,217.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

    21,736.6        20,384.8   

Less allowance for loan losses

    (188.0     (182.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net

    21,548.6        20,201.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill (notes 2 and 6)

    1,954.5        1,951.4   

Other acquisition-related intangible assets (notes 2 and 6)

    199.0        222.8   

Premises and equipment, net (note 7)

    330.4        339.6   

Bank-owned life insurance

    336.5        332.7   

Other assets (notes 1 and 8)

    608.3        695.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 30,324.4      $ 27,558.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Deposits (note 9):

   

Non-interest-bearing

  $ 5,084.3      $ 4,506.2   

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

    11,959.8        10,970.4   

Time

    4,706.4        5,339.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

    21,750.5        20,815.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Borrowings (note 10):

   

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    1,178.3        332.4   

Federal funds purchased

    619.0        —     

Retail repurchase agreements

    588.2        497.2   

Other borrowings

    1.0        27.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

    2,386.5        856.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes and debentures (note 11)

    659.0        159.6   

Other liabilities (note 8)

    489.6        510.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    25,285.6        22,342.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (notes 20 and 21)

   

Stockholders’ Equity (notes 2 and 13)

   

Common stock ($0.01 par value; 1.95 billion shares authorized;
395.8 million shares and 395.4 million shares issued)

    3.9        3.9   

Additional paid-in capital

    5,261.3        5,247.0   

Retained earnings (note 1)

    756.2        734.5   

Treasury stock, at cost (56.2 million shares and 38.0 million shares)

    (712.2     (493.5

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (note 16)

    (96.9     (95.8

Unallocated common stock of Employee Stock Ownership Plan, at cost
(8.4 million shares and 8.7 million shares) (note 17)

    (173.5     (180.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    5,038.8        5,215.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 30,324.4      $ 27,558.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2012      2011      2010  

Interest and dividend income:

        

Commercial

   $ 365.9       $ 348.6       $ 261.3   

Commercial real estate

     365.4         392.4         312.1   

Residential mortgage

     143.7         129.1         109.4   

Consumer

     80.0         84.2         89.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest on loans (note 1)

     955.0         954.3         772.4   

Securities

     77.3         83.4         43.5   

Loans held for sale

     1.8         2.1         2.4   

Short-term investments

     0.8         2.1         5.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest and dividend income (note 1)

     1,034.9         1,041.9         823.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest expense:

        

Deposits (note 9)

     90.8         107.4         112.8   

Borrowings (note 10)

     7.0         9.0         2.3   

Notes and debentures

     8.4         12.1         14.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     106.2         128.5         129.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income (note 1)

     928.7         913.4         694.0   

Provision for loan losses (note 5)

     49.2         63.7         60.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses (note 1)

     879.5         849.7         634.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

        

Bank service charges

     127.2         131.3         126.3   

Investment management fees

     34.9         33.2         32.0   

Insurance revenue

     31.8         30.7         28.8   

Brokerage commissions

     12.2         11.9         11.3   

Operating lease income

     31.2         25.0         19.4   

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans (note 5)

     16.1         7.6         12.1   

Net gains on sales of acquired loans (note 5)

     1.0         7.5         —     

Net security gains (losses) (note 4)

     —           8.8         (1.0

Other non-interest income

     59.4         51.6         41.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     313.8         307.6         270.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

        

Compensation and benefits (notes 17 and 18)

     418.9         429.0         380.4   

Occupancy and equipment (notes 7 and 20)

     141.9         133.3         114.4   

Professional and outside service fees

     65.4         70.6         72.7   

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangible assets (note 6)

     26.8         25.8         21.7   

Amortization of leased equipment

     26.3         20.8         16.1   

Merger-related expenses (note 2)

     —           42.9         23.3   

Other non-interest expense

     151.3         149.5         153.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     830.6         871.9         782.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense (note 1)

     362.7         285.4         122.0   

Income tax expense (notes 1 and 12)

     117.4         93.0         39.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (note 1)

   $ 245.3       $ 192.4       $ 82.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per common share (notes 1 and 15)

        

Basic

   $ 0.72       $ 0.55       $ 0.23   

Diluted

     0.72         0.55         0.23   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net income

   $ 245.3      $ 192.4      $ 82.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:

      

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial loss arising during the year

     (22.5     (70.4     (30.0

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

     7.6        11.8        8.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

     (14.9     (58.6     (21.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (1.0     (2.1     (1.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transition obligation on other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other postretirement benefits included in net income

     0.3        0.4        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and transition obligation

     (15.6     (60.3     (21.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

     15.1        74.6        3.3   

Reclassification adjustment for net realized (gains) losses included in net income

     —          (8.8     1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains

     15.1        65.8        4.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized losses arising during the year

     (3.1     (0.4     —     

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses (gains) included in net income

     1.0        (0.7     (21.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses

     (2.1     (1.1     (21.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax

     (2.6     4.4        (38.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax benefit (expense) related to other comprehensive (loss) income

     1.5        (1.2     14.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax (note 16)

     (1.1     3.2        (24.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 244.2      $ 195.6      $ 58.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

(in millions, except per share data)

  Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Unallocated
ESOP
Common
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 3.5      $ 4,511.3      $ 914.5      $ (58.6   $ (74.8   $ (195.2   $ 5,100.7   

Net income

    —          —          82.5        —          —          —          82.5   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax (note 16)

    —          —          —          —          (24.2     —          (24.2

Common stock issued in acquisitions, net (note 2):

             

Financial Federal Corporation

    0.3        405.1        —          —          —          —          405.4   

Smithtown Bancorp, Inc.

    —          26.4        —          —          —          —          26.4   

Cash dividends on common stock
($0.6175 per share)

    —          —          (218.1     —          —          —          (218.1

Restricted stock awards

    —          24.2        (0.1     0.8        —          —          24.9   

ESOP common stock committed
to be released (note 17)

    —          —          (2.4     —          —          7.3        4.9   

Common stock repurchased (note 13)

    (0.1     —          —          (191.1     —          —          (191.2

Common stock repurchased and retired upon vesting of restricted stock awards (note 18)

    —          —          (7.0     —          —          —          (7.0

Stock options and related tax benefits

    —          11.8        —          —          —          —          11.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010 (note 1)

    3.7        4,978.8        769.4        (248.9     (99.0     (187.9     5,216.1   

Net income

    —          —          192.4        —          —          —          192.4   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax (note 16)

    —          —          —          —          3.2        —          3.2   

Common stock issued in the Danvers Bancorp, Inc. acquisition, net (note 2)

    0.2        247.7        —          —          —          —          247.9   

Cash dividends on common stock
($0.6275 per share)

    —          —          (220.9     —          —          —          (220.9

Restricted stock awards

    —          12.5        (1.0     2.6        —          —          14.1   

ESOP common stock committed
to be released (note 17)

    —          —          (2.8     —          —          7.2        4.4   

Common stock repurchased (note 13)

    —          —          —          (247.2     —          —          (247.2

Common stock repurchased and retired upon vesting of restricted stock awards (note 18)

    —          —          (2.6     —          —          —          (2.6

Stock options and related tax benefits

    —          8.0        —          —          —          —          8.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011 (note 1)

    3.9        5,247.0        734.5        (493.5     (95.8     (180.7     5,215.4   

Net income

    —          —          245.3        —          —          —          245.3   

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax (note 16)

    —          —          —          —          (1.1     —          (1.1

Cash dividends on common stock ($0.6375 per share)

    —          —          (217.9     —          —          —          (217.9

Restricted stock awards

    —          10.6        (0.4     1.3        —          —          11.5   

ESOP common stock committed
to be released (note 17)

    —          —          (3.0     —          —          7.2        4.2   

Common stock repurchased (note 13)

    —          —          —          (220.0     —          —          (220.0

Common stock repurchased and retired upon vesting of restricted stock awards (note 18)

    —          —          (2.3     —          —          —          (2.3

Stock options and related tax benefits

    —          3.7        —          —          —          —          3.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 3.9      $ 5,261.3      $ 756.2      $ (712.2   $ (96.9   $ (173.5   $ 5,038.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

  2012     2011     2010  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

     

Net income

  $ 245.3      $ 192.4      $ 82.5   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Provision for loan losses

    49.2        63.7        60.0   

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment

    39.2        39.3        35.4   

Amortization of leased equipment

    26.3        20.8        16.1   

Amortization of other acquisition-related intangible assets

    26.8        25.8        21.7   

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

    44.8        60.1        (7.8

Net security (gains) losses

    —          (8.8     1.0   

Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans

    (16.1     (7.6     (12.1

Net gains on sales of acquired loans

    (1.0     (7.5     —     

ESOP common stock committed to be released

    4.2        4.4        4.9   

Expense related to share-based awards

    15.1        23.7        25.9   

Originations of loans held-for-sale

    (903.2     (631.0     (892.5

Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale

    944.1        625.2        887.4   

Net decrease (increase) in trading account securities

    65.3        11.7        (7.8

Net changes in other assets and other liabilities

    (26.4     (237.8     10.8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    513.6        174.4        225.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

     

Net decrease (increase) in securities purchased under agreements to resell

    —          520.0        (120.0

Proceeds from principal repayments and maturities of securities available for sale

    917.8        1,166.8        994.6   

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

    0.1        661.6        226.4   

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities held to maturity

    0.2        0.1        0.2   

Proceeds from redemption of FHLB stock

    4.0        4.1        —     

Purchases of securities available for sale

    (2,658.2     (1,445.1     (2,670.3

Purchases of securities held to maturity

    —          (1.0     —     

Proceeds from sales of loans

    17.7        136.4        5.5   

Loan disbursements, net of principal collections

    (1,425.2     (1,455.4     153.9   

Purchases of premises and equipment

    (19.9     (20.5     (30.1

Purchases of leased equipment

    (64.3     (22.8     (47.4

Proceeds from sales of real estate owned

    25.4        27.4        28.9   

Return of premiums on bank-owned life insurance, net

    1.4        0.6        3.0   

Net cash received in branch transactions

    298.2        —          —     

Net cash acquired (paid) in acquisitions

    —          146.8        (188.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (2,902.8     (281.0     (1,644.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

     

Net increase (decrease) in deposits

    621.3        814.6        (13.9

Net increase in borrowings with terms of three months or less

    1,634.5        21.4        318.0   

Repayments of borrowings with terms of more than three months

    (100.5     (390.0     (871.1

Proceeds from borrowings with terms of more than three months

    —          —          3.7   

Repayments of notes and debentures

    —          (43.7     (65.7

Net proceeds from issuance of senior notes

    494.3        —          —     

Cash dividends paid on common stock

    (217.9     (220.9     (218.1

Common stock repurchases

    (222.3     (249.8     (198.2

Proceeds from stock options exercised, including excess income tax benefits

    0.3        1.4        0.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    2,209.7        (67.0     (1,044.8
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

    (179.5     (173.6     (2,463.5

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    780.9        954.5        3,418.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 601.4      $ 780.9      $ 954.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Information:

     

Interest payments

  $ 111.8      $ 135.8      $ 127.1   

Income tax payments

    75.4        98.1        45.5   

Real estate properties acquired by foreclosure

    32.6        22.4        24.9   

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in acquisitions (note 2):

     

Non-cash assets, excluding goodwill and other acquisition-related intangibles

    12.0        2,232.4        4,203.3   

Liabilities

    325.4        2,370.7        4,053.9   

Common stock issued in acquisitions

    —          247.9        431.8   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

People’s United Financial, Inc. (“People’s United Financial” or the “Company”) is a savings and loan holding company within the meaning of the Home Owners’ Loan Act and is incorporated under the state laws of Delaware. The principal business of People’s United Financial is to provide, through People’s United Bank and its subsidiaries, commercial banking, retail and business banking, and wealth management services to individual, corporate and municipal customers.

People’s United Bank, which is a federally-chartered stock savings bank, provides a full range of traditional banking services, including accepting deposits and originating loans, as well as specialized financial services through its non-bank subsidiaries, including: brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided through People’s Securities, Inc.; equipment financing provided through People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. and People’s United Equipment Finance Corp.; and other insurance services provided through People’s United Insurance Agency, Inc. People’s United Financial’s overall financial results are particularly dependent on economic conditions in New England and New York, which are its primary markets, although economic conditions elsewhere in the United States affect its equipment financing business. Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

People’s United Financial is regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and subject to FRB examination, supervision and reporting requirements. The FRB assumed responsibility for the supervision and regulation of all savings and loan holding companies from the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) effective July 21, 2011. Under its federal charter, People’s United Bank is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and subject to OCC examination, supervision and reporting requirements. The OCC assumed responsibility for the supervision and regulation of all federally-chartered savings banks from the OTS effective July 21, 2011.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include the accounts of People’s United Financial and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from management’s current estimates, as a result of changing conditions and future events. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these significant estimates.

Several accounting estimates are particularly critical and are susceptible to significant near-term change, including the allowance for loan losses and asset impairment judgments, such as the recoverability of goodwill and other intangible assets, and other-than-temporary declines in the fair value of securities. These significant accounting policies and critical estimates, which are included in the discussion below, are reviewed with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

The judgments used by management in applying these critical accounting policies may be affected by a further and prolonged deterioration in the economic environment, which may result in changes to future financial results. For example, subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods, and the inability to collect outstanding principal may result in increased loan losses.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash equivalents include highly liquid instruments, such as: (i) interest-earning deposits at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“FRB-NY”); (ii) government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) debt securities with an original maturity of three months or less (determined as of the date of purchase); (iii) federal funds sold; (iv) commercial paper; and (v) money market mutual funds. These instruments are reported as short-term investments in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at cost or amortized cost, which approximates fair value. GSE debt securities classified as cash equivalents are held to maturity and carry the implicit backing of the U.S. government, but are not direct obligations of the U.S. government.

Revised Financial Results

Previously reported results for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been revised to reflect a reduction in interest income on certain acquired loans relating to an unintentional overstatement of interest income. The effects of these revisions, which were immaterial to each period, are summarized below.

 

As of and for the years ended December 31    2011      2010  

(in millions, except per share data)

   Previously
Reported
     Revised      Previously
Reported
     Revised  

Total loans

   $ 20,400.0       $ 20,384.8       $ 17,327.7       $ 17,322.7   

Other assets

     690.1         695.7         706.7         708.5   

Total stockholders’ equity

     5,225.0         5,215.4         5,219.3         5,216.1   

Total interest on loans

     964.5         954.3         777.4         772.4   

Total interest and dividend income

     1,052.1         1,041.9         828.8         823.8   

Net interest income

     923.6         913.4         699.0         694.0   

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     859.9         849.7         639.0         634.0   

Income before income tax expense

     295.6         285.4         127.0         122.0   

Income tax expense

     96.8         93.0         41.3         39.5   

Net income

     198.8         192.4         85.7         82.5   

Earnings per common share:

           

Basic

   $ 0.57       $ 0.55       $ 0.24       $ 0.23   

Diluted

     0.57         0.55         0.24         0.23   

The revisions also resulted in decreases of $10.2 million and $5.0 million in net cash provided by operating activities and corresponding increases in net cash provided by investing activities as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Securities

Marketable equity and debt securities (other than those reported as short-term investments) are classified as either trading account securities, held to maturity securities (applicable only to debt securities) or available for sale securities. Management determines the classification of a security at the time of its purchase.

Securities purchased for sale in the near term as well as those held by People’s Securities, Inc. (in accordance with the requirements for a broker-dealer) are classified as trading account securities and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in non-interest income.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Debt securities for which People’s United Financial has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity securities and reported at amortized cost. All other securities are classified as available for sale and reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported on an after-tax basis in stockholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss. Premiums are amortized and discounts are accreted to interest income for debt securities, using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for the effect of actual prepayments in the case of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) and other asset-backed securities.

Security transactions are recorded on the trade date. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and reported in non-interest income.

Management conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in fair value of any security is deemed to be other-than-temporary. Other-than-temporary impairment losses are recognized on debt securities when: (i) People’s United Financial has an intention to sell the security; (ii) it is more likely than not that People’s United Financial will be required to sell the security prior to recovery; or (iii) People’s United Financial does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. Other-than-temporary losses on debt securities are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. Management has the ability and intent to hold the securities classified as held to maturity until they mature, at which time People’s United Financial expects to receive full value for the securities.

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock is a non-marketable equity security and is, therefore, reported at cost, which equals par value (the amount at which shares have been redeemed in the past). The investment is periodically evaluated for impairment based on, among other things, the capital adequacy of the FHLB and its overall financial condition.

Securities Resale and Securities Repurchase Agreements

In securities resale agreements, a counterparty transfers securities to People’s United Financial (as transferee) and People’s United Financial agrees to resell the same or substantially the same securities to the counterparty at a fixed price in the future. In securities repurchase agreements, which include both retail arrangements with customers and wholesale arrangements with other counterparties, People’s United Financial (as transferor) transfers securities to a counterparty and agrees to repurchase the same or substantially the same securities from the counterparty at a fixed price in the future.

People’s United Financial accounts for resale agreements as secured lending transactions and repurchase agreements as secured borrowings since the transferor maintains effective control over the transferred securities and the transfer meets the other criteria for such accounting. The securities are pledged by the transferor as collateral and the transferee has the right by contract to sell or repledge that collateral provided the same or substantially the same collateral and related interest, if any, is returned to the transferor upon maturity of the underlying agreement. The fair value of the pledged collateral approximates the recorded amount of the secured loan or borrowing. Decreases in the fair value of the transferred securities below an established threshold require the transferor to provide additional collateral.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate with any adjustment for net unrealized losses reported in non-interest income. Management identifies and designates as loans held for sale certain newly-originated adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that meet secondary market requirements, as these loans are originated with the intent to sell. From time to time, management identifies and designates residential mortgage loans held in the loan portfolio for sale. These loans are transferred to loans held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value at the time of transfer and the resulting unrealized loss is reported in non-interest income.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Loans

Loans acquired in connection with business combinations beginning in 2010 are referred to as ‘acquired’ loans as a result of the manner in which they are accounted for (see further discussion under ‘Acquired Loans’ below). All other loans are referred to as ‘originated’ loans.

Basis of Accounting

Originated loans are reported at amortized cost less the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is accrued to income monthly based on outstanding principal balances. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income as an adjustment of yield. Depending on the loan portfolio, amounts are amortized or accreted using the level yield method over either the actual life or the estimated average life of the loan.

Non-accrual Loans

A loan is generally considered “non-performing” when it is placed on non-accrual status. A loan is generally placed on non-accrual status when it becomes 90 days past due as to interest or principal payments. Past due status is based on the contractual payment terms of the loan. A loan may be placed on non-accrual status before it reaches 90 days past due if such loan has been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectability of interest and principal. A loan past due 90 days or more may remain on accruing status if such loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. There were no loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2012 or 2011 ($1.2 million at December 31, 2010).

All previously accrued but unpaid interest on non-accrual loans is reversed from interest income in the period in which the accrual of interest is discontinued. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans (including impaired loans) are generally applied as a reduction of principal if future collections are doubtful, although such interest payments may be recognized as income. A loan remains on non-accrual status until the factors that indicated doubtful collectibility no longer exist or until a loan is determined to be uncollectible and is charged off against the allowance for loan losses.

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impaired loans also include certain originated loans whose terms have been modified in such a way that they are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). Originated loans are considered TDRs if the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and is afforded a concession by People’s United Financial, such as, but not limited to: (i) payment deferral; (ii) a reduction of the stated interest rate for the remaining contractual life of the loan; (iii) an extension of the loan’s original contractual term at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk; (iv) capitalization of interest; or (v) forgiveness of principal or interest. Generally, TDRs are placed on non-accrual status (and reported as non-performing loans) until the loan qualifies for return to accrual status. Loans qualify for return to accrual status once they have demonstrated performance with the restructured terms of the loan agreement for a minimum of six months. Loans may continue to be reported as TDRs after they are returned to accrual status. Acquired loans that are modified are not considered for TDR classification provided they are evaluated for impairment on a pool basis.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Impairment is evaluated on a collective basis for smaller-balance loans with similar credit risk and on an individual loan basis for other loans. If a loan is deemed to be impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported (net of the allowance) at the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate or at the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal unless collectibility of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on a cash basis. Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.

Acquired Loans

Acquired loans that have evidence of deterioration in credit quality since origination and for which it is probable, at acquisition, that all contractually required payments will not be collected are initially recorded at fair value without recording an allowance for loan losses. Fair value of the loans is determined using market participant assumptions in estimating the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected, as adjusted for an estimate of future credit losses and prepayments, and then applying a market-based discount rate to those cash flows. Acquired loans are generally accounted for on a pool basis, with pools formed based on the loans’ common risk characteristics, such as loan collateral type and accrual status. Each pool is accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate expectation of cash flows.

Under the accounting model for acquired loans, the excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying amount of the loans, referred to as the “accretable yield”, is accreted into interest income over the life of the loans in each pool using the effective yield method. Accordingly, acquired loans are not subject to classification as non-accrual in the same manner as originated loans. Rather, acquired loans are considered to be accruing loans because their interest income relates to the accretable yield recognized at the pool level and not to contractual interest payments at the loan level. The difference between contractually required principal and interest payments and the cash flows expected to be collected, referred to as the “nonaccretable difference”, includes estimates of both the impact of prepayments and future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans in each pool. As such, charge-offs on acquired loans are first applied to the nonaccretable difference and then to any allowance for loan losses recognized subsequent to acquisition.

Subsequent to acquisition, actual cash collections are monitored relative to management’s expectations and revised cash flow forecasts are prepared, as warranted. These revised forecasts involve updates, as necessary, of the key assumptions and estimates used in the initial estimate of fair value. Generally speaking, expected cash flows are affected by:

 

   

Changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life – Updates to changes in expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows resulting from loan modifications are included in the assessment of expected cash flows;

 

   

Changes in prepayment assumptions – Prepayments affect the estimated life of the loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and

 

   

Changes in interest rate indices for variable rate loans – Expected future cash flows are based, as applicable, on the variable rates in effect at the time of the assessment of expected cash flows.

A decrease in expected cash flows in subsequent periods may indicate that the loan pool is impaired which would require the establishment of an allowance for loan losses by a charge to the provision for loan losses. An increase in expected cash flows in subsequent periods serves, first, to reduce any previously established allowance for loan losses by the increase in the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, and results in a recalculation of the amount of accretable yield for the loan pool. The adjustment of accretable yield due to an increase in expected cash flows is accounted for as a change in estimate. The additional cash flows expected to be collected are reclassified from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield, and the amount of periodic accretion is adjusted accordingly over the remaining life of the loans in the pool.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

An acquired loan may be resolved either through receipt of payment (in full or in part) from the borrower, the sale of the loan to a third party or foreclosure of the collateral. In the event of a sale of the loan, a gain or loss on sale is recognized and reported within non-interest income based on the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the loan. In other cases, individual loans are removed from the pool based on comparing the amount received from its resolution (fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell in the case of a foreclosure) with its outstanding balance. Any difference between these amounts is absorbed by the nonaccretable difference established for the entire pool. For loans resolved by payment in full, there is no adjustment of the nonaccretable difference since there is no difference between the amount received at resolution and the outstanding balance of the loan. In these cases, the remaining accretable yield balance is unaffected and any material change in remaining effective yield caused by the removal of the loan from the pool is addressed in connection with the subsequent cash flow re-assessment for the pool. Acquired loans subject to modification are not removed from the pool even if those loans would otherwise be deemed TDRs as the pool, and not the individual loan, represents the unit of account.

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to income. Losses on loans, including impaired loans, are charged to the allowance for loan losses when all or a portion of a loan is deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries of loans previously charged off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when realized.

People’s United Financial maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level that is deemed to be appropriate to absorb probable losses inherent in the respective loan portfolios, based on a quarterly evaluation of a variety of factors. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) People’s United Financial’s historical loan loss experience and recent trends in that experience; (ii) risk ratings assigned by lending personnel to commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans, and the results of ongoing reviews of those ratings by People’s United Financial’s independent loan review function; (iii) an evaluation of delinquent and non-performing loans and related collateral values; (iv) the probability of loss in view of geographic and industry concentrations and other portfolio risk characteristics; (v) the present financial condition of borrowers; and (vi) current economic conditions.

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of three elements: (i) an allowance for larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans that are evaluated on an individual (loan-by-loan) basis; (ii) an allowance for smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are evaluated on a collective basis; and (iii) a specific allowance for individual loans deemed to be impaired, including originated loans classified as TDRs.

Larger-balance, Non-homogeneous Loans . The Company establishes a loan loss allowance for its larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans using a methodology that incorporates (i) the probability of default for a given loan risk rating and (ii) historical default data over a multi-year period. In accordance with the Company’s loan risk rating system, each loan, with the exception of those included in large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans, is assigned a risk rating (using a nine-grade scale) by the originating loan officer, credit management, internal loan review or loan committee. Loans rated one represent those loans least likely to default while loans rated nine represent a loss. The probability of loans defaulting for each risk rating, referred to as default factors, is estimated based on the frequency with which loans migrate from one risk rating to another and to default status over time. Estimated loan default factors are multiplied by loan balances within each risk-rating category and again multiplied by an historical loss-given-default estimate for each loan type to determine an appropriate level of allowance by loan type. The historical loss-given-default estimates are updated annually (or more frequently, if necessary) based on actual charge-off experience. This approach is applied to the commercial, commercial real estate and equipment financing components of the loan portfolio.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In developing the allowance for loan losses for larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans, the Company also gives consideration to certain qualitative factors, including the macroeconomic environment and any potential imprecision inherent in its loan loss model that may result from having limited historical loan loss data which, in turn, may result in inaccurate probability of default and loss-given-default factors. In consideration of these factors, the Company may adjust the allowance for loan losses upward or downward based on current economic conditions and portfolio trends. In determining the extent of any such adjustment, the Company considers both economic and portfolio-specific data that correlates with loan losses. The Company annually reviews this data to determine that such a correlation continues to exist. Additionally, at interim dates between annual reviews, these factors are evaluated in order to conclude that they continue to be adequate based on current economic conditions.

Smaller-balance, Homogeneous Loans . Pools of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics are also assessed for probable losses. These loan pools include residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer loans that are not assigned individual loan risk ratings. Rather, the assessment of these portfolios is based upon a consideration of recent historical loss experience, delinquency trends and portfolio-specific risk characteristics, the combination of which determines whether a loan is classified as “High” risk, “Moderate” risk or “Low” risk.

The allowance for loan losses for these smaller-balance, homogeneous portfolios is developed using a “build-up” approach that includes components attributable to: (i) historical portfolio loss experience; (ii) portfolio-specific risk elements; and (iii) other qualitative factors.

The risk characteristics considered include (i) collateral values/loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios (above and below 70%); (ii) borrower credit scores under the FICO scoring system (above and below a score of 680); and (iii) other relevant portfolio risk elements such as income verification at the time of underwriting (stated income vs. non-stated income) and the property’s intended use (owner-occupied, non-owner occupied, second home, etc.). In classifying a loan as either “High”, “Moderate” or “Low” risk, the combination of each of the aforementioned risk characteristics is considered for that loan, resulting, effectively, in a “matrix approach” to its risk classification.

In establishing the allowance for loan losses for residential mortgage loans, the Company principally considers historical portfolio loss experience of the most recent 1- and 3-year periods, as management believes this provides a reasonable basis for estimating the inherent probable losses within the residential mortgage portfolio. In establishing the allowance for loan losses for home equity loans, the Company principally considers historical portfolio loss experience of the most recent 12-month period.

With respect to portfolio stratification based on the aforementioned portfolio-specific risk characteristics, each risk category is currently assigned an applicable reserve factor. For residential mortgage loans, the “Moderate” (or baseline) reserve factor represents the portfolio’s net charge-off rate for the preceding fiscal year. For home equity loans, the “Moderate” (or baseline) reserve factor represents an average of the portfolio’s monthly net charge-off rates for the preceding three months. This component of the allowance employs a shorter look-back period as it is intended to identify emerging portfolio trends in credit quality as determined by reference to a loan’s initial underwriting as well as subsequent changes in property values and borrower credit scores. Accordingly, the shorter look-back period is deemed to provide a better basis on which to analyze such trends.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Within each respective portfolio, the loan population deemed to be “High” risk is subject to a reserve factor equal to two times that of the applicable baseline factor, while the loan population deemed to be “Low” risk is subject to a reserve factor equal to one-third of the applicable baseline factor. These adjustments around the baseline factor are intended to reflect the higher or lower probability of loss inherent in the corresponding portfolio stratification. The reserve factor multiples for the “High” and “Low” risk categories were determined by reference to actual historical portfolio loss experience and are generally reflective of the range of losses incurred over each portfolio’s respective look-back period. As such, management believes that these multiples, which are reassessed annually (or more frequently, if necessary), provide a reasonable basis for estimating the inherent probable losses within each risk classification category.

In addition to the portfolio-specific quantitative measures described above, the Company considers a variety of qualitative factors in establishing its allowance for loan losses that, generally, are based on management’s assessment of economic, market and industry conditions. Such qualitative factors include, but are not limited to: (i) present and forecasted economic conditions, including unemployment rates, new jobs creation and consumer confidence levels; (ii) changes in industry trends, including the impact of new regulations, the origination market, the U.S. homeownership rate and potential homebuyer levels; and (iii) trends in property values, including housing market indicators, foreclosure activity, housing inventory and distressed sale levels, and median sales prices/average market time.

In completing the “build-up” approach to the allowance for loan losses for smaller-balance, homogeneous loans, the amount reflecting the Company’s consideration of these various qualitative factors is added to the amounts attributable to historical portfolio loss experience and portfolio-specific risk elements. In this manner, historical charge-off data (whether periods or amounts) is not adjusted and the allowance for loan losses always includes a component attributable to qualitative factors, the degree of which may change from period to period as such qualitative factors indicate improving or worsening trends. There were no significant changes in the qualitative factor component of the related allowance for loan losses during 2012.

Individually Impaired Loans . The allowance for loan losses also includes specific allowances for individually impaired loans. Generally, the Company’s impaired loans consist of (i) classified commercial loans in excess of $750,000 that have been placed on non-accrual status and (ii) originated loans classified as TDRs. Individually impaired loans are measured based upon observable market prices; the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate; or, in the case of collateral dependent loans, fair value of the collateral (based on appraisals and other market information) less cost to sell. If the recorded investment in a loan exceeds the amount measured as described in the preceding sentence, a specific allowance for loan losses would be established as a component of the overall allowance for loan losses or, in the case of a collateral dependent loan, a charge-off would be recorded for the difference between the loan’s recorded investment and management’s estimate of the fair value of the collateral (less cost to sell). It would be rare for the Company to identify a loan that meets the criteria stated above and requires a specific allowance or a charge-off and not deem it impaired solely as a result of the existence of a guarantee.

People’s United Financial performs an analysis of its impaired loans, including collateral dependent impaired loans, on a quarterly basis. Individually impaired collateral dependent loans are measured based upon the appraised value of the underlying collateral and other market information. Generally, the Company’s policy is to obtain updated appraisals for commercial collateral dependent loans when the loan is downgraded to a risk rating of “substandard” or “doubtful”, and the most recent appraisal is more than 12 months old or a determination has been made that the property has experienced a significant decline in value. Appraisals are prepared by independent, licensed third-party appraisers and are subject to review by the Company’s internal commercial appraisal department or external appraisers contracted by the commercial appraisal department. The conclusions of the external appraisal review are reviewed by the Company’s Chief Commercial Appraiser prior to acceptance. The Company’s policy with respect to impaired residential mortgage loans is to receive updated appraisals upon the loan being classified as non-performing (typically upon becoming 90 days past due).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In determining the allowance for loan losses, People’s United Financial gives appropriate consideration to the age of appraisals through its regular evaluation of other relevant qualitative and quantitative information. Specifically, between scheduled appraisals, property values are monitored within the commercial portfolio by reference to current originations of collateral dependent loans and the related appraisals obtained during underwriting as well as by reference to recent trends in commercial property sales as published by leading industry sources. Property values are monitored within the residential mortgage portfolio by reference to available market indicators, including real estate price indices within the Company’s primary lending areas.

In most situations where a guarantee exists, the guarantee arrangement is not a specific factor in the assessment of the related allowance for loan losses. However, the assessment of a guarantor’s credit strength is reflected in the Company’s internal loan risk ratings which, in turn, are an important factor in its allowance for loan loss methodology for loans within the commercial and commercial real estate portfolios.

People’s United Financial did not change its methodologies with respect to determining the allowance for loan losses during 2012. While People’s United Financial seeks to use the best available information to make these determinations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions, results of regulatory examinations, further information obtained regarding known problem loans, the identification of additional problem loans and other factors.

Loan Charge-Offs

The Company’s charge-off policies, which comply with standards established by banking regulators, are consistently applied from period to period. Charge-offs are recorded on a monthly basis. Partially charged-off loans continue to be evaluated on a monthly basis and additional charge-offs or loan loss provisions may be recorded on the remaining loan balance based on the same criteria.

For unsecured consumer loans, charge-offs are generally recorded when the loan is deemed to be uncollectible or 120 days past due, whichever occurs first. For consumer loans secured by real estate, including residential mortgage loans, charge-offs are generally recorded when the loan is deemed to be uncollectible or 180 days past due, whichever occurs first, unless it can be clearly demonstrated that repayment will occur regardless of the delinquency status. Factors that demonstrate an ability to repay may include: (i) a loan that is secured by adequate collateral and is in the process of collection; (ii) a loan supported by a valid guarantee or insurance; or (iii) a loan supported by a valid claim against a solvent estate.

For commercial banking loans, a charge-off is recorded when the Company determines that it will not collect all amounts contractually due based on the fair value of the collateral less cost to sell, or the present value of expected future cash flows.

The decision whether to charge-off all or a portion of a loan rather than to record a specific or general loss allowance is based on an assessment of all available information that aids in determining the loan’s net realizable value. Typically this involves consideration of both (i) the fair value of any collateral securing the loan, including whether the estimate of fair value has been derived from an appraisal or other market information and (ii) other factors affecting the likelihood of repayment, including the existence of guarantees and insurance. If the amount by which the Company’s recorded investment in the loan exceeds its net realizable value is deemed to be a confirmed loss, a charge-off is recorded. Otherwise, a specific or general reserve is established, as applicable.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Wealth Management and Other Fee-Based Revenues

Investment management fees are accrued when earned based on total assets managed and administered, which are not reported as assets of People’s United Financial. Insurance revenue represents commissions earned solely from performing broker- and agency-related services. Insurance commission revenues related to agency-billed policies are recognized at the later of the policy billing date or the policy effective date. Insurance commission revenues on premiums directly billed by insurance carriers are generally recognized as revenue during the period commissions are paid by the insurance carrier. Brokerage commissions are recognized on a trade-date basis. Bank service charges are recorded when earned.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance

Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents the cash surrender value of life insurance policies purchased on the lives of certain key executives and former key executives. BOLI funds are generally invested in separate accounts and are supported by a stable wrap agreement to fully insulate the underlying investments against changes in fair value. Increases in the cash surrender value of these policies and death benefits in excess of the related invested premiums are included in non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company’s BOLI policies have been underwritten by highly-rated third party insurance carriers and the investments underlying these policies are deemed to be of low-to-moderate market risk.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are reported at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization, except for land, which is reported at cost. Buildings, data processing and other equipment, computer software, furniture and fixtures are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term, the estimated useful life of the improvements or 10 years. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the software. Generally, the estimated useful lives are as follows: buildings – 40 years; data processing and other equipment – 3 to 5 years; computer software – 3 to 5 years; and furniture and fixtures – 10 years.

Goodwill and Other Acquisition-Related Intangible Assets

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) standards on accounting for business combinations require an acquirer, upon initially obtaining control of another entity, to recognize the assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree at fair value as of the acquisition date. Contingent consideration, if any, is also recognized and measured at fair value on the date of acquisition. In addition, those standards require that: (i) acquisition-related transaction costs be expensed as incurred; (ii) specific requirements be met in order to accrue for a restructuring plan as part of the acquisition; (iii) certain pre-acquisition contingencies be recognized at fair value; and (iv) acquired loans be recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date without recognition of an allowance for loan losses.

Intangible assets are recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible net assets acquired. “Acquisition-related intangible assets” are separately identified and recognized, where appropriate, for assets such as trade names and the estimated values of acquired core deposits and/or customer relationships. The remaining intangible asset is recognized as goodwill.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but, rather, are reviewed for impairment at least annually, with impairment losses charged to expense when they occur. Acquisition-related intangible assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are amortized to expense over their estimated useful lives and are periodically reviewed by management to assess recoverability. Impairment losses on other acquisition-related intangibles are recognized as a charge to expense if carrying amounts exceed fair values.

The Company’s trade name intangible is being amortized on an accelerated basis over a period of approximately 20 years, reflecting the manner in which the related benefit is expected to be realized. Core deposit intangibles are amortized over 10 years on an accelerated basis that reflects the manner in which the related benefit attributable to the acquired deposits is expected to be realized. Customer relationship intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis (approximating the manner in which the benefit is expected to be realized) over the estimated remaining average life of those relationships (ranging from 7 to 15 years from the respective acquisition dates).

Goodwill is evaluated for impairment at the reporting unit level. For the purpose of goodwill impairment evaluations, management has identified reporting units based upon the Company’s three business segments: Commercial Banking, Retail and Business Banking, and Wealth Management. The impairment evaluation is performed as of an annual date or more frequently if a triggering event indicates that impairment may have occurred.

In September 2011, the FASB amended its standards to provide an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of such events or circumstances, an entity determines it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then the entity is not required to perform the two-step impairment test described below. This amendment became effective for People’s United Financial on January 1, 2012. People’s United Financial elected to perform this optional qualitative assessment in its evaluation of goodwill impairment as of October 1, 2012 (the annual impairment evaluation date) and concluded that performance of the two-step test was not required.

When performed, the goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step (“Step 1”) is used to identify potential impairment, and involves comparing each reporting unit’s estimated fair value to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not deemed to be impaired. Should the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceed its estimated fair value, an indicator of potential impairment is deemed to exist and a second step is performed to measure the amount of such impairment, if any. None of the Company’s identified reporting units are at risk of failing the Step 1 goodwill impairment test at this time.

The second step (“Step 2”) involves calculating the implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which impairment was indicated in Step 1. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how the amount of goodwill is determined in a business combination (i.e. by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in Step 1, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangibles applicable to that reporting unit as of the impairment testing date). If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, no impairment exists. If the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded in an amount equal to such excess. An impairment loss cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit, and the loss (write-down) establishes a new carrying amount for the goodwill. Subsequent reversals of goodwill impairment losses are not permitted.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company estimates the fair value of its reporting units based on an appropriate weighting of values based on (i) a present-value measurement technique (discounted cash flow analysis based on internal forecasts) and (ii) market-based trading and transaction multiples. The discounted cash flow analysis is based on significant assumptions and judgments including future growth rates and discount rates reflecting management’s assessment of market participant views of the risks associated with the projected cash flows of the reporting units. The market-based trading and transaction multiples are derived from the market prices of stocks of companies that are actively traded and engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Company and the respective reporting unit. The derived multiples are then applied to the reporting unit’s financial metrics to produce an indication of value. Differences in the identification of reporting units or in the selection of valuation techniques and related assumptions could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

In July 2012, the FASB amended its standards to allow companies to perform a qualitative assessment in determining whether further impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets is necessary, similar to the approach now permitted for the goodwill impairment evaluation. This amendment is effective for annual and interim impairment evaluations performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012 (January 1, 2013 for People’s United Financial). While early adoption is permitted, the Company has not elected to do so. This amendment is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Real Estate Owned

Real estate owned (“REO”) properties acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are recorded initially at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the allowance for loan losses upon transfer to REO. Thereafter, an allowance for REO losses is established for any further declines in the property’s value. This allowance is increased by provisions charged to income and decreased by charge-offs for realized losses. Management’s periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on an analysis of individual properties, as well as a general assessment of current real estate market conditions.

Income Taxes

Deferred taxes are recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to “temporary differences” and tax loss carryforwards. Temporary differences are differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. A deferred tax liability is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future taxable income. A deferred tax asset is recognized for all temporary differences that will result in future tax deductions and for all tax loss carryforwards, subject to reduction of the asset by a valuation allowance in certain circumstances. This valuation allowance is recognized if, based on an analysis of available evidence, management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance is subject to ongoing adjustment based on changes in circumstances that affect management’s judgment about the realizability of the deferred tax asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to future taxable income. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax laws or rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date of the change. Tax benefits attributable to deductions in excess of financial statement amounts arising from the exercise of non-statutory stock options are credited to additional paid-in capital.

Individual tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return must satisfy certain criteria in order for some or all of the related tax benefits to be recognized in the financial statements. Specifically, a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not must be met in order to recognize those tax benefits.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) excludes dilution and is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock (such as stock options) were exercised or converted into additional common shares that would then share in the earnings of the entity. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year, plus an incremental number of common-equivalent shares computed using the treasury stock method.

Unvested share-based payment awards, which include the right to receive non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents, are considered to participate with common stock in undistributed earnings for purposes of computing EPS. Companies that have such participating securities, including People’s United Financial, are required to calculate basic and diluted EPS using the two-class method. Restricted stock awards granted by People’s United Financial are considered participating securities. Calculations of EPS under the two-class method (i) exclude from the numerator any dividends paid or owed on participating securities and any undistributed earnings considered to be attributable to participating securities and (ii) exclude from the denominator the dilutive impact of the participating securities.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

People’s United Financial uses derivative financial instruments as components of its market risk management (principally to manage interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.

All derivatives are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Amounts reported represent the fair values of the derivative contracts, net of amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) arising from derivative contracts executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement. Until a derivative is settled, favorable changes in fair values result in unrealized gains that are recognized as assets, while unfavorable changes result in unrealized losses that are recognized as liabilities.

People’s United Financial generally applies hedge accounting to its derivatives used for market risk management purposes. Hedge accounting is permitted only if specific criteria are met, including a requirement that a highly effective relationship exist between the derivative instrument and the hedged item, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis. The hedge accounting method depends upon whether the derivative instrument is classified as a fair value hedge (i.e. hedging an exposure related to a recognized asset or liability, or a firm commitment) or a cash flow hedge (i.e. hedging an exposure related to the variability of future cash flows associated with a recognized asset or liability, or a forecasted transaction). Changes in the fair value of effective fair value hedges are recognized in current earnings (with the change in fair value of the hedged asset or liability also recorded in earnings). Changes in the fair value of effective cash flow hedges are recognized in other comprehensive income or loss until earnings are affected by the variability in cash flows of the designated hedged item. Ineffective portions of hedge results are recognized in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied are recognized in current earnings.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial formally documents at inception all relationships between the derivative instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transactions. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as hedges to specific assets and liabilities, or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. People’s United Financial also formally assesses, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective or has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, People’s United Financial would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. Gains or losses resulting from the termination of a derivative accounted for as a cash flow hedge remain in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss and are amortized to earnings over the remaining period of the former hedging relationship, provided the hedged item continues to be outstanding.

People’s United Financial uses the dollar offset method, regression analysis and scenario analysis to assess hedge effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. Such methods are chosen based on the nature of the hedge strategy and are used consistently throughout the life of the hedging relationship.

Certain derivative financial instruments are offered to commercial customers to assist them in meeting their financing and investing objectives and for their risk management purposes. These derivative financial instruments consist primarily of interest rate swaps, but also include foreign exchange contracts. The interest rate risk associated with customer interest rate swaps is mitigated by entering into similar derivatives having essentially offsetting terms with other counterparties.

Interest rate-lock commitments extended to borrowers relate to the origination of residential mortgage loans. To mitigate the interest rate risk inherent in these commitments, People’s United Financial enters into mandatory delivery and best efforts contracts to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (servicing released). Forward commitments to sell and interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans are considered derivatives and their respective estimated fair values are adjusted based on changes in interest rates.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied are recognized in current earnings, including customer derivatives, interest rate-lock commitments and forward sale commitments.

Fair Value Measurements

Accounting standards related to fair value measurements define fair value, provide a framework for measuring fair value, and establish related disclosure requirements. Broadly, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Accordingly, an “exit price” approach is required in determining fair value. In support of this principle, a fair value hierarchy has been established that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value, requiring entities to maximize the use of market or observable inputs (as more reliable measures) and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs generally require significant management judgment.

The three levels within the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access at the measurement date (such as active exchange-traded equity securities and certain U.S. and government agency debt securities).

 

F-22


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

   

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as:

 

   

quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets (such as U.S. agency and GSE issued mortgage-backed securities and CMOs);

 

   

quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in less active markets (such as certain U.S. and government agency debt securities, and corporate and municipal debt securities that trade infrequently); and

 

   

other inputs that (i) are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability (e.g. interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, etc.) or (ii) can be corroborated by observable market data (such as interest rate and currency derivatives and certain other securities).

 

   

Level 3 – Valuation techniques that require unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the fair value measurement of the asset or liability (such as pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that typically reflect management’s own estimates of the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability).

People’s United Financial maintains policies and procedures to value assets and liabilities using the most relevant data available.

Stock-Based Compensation

People’s United Financial’s stock-based compensation plans provide for awards of stock options and restricted stock to directors, officers and employees. Costs resulting from the issuance of such share-based payment awards are required to be recognized in the financial statements based on the grant date fair value of the award. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

Accounting Standards

Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements

In April 2011, the FASB amended its standards with respect to repurchase agreements. The amendment changes (i) the effective control assessment by removing the criterion that required the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee and (ii) the collateral maintenance guidance related to that criterion. Instead, the transferor should assess effective control based on its rights and obligations with respect to the transferred financial assets and not based on whether it has the practical ability to perform in accordance with those rights or obligations. As a result, it is anticipated that most repurchase agreements will not qualify for derecognition of the financial assets from the transferor’s financial statements. This amendment became effective for People’s United Financial on January 1, 2012 and did not have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fair Value Measurements

In May 2011, the FASB issued amendments to its standards on fair value with the objective of establishing (i) a consistent definition of fair value and (ii) common requirements for the measurement of and disclosure about fair value between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”). The amendments, which are generally consistent with existing fair value measurement principles contained in U.S. GAAP, serve to expand the related disclosure requirements for fair value measurements and provide necessary clarifications in order to align with IFRS.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Specifically, the amendments include provisions relating to: (i) application of the highest and best use and valuation premise concepts; (ii) application of premiums and discounts, including blockage factors, in a fair value measurement; (iii) measuring the fair value of an instrument classified in a reporting entity’s shareholders’ equity; and (iv) additional disclosures about fair value measurements, including quantitative information (e.g. sensitivity analysis) about the unobservable inputs used for Level 3 items and the fair value hierarchy of items that are not measured at fair value in the statement of condition but whose fair value is required to be disclosed. These amendments, which are to be applied prospectively and became effective for People’s United Financial on January 1, 2012, did not have a significant impact on the Company’s fair value measurements. The applicable required disclosures have been provided in Note 19.

Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB amended its standards relating to the presentation of comprehensive income to require that all nonowner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate consecutive statements. These amendments will make the financial statement presentation of other comprehensive income more prominent by eliminating the alternative to present comprehensive income within the statement of stockholders’ equity. In December 2011, the FASB deferred indefinitely the portion of the new guidance requiring that items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) be presented on the face of the financial statements together with the related components of net income and other comprehensive income. The effective date of the deferral is consistent with the effective date of the June 2011 amendments. For public entities, these amendments, which are to be applied retrospectively, became effective January 1, 2012. The Company has presented separate Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income immediately following its Consolidated Statements of Income.

In February 2013, the FASB amended its standards to provide specific requirements regarding the disclosure of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The amendments require that companies separately provide information about the effects on net income of significant amounts reclassified out of each component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) if those amounts are, under other standards, required to be reclassified to net income in their entirety in the same reporting period. An entity shall provide this information together, in one location, either (i) on the face of the statement where net income is presented or (ii) as a separate disclosure in the notes to the financial statements. For any significant reclassification for which other standards do not require reclassification to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period, companies shall cross-reference to the related footnote where additional details about the effect of the reclassification are disclosed. This amendment is effective for reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012 (January 1, 2013 for People’s United Financial) and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Balance Sheet Offsetting Disclosures

In December 2011, the FASB issued amendments to its standards to provide for certain additional disclosures about financial instruments and derivative instruments that are subject to netting arrangements. Specifically, entities will be required to provide information about both net and gross amounts in the notes to the financial statements for relevant assets and liabilities that are offset. In January 2013, the FASB issued amendments to its standards to clarify the scope of its December 2011 guidance, limiting the disclosure requirements to derivative instruments, repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions to the extent that they are (i) offset in the financial statements or (ii) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. For People’s United Financial, these new disclosures are required for interim and annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 and are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accounting for Indemnification Assets

In October 2012, the FASB amended its standards with respect to the subsequent accounting for an indemnification asset recognized in connection with a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The amendment addresses diversity in practice with respect to how entities subsequently recognize decreases in expected cash flows from the indemnification asset resulting from an increase in the expected cash flows from the indemnified asset(s) by requiring that a subsequent adjustment to the indemnification asset be measured on the same basis as the underlying asset(s), taking into consideration the term of the related loss share agreement (“LSA”). Accordingly, the loss on the indemnification asset would be “amortized” over the lesser of the remaining contractual term of the LSA or the remaining life of the indemnified asset(s). This would result in a consistent recognition pattern for changes in expected cash flows for both the indemnification asset and the indemnified asset(s).

This amendment, which is to be applied prospectively to new indemnification agreements and to unamortized amounts existing at the date of adoption, is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012 (January 1, 2013 for People’s United Financial) and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

NOTE 2 – Acquisitions

 

People’s United Financial’s results of operations include the results of the acquired entities beginning with the respective acquisition dates. Recent acquisitions have been undertaken with the objective of expanding the Company’s business, both geographically and through product offerings, as well as realizing synergies and economies of scale by combining with the acquired entities. For these reasons, a market-based premium was generally paid for the acquired entities which, in turn, resulted in the recognition of goodwill, representing the excess of the respective purchase prices over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired (see Note 6).

Acquisition of Branches in 2012

On June 22, 2012, People’s United Bank acquired 57 branches from RBS Citizens, N.A. and assumed approximately $324 million in deposits associated with these branches. Fifty-three of the branches are situated in Stop & Shop supermarkets and four are traditional branches. All of the branches are located in the state of New York, with 30 on Long Island, eight in Westchester County and six in the boroughs of New York City. People’s United Bank paid a 1% premium on the assumed deposits (approximately $3.24 million).

The assets acquired, which included cash, premises and equipment, and other assets totaling $15.8 million, and liabilities assumed, which included deposits and other liabilities totaling $324.6 million, were recorded by People’s United Financial at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Fair value adjustments to assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be amortized on a straight-line basis over periods consistent with the average life, useful life and/or contractual term of the related assets and liabilities. The core deposit intangible ($3.0 million) will be amortized over a six-year period using an accelerated amortization method reflective of the manner in which the related benefit attributable to the deposits will be recognized.

In the second quarter of 2012, People’s United Bank sold one of its branches located in Massachusetts. Included in the sale was approximately $11.6 million in deposits and other assets of $0.7 million.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Acquisition Completed in 2011

After the close of business on June 30, 2011, People’s United Financial acquired Danvers Bancorp, Inc. (“Danvers”) based in Danvers, Massachusetts. The transaction was effective July 1, 2011. Total consideration paid in the Danvers acquisition of approximately $462 million consisted of approximately $214 million in cash and 18.5 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of approximately $248 million. Cash consideration was paid at the rate of $23.00 per share of Danvers common stock and stock consideration was paid at the rate of 1.624 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of Danvers common stock. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Danvers acquisition totaled $2.8 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively. Merger-related expenses recorded in 2011 related to the Danvers acquisition totaled $28.0 million. People’s United Financial’s results of operations include the results of Danvers beginning with the effective date.

Acquisitions Completed in 2010

On November 30, 2010, People’s United Financial acquired Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. (“Smithtown”) based in Hauppauge, New York and LSB Corporation (“LSB”) based in North Andover, Massachusetts.

Total consideration paid in the Smithtown acquisition of approximately $56 million consisted of approximately $30 million in cash and 2.1 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of approximately $26 million. Cash consideration was paid at the rate of $3.77 per share of Smithtown common stock and stock consideration was paid at the rate of 0.304 shares of People’s United Financial common stock per share of Smithtown common stock. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Smithtown acquisition totaled $2.3 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively. Total consideration paid in the LSB acquisition consisted of approximately $95 million in cash, and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed totaled $837 million and $742 million, respectively. Merger-related expenses recorded in 2011 and 2010 related to the Smithtown and LSB acquisitions totaled $14.3 million and $5.5 million, respectively.

On April 16, 2010, People’s United Bank entered into a definitive purchase and assumption agreement (the “Agreement”) with the FDIC pursuant to which People’s United Bank assumed all of the deposits, certain assets and the banking operations of Butler Bank, located in Lowell, Massachusetts. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Butler Bank acquisition both totaled $245 million. Merger-related expenses recorded in 2011 and 2010 related to the Butler Bank acquisition totaled $0.6 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

The Agreement also provides for loss-share coverage by the FDIC, up to certain limits, on all covered assets (loans and REO). The FDIC is obligated to reimburse People’s United Bank for 80% of any future losses on covered assets up to $34.0 million. People’s United Bank will reimburse the FDIC for 80% of recoveries with respect to losses for which the FDIC paid 80% reimbursement under the loss-sharing coverage.

The asset arising from the loss-sharing coverage, referred to as the “FDIC loss-share receivable,” is included in other assets ($17.2 million at December 31, 2012 and $19.4 million at December 31, 2011) in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The FDIC loss-share receivable is measured separately from the covered loans because the coverage is not contractually embedded in the loans and is not transferable should People’s United Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans. The FDIC loss-share receivable will be reduced as losses are realized on covered assets and as loss-sharing payments are received from the FDIC. Realized losses in excess of the acquisition date estimates will result in an increase in the FDIC loss-share receivable. Conversely, the FDIC loss-share receivable will be reduced if realized losses are less than the estimates at acquisition. The amount ultimately collected for the FDIC loss-share receivable is dependent upon the performance of the underlying covered assets over time and claims submitted to the FDIC. In the event that losses under the loss-share coverage do not reach expected levels, People’s United Bank has agreed to make a cash payment to the FDIC on approximately the tenth anniversary of the Agreement.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

On February 19, 2010, People’s United Financial acquired Financial Federal Corporation (“Financial Federal”), a financial services company providing collateralized lending, financing and leasing services nationwide to small and medium sized businesses. Total consideration paid in the Financial Federal acquisition of approximately $699 million consisted of approximately $293 million in cash and 26.0 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of approximately $406 million. Cash consideration was paid at the rate of $11.27 per share of Financial Federal common stock and stock consideration was paid at the rate of one share of People’s United Financial common stock per share of Financial Federal common stock. The fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Financial Federal acquisition totaled $1.5 billion and $825 million, respectively. Merger-related expenses recorded in 2010 related to the Financial Federal acquisition totaled $17.1 million.

All of People’s United Financial’s tax deductible goodwill was created in transactions in which the Company purchased the assets of the target (as opposed to purchasing the issued and outstanding stock of the target). At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, tax deductible goodwill totaled $14.8 million and $16.7 million, respectively, and related, almost entirely, to the Butler Bank acquisition.

NOTE 3 – Cash and Short-Term Investments

 

A combination of reserves in the form of deposits with the FRB-NY and vault cash, totaling $80.6 million and $50.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were maintained to satisfy federal regulatory requirements. Vault cash is included in cash and due from banks and interest-earning deposits at the FRB-NY are included in short-term investments in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Short-term investments consist of the following cash equivalents:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Interest-earning deposits at the FRB-NY

   $ 69.7       $ 378.6   

Money market mutual funds

     52.6         25.8   

Other

     9.1         6.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term investments

   $ 131.4       $ 410.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits at the FRB-NY represent an alternative to overnight federal funds sold and had a yield of 0.25% at both December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 4 – Securities

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of People’s United Financial’s securities available for sale and securities held to maturity are as follows:

 

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Securities available for sale:

          

Debt securities:

          

U.S. Treasury and agency

   $ 30.1       $ 0.6       $ —        $ 30.7   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     3,830.9         69.1         (1.0     3,899.0   

State and municipal

     527.4         15.0         (2.8     539.6   

Corporate

     57.9         2.0         —          59.9   

Other

     2.6         0.3         —          2.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     4,448.9         87.0         (3.8     4,532.1   

Equity securities

     0.2         —           —          0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 4,449.1       $ 87.0       $ (3.8   $ 4,532.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities held to maturity:

          

Debt securities:

          

Corporate

   $ 55.0       $ 4.7       $ —        $ 59.7   

Other

     1.2         —           —          1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 56.2       $ 4.7       $ —        $ 60.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Securities available for sale:

          

Debt securities:

          

U.S. Treasury and agency

   $ 80.5       $ 0.5       $ —        $ 81.0   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     2,388.9         60.4         (1.5     2,447.8   

State and municipal

     127.8         9.9         —          137.7   

Corporate

     57.4         0.3         (1.2     56.5   

Other

     2.6         —           (0.3     2.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities

     2,657.2         71.1         (3.0     2,725.3   

Equity securities

     0.2         —           —          0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 2,657.4       $ 71.1       $ (3.0   $ 2,725.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities held to maturity:

          

Debt securities:

          

Corporate

   $ 55.0       $ 6.1       $ —        $ 61.1   

Other

     1.4         —           —          1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities held to maturity

   $ 56.4       $ 6.1       $ —        $ 62.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities available for sale with a fair value of $1.50 billion and $1.44 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, were pledged as collateral for public deposits and for other purposes.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Bank, as a member of the FHLB of Boston, is currently required to purchase and hold shares of FHLB capital stock (total cost of $59.9 million and $63.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively) in an amount equal to its membership base investment plus an activity based investment determined according to People’s United Bank’s level of outstanding FHLB advances. As a result of operating losses and a decline in capital, in February 2009 the FHLB of Boston suspended paying dividends and placed a moratorium on certain stock repurchases. In the first quarter of 2011, the FHLB of Boston resumed dividend payments. Based on the current capital adequacy and liquidity position of the FHLB of Boston, management believes there is no impairment in the Company’s investment at December 31, 2012 and the cost of the investment approximates fair value.

As a result of the Smithtown acquisition, People’s United Financial acquired shares of capital stock in the FHLB of New York (total cost of $13.8 million at both December 31, 2012 and 2011), which also pays a dividend. Dividend income on FHLB stock totaled $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 (none in 2010).

The following table is a summary of the amortized cost, fair value and fully taxable equivalent (“FTE”) yield of debt securities as of December 31, 2012, based on remaining period to contractual maturity. Information for GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs is based on the final contractual maturity dates without considering repayments and prepayments.

 

     Available for Sale     Held to Maturity  
     Amortized      Fair      FTE     Amortized      Fair      FTE  

(dollars in millions)

   Cost      Value      Yield     Cost      Value      Yield  

U.S. Treasury and agency:

                

Within 1 year

   $ 24.8       $ 24.9         0.52   $ —         $ —           —  

After 5 but within 10 years

     5.3         5.8         3.02        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     30.1         30.7         0.96        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs:

                

After 5 but within 10 years

     745.9         748.1         1.32        —           —           —     

After 10 years

     3,085.0         3,150.9         2.03        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,830.9         3,899.0         1.89        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

State and municipal:

                

Within 1 year

     1.4         1.4         2.43        —           —           —     

After 1 but within 5 years

     14.9         15.6         2.57        —           —           —     

After 5 but within 10 years

     103.2         107.6         2.49        —           —           —     

After 10 years

     407.9         415.0         2.53        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     527.4         539.6         2.52        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Corporate:

                

After 1 but within 5 years

     57.9         59.9         1.98        —           —           —     

After 5 but within 10 years

     —           —           —          55.0         59.7         9.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     57.9         59.9         1.98        55.0         59.7         9.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other:

                

Within 1 year

     —           —           —          0.2         0.2         2.21   

After 1 but within 5 years

     —           —           —          1.0         1.0         1.43   

After 10 years

     2.6         2.9         9.73        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2.6         2.9         9.73        1.2         1.2         1.53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

                

Within 1 year

     26.2         26.3         0.62        0.2         0.2         2.21   

After 1 but within 5 years

     72.8         75.5         2.10        1.0         1.0         1.43   

After 5 but within 10 years

     854.4         861.5         1.47        55.0         59.7         9.00   

After 10 years

     3,495.5         3,568.8         0.84        —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,448.9       $ 4,532.1         1.97   $ 56.2       $ 60.9         8.84
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The components of net security gains (losses) are summarized below. Net security gains in 2012 totaled less than $0.1 million. Net gains (losses) on trading account securities included below totaled less than $0.1 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011     2010  

Debt securities:

       

Gains

   $ —         $ 9.3      $ —     

Losses

     —           (0.5     (1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net security gains (losses)

   $ —         $ 8.8      $ (1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

People’s United Financial uses the specific identification method to determine the cost of securities sold and records securities transactions on the trade date. In 2011, People’s United Financial sold residential mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $507 million and recorded $9.1 million of gross realized gains. Security losses in 2010 resulted from the sale of securities acquired in the Smithtown and LSB acquisitions as a result of changes in market interest rates subsequent to the acquisition date.

In connection with the sale of Class B Visa, Inc. shares in 2009, People’s United Financial and the purchaser entered into a derivative contract providing for cash settlements that will depend, in part, on the ultimate resolution of certain litigation involving Visa. The amounts recorded for the derivative contract were insignificant through December 31, 2012.

The following tables summarize debt securities available for sale with unrealized losses, segregated by the length of time the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at the respective dates. Certain unrealized losses totaled less than $0.1 million.

 

     Continuous Unrealized Loss Position                
     Less Than 12 Months     12 Months Or Longer      Total  

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

GSE residential mortgage-backed
securities and CMOs

   $ 571.6       $ (1.0   $ —         $ —         $ 571.6       $ (1.0

State and municipal

     148.2         (2.8     0.1         —           148.3         (2.8

U.S. Treasury and agency

     4.2         —          —           —           4.2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 724.0       $ (3.8   $ 0.1       $ —         $ 724.1       $ (3.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Continuous Unrealized Loss Position                
     Less Than 12 Months     12 Months Or Longer      Total  

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
 

GSE residential mortgage-backed
securities and CMOs

   $ 324.0       $ (1.5   $ —         $ —         $ 324.0       $ (1.5

Corporate

     42.3         (1.2     —           —           42.3         (1.2

Other

     2.3         (0.3     —           —           2.3         (0.3

State and municipal

     0.7         —          —           —           0.7         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 369.3       $ (3.0   $ —         $ —         $ 369.3       $ (3.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Management believes that all gross unrealized losses within the securities portfolio at December 31, 2012 and 2011 are temporary impairments. Management does not intend to sell such securities. No other-than-temporary impairment losses were recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

NOTE 5 – Loans

 

For purposes of disclosures related to the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for loan losses, People’s United Financial has identified two loan portfolio segments, Commercial Banking and Retail, which are comprised of the following loan classes:

 

   

Commercial Banking : commercial real estate; commercial and industrial; and equipment financing.

 

   

Retail : residential mortgage; home equity; and other consumer.

Loans acquired in connection with business combinations beginning in 2010 are referred to as ‘acquired’ loans as a result of the manner in which they are accounted for (see further discussion under ‘Acquired Loans’ in Note 1). All other loans are referred to as ‘originated’ loans. Accordingly, selected credit quality disclosures that follow are presented separately for the ‘originated’ loan portfolio and the ‘acquired’ loan portfolio.

The following table summarizes People’s United Financial’s loans by loan portfolio segment and class:

 

     2012     2011  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Originated     Acquired     Total     Originated     Acquired     Total  

Commercial Banking:

            

Commercial real estate

   $ 6,256.1      $ 1,038.1      $ 7,294.2      $ 5,485.5      $ 1,686.7      $ 7,172.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

     5,437.4        610.3        6,047.7        4,351.9        1,000.7        5,352.6   

Equipment financing

     2,201.9        150.4        2,352.3        1,703.7        310.5        2,014.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial

     7,639.3        760.7        8,400.0        6,055.6        1,311.2        7,366.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Commercial Banking

     13,895.4        1,798.8        15,694.2        11,541.1        2,997.9        14,539.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retail:

            

Residential mortgage:

            

Adjustable-rate

     3,130.9        204.3        3,335.2        2,704.1        243.6        2,947.7   

Fixed-rate

     400.5        150.4        550.9        448.2        232.5        680.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total residential mortgage

     3,531.4        354.7        3,886.1        3,152.3        476.1        3,628.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer:

            

Home equity

     1,969.4        82.1        2,051.5        1,934.6        123.1        2,057.7   

Other consumer

     102.3        2.5        104.8        155.5        4.2        159.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer

     2,071.7        84.6        2,156.3        2,090.1        127.3        2,217.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Retail

     5,603.1        439.3        6,042.4        5,242.4        603.4        5,845.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 19,498.5      $ 2,238.1      $ 21,736.6      $ 16,783.5      $ 3,601.3      $ 20,384.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred loan costs that are included in total loans and accounted for as interest yield adjustments totaled $41.9 million and $37.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At December 31, 2012, approximately 31%, 18% and 13% of the Company’s loans by outstanding principal amount were to customers located within Connecticut, Massachusetts and New York, respectively. Loans to customers located in the New England states as a group represented approximately 68% and 71% of total loans at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Substantially the entire equipment financing portfolio (approximately 97% at both December 31, 2012 and 2011) was to customers located outside of New England. At December 31, 2012, approximately 32% of the equipment financing portfolio was to customers located in Texas, California and New York and no other state exposure was greater than 6%.

Commercial real estate loans include construction loans totaling $551.6 million and $652.6 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, net of the unadvanced portion of such loans totaling $391.9 million and $280.9 million, respectively.

At December 31, 2012, residential mortgage loans included $726.6 million of interest-only loans, of which $10.9 million are stated-income loans, compared to $547.1 million and $23.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011. People’s United Financial’s underwriting guidelines and requirements for such loans are generally more restrictive than those applied to other types of residential mortgage products. Also included in residential mortgage loans are construction loans totaling $66.7 million and $55.0 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, net of the unadvanced portion of such loans totaling $23.2 million and $21.8 million, respectively.

People’s United Financial sells newly-originated residential mortgage loans in the secondary market, without recourse. Net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans totaled $16.1 million, $7.6 million and $12.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Loans held for sale at December 31, 2012 and 2011 consisted of newly-originated residential mortgage loans with a carrying amount of $77.0 million and $101.9 million, respectively. In 2012 and 2011, the Company sold acquired loans with outstanding principal balances of $14.3 million and $152.3 million, respectively (carrying amounts of $11.6 million and $104.6 million, respectively) and recognized net gains on sales totaling $1.0 million and $7.5 million, respectively.

The following table presents a summary, by loan portfolio segment, of activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. With respect to the originated portfolio, an allocation of a portion of the allowance to one segment does not preclude its availability to absorb losses in another segment.

 

     Commercial Banking    

Retail

Originated

       

(in millions)

   Originated     Acquired     Total       Total  

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 165.6      $ —        $ 165.6      $ 6.9      $ 172.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs

     (51.3     —          (51.3     (13.4     (64.7

Recoveries

     2.1        —          2.1        2.6        4.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

     (49.2     —          (49.2     (10.8     (60.0

Provision for loan losses

     45.1        —          45.1        14.9        60.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     161.5        —          161.5        11.0        172.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs

     (43.3     —          (43.3     (14.8     (58.1

Recoveries

     1.7        —          1.7        3.1        4.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

     (41.6     —          (41.6     (11.7     (53.3

Provision for loan losses

     40.5        7.4        47.9        15.8        63.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     160.4        7.4        167.8        15.1        182.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Charge-offs

     (31.7     (2.7     (34.4     (16.3     (50.7

Recoveries

     3.3        —          3.3        3.3        6.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

     (28.4     (2.7     (31.1     (13.0     (44.1

Provision for loan losses

     25.5        5.8        31.3        17.9        49.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 157.5      $ 10.5      $ 168.0      $ 20.0      $ 188.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary, by loan portfolio segment and impairment methodology, of the allowance for loan losses and related portfolio balances:

 

    Originated Loans
Individually Evaluated
for Impairment
    Originated Loans
Collectively Evaluated
for Impairment
    Acquired Loans
(Discounts Related to
Credit Quality)
    Total  

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

  Portfolio     Allowance     Portfolio     Allowance     Portfolio     Allowance     Portfolio     Allowance  

Commercial Banking

  $ 217.3      $ 20.3      $ 13,678.1      $ 137.2      $ 1,798.8      $ 10.5      $ 15,694.2      $ 168.0   

Retail

    53.6        —          5,549.5        20.0        439.3        —          6,042.4        20.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 270.9      $ 20.3      $ 19,227.6      $ 157.2      $ 2,238.1      $ 10.5      $ 21,736.6      $ 188.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

  Originated Loans
Individually Evaluated
for Impairment
    Originated Loans
Collectively Evaluated
for Impairment
    Acquired Loans
(Discounts Related to
Credit Quality)
    Total  
  Portfolio     Allowance     Portfolio     Allowance     Portfolio     Allowance     Portfolio     Allowance  

Commercial Banking

  $ 246.2      $ 23.0      $ 11,294.9      $ 137.4      $ 2,997.9      $ 7.4      $ 14,539.0      $ 167.8   

Retail

    15.6        —          5,226.8        15.1        603.4        —         5,845.8        15.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 261.8      $ 23.0      $ 16,521.7      $ 152.5      $ 3,601.3      $ 7.4      $ 20,384.8      $ 182.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The recorded investments, by class of loan, of originated non-performing loans are summarized as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011      2010  

Commercial Banking:

        

Commercial real estate

   $ 84.4       $ 106.7       $ 82.5   

Commercial and industrial

     54.8         59.2         38.2   

Equipment financing

     27.2         42.9         36.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (1)

     166.4         208.8         156.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

        

Residential mortgage

     65.0         68.9         78.8   

Home equity

     21.0         15.8         9.1   

Other consumer

     0.3         0.3         0.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     86.3         85.0         88.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 252.7       $ 293.8       $ 245.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Reported net of government guarantees totaling $9.7 million, $12.1 million and $9.4 million at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. These government guarantees relate, almost entirely, to guarantees provided by the Small Business Administration as well as selected other Federal agencies and represent the carrying value of the loans that are covered by such guarantees, the extent of which (i.e. full or partial) varies by loan. At December 31, 2012, the principal loan classes to which these government guarantees relate are commercial and industrial loans (approximately 90%) and commercial real estate loans (approximately 10%).

 

F-33


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The preceding table excludes acquired loans that are (i) accounted for as purchased credit impaired loans or (ii) covered by an FDIC loss-share agreement totaling $174 million and $8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012; $235 million and $14 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011; and $342 million and $18 million, respectively, at December 31, 2010. Such loans otherwise meet People’s United Financial’s definition of a non-performing loan but are excluded because the loans are included in loan pools that are considered performing and/or credit losses are covered by an FDIC loss-share agreement. The discounts arising from recording these loans at fair value were due, in part, to credit quality. The acquired loans are generally accounted for on a pool basis and the accretable yield on the pools is being recognized as interest income over the life of the loans based on expected cash flows at the pool level.

If interest payments on all originated loans classified as non-performing at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 had been made during the respective years in accordance with the loan agreements, interest income of $35.7 million, $41.7 million and $35.0 million would have been recognized on such loans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest income actually recognized on originated non-performing loans totaled $6.8 million, $10.7 million and $13.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

People’s United Financial’s recorded investment in originated loans classified as TDRs totaled $180.8 million and $112.9 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The related allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $5.8 million and $7.5 million, respectively. Interest income recognized on TDRs totaled $6.7 million, $5.3 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Fundings under commitments to lend additional amounts to borrowers with loans classified as TDRs were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Originated loans that were modified and classified as TDRs during 2012 principally involve payment deferral, extension of term (generally no more than twenty four months) and/or a temporary reduction of interest rate (generally less than 200 basis points). In accordance with recent regulatory guidance, residential mortgage and home equity loans restructured in connection with the borrower’s bankruptcy and meeting certain criteria are also required to be classified as TDRs, included in non-performing loans and written down to the estimated collateral value, regardless of delinquency status. At December 31, 2012, TDRs included 224 loans (99 residential mortgage and 125 home equity) totaling $26.1 million ($16.3 million residential mortgage and $9.8 million home equity) meeting such criteria. Included in those totals are 104 loans (63 residential mortgage and 41 home equity) totaling $10.9 million ($7.3 million residential mortgage and $3.6 million home equity) that were restructured prior to January 1, 2012.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables summarize, by class of loan, the recorded investments in loans modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. All residential mortgage and home equity loans restructured through bankruptcy during the year ended December 31, 2012 are included in the table below. For purposes of this disclosure, recorded investments represent amounts immediately prior to and subsequent to the restructuring.

 

     Year ended December 31, 2012  

(dollars in millions)

   Number
of Contracts
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial Banking:

        

Commercial real estate (1)

     36       $ 58.3       $ 58.3   

Commercial and industrial (2)

     47         67.5         67.5   

Equipment financing (3)

     36         26.0         26.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     119         151.8         151.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

        

Residential mortgage (4)

     93         29.5         29.5   

Home equity (5)

     115         9.0         9.0   

Other consumer

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     208         38.5         38.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     327       $ 190.3       $ 190.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the following concessions: extension of term (12 contracts; recorded investment of $35.3 million); payment deferral (3 contracts; recorded investment of $3.2 million); or a combination of concessions (21 contracts; recorded investment of $19.8 million).
(2) Represents the following concessions: extension of term (6 contracts; recorded investment of $17.0 million); payment deferral (15 contracts; recorded investment of $39.3 million); temporary rate reduction (1 contract; recorded investment of $0.3 million); or a combination of concessions (25 contracts; recorded investment of $10.9 million).
(3) Represents the following concessions: extension of term (4 contracts; recorded investment of $3.0 million); payment deferral (7 contracts; recorded investment of $10.3 million); temporary rate reduction (1 contract; recorded investment of $1.1 million); or a combination of concessions (24 contracts; recorded investment of $11.6 million).
(4) Represents the following concessions: loans restructured through bankruptcy (40 contracts; recorded investment of $10.2 million); payment deferral (11 contracts; recorded investment of $3.2 million); temporary rate reduction (6 contracts; recorded investment of $6.6 million); or a combination of concessions (36 contracts; recorded investment of $9.5 million).
(5) Represents the following concessions: loans restructured through bankruptcy (87 contracts; recorded investment of $6.6 million); payment deferral (4 contracts; recorded investment of $0.6 million); temporary rate reduction (1 contract; recorded investment of $0.5 million); or a combination of concessions (23 contracts; recorded investment of $1.3 million).

 

F-35


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Year ended December 31, 2011  

(dollars in millions)

   Number
of Contracts
     Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
     Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 

Commercial Banking:

        

Commercial real estate (1)

     23       $ 29.2       $ 29.2   

Commercial and industrial (2)

     19         23.6         23.6   

Equipment financing (3)

     28         43.6         43.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     70         96.4         96.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

        

Residential mortgage (4)

     21         8.9         8.9   

Home equity (5)

     1         0.5         0.5   

Other consumer

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     22         9.4         9.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     92       $ 105.8       $ 105.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the following concessions: extension of term (14 contracts; recorded investment of $22.1 million); payment deferral (4 contracts; recorded investment of $2.7 million); temporary rate reduction (1 contract; recorded investment of $1.2 million); or a combination of concessions (4 contracts; recorded investment of $3.2 million).
(2) Represents the following concessions: extension of term (10 contracts; recorded investment of $21.3 million); payment deferral (7 contracts; recorded investment of $1.3 million); or a combination of concessions (2 contracts; recorded investment of $1.0 million).
(3) Represents the following concessions: extension of term (4 contracts; recorded investment of $5.7 million); payment deferral (8 contracts; recorded investment of $13.1 million); or a combination of concessions (16 contracts; recorded investment of $24.8 million).
(4) Represents the following concessions: payment deferral (7 contracts; recorded investment of $3.7 million); temporary rate reduction (8 contracts; recorded investment of $2.7 million); or a combination of concessions (6 contracts; recorded investment of $2.5 million).
(5) Represents the following concession: payment deferral (1 contract; recorded investment of $0.5 million).

 

F-36


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary, by class of loan, of information related to TDRs of originated loans completed within the previous 12 months that subsequently defaulted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. For purposes of this disclosure, the previous 12 months is measured from January 1 of the respective year and a default represents a previously-modified loan that became past due 30 days or more during 2012 or 2011.

 

     2012      2011  

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Number
of Contracts
     Recorded
Investment as of
Period End
     Number
of Contracts
     Recorded
Investment as of
Period End
 

Commercial Banking:

           

Commercial real estate

     5       $ 1.3         —         $ —     

Commercial and industrial

     2         —           2         0.5   

Equipment financing

     11         —           6         5.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     18         1.3         8         5.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

           

Residential mortgage

     14         7.1         9         2.8   

Home equity

     4         0.4         1         0.5   

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     18         7.5         10         3.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     36       $ 8.8         18       $ 8.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial’s impaired loans consist of certain originated loans, including all TDRs. The following table summarizes, by class of loan, information related to individually-evaluated impaired loans within the originated portfolio.

 

     2012      2011  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Recorded
Investment
     Related
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 

Without a related allowance for loan losses:

                 

Commercial Banking:

                 

Commercial real estate

   $ 50.4       $ 50.0       $ —         $ 84.3       $ 76.9       $ —     

Commercial and industrial

     36.7         36.0         —           20.0         16.5         —     

Equipment financing

     21.0         17.0         —           31.1         24.3         —     

Retail:

                 

Residential mortgage

     43.1         41.0         —           15.4         15.0         —     

Home equity

     13.7         12.6         —           0.6         0.6         —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 164.9       $ 156.6       $ —         $ 151.4       $ 133.3       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With a related allowance for loan losses:

                 

Commercial Banking:

                 

Commercial real estate

   $ 85.5       $ 48.8       $ 8.3       $ 71.0       $ 50.9       $ 10.4   

Commercial and industrial

     50.1         45.9         8.6         52.6         43.5         5.7   

Equipment financing

     26.1         19.6         3.4         39.6         34.1         6.9   

Retail:

                 

Residential mortgage

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Home equity

     —           —           —           —           —           —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 161.7       $ 114.3       $ 20.3       $ 163.2       $ 128.5       $ 23.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impaired loans:

                 

Commercial Banking:

                 

Commercial real estate

   $ 135.9       $ 98.8       $ 8.3       $ 155.3       $ 127.8       $ 10.4   

Commercial and industrial

     86.8         81.9         8.6         72.6         60.0         5.7   

Equipment financing

     47.1         36.6         3.4         70.7         58.4         6.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     269.8         217.3         20.3         298.6         246.2         23.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

                 

Residential mortgage

     43.1         41.0         —           15.4         15.0         —     

Home equity

     13.7         12.6         —           0.6         0.6         —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     56.8         53.6         —           16.0         15.6         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 326.6       $ 270.9       $ 20.3       $ 314.6       $ 261.8       $ 23.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes, by class of loan, the average recorded investment and interest income recognized on impaired loans for the periods indicated. The average recorded investment amounts are based on month-end balances.

 

     2012      2011  

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Commercial Banking:

           

Commercial real estate

   $ 101.7       $ 1.7       $ 88.2       $ 3.2   

Commercial and industrial

     65.2         3.4         34.0         2.6   

Equipment financing

     44.9         1.9         56.2         1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     211.8         7.0         178.4         7.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

           

Residential mortgage

     23.7         0.6         12.2         0.5   

Home equity

     3.8         0.1         0.7         —     

Other consumer

     —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     27.5         0.7         12.9         0.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 239.3       $ 7.7       $ 191.3       $ 7.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2010, People’s United Financial’s average recorded investment in impaired loans was approximately $132.1 million and interest collections and income recognized on impaired loans totaled $6.1 million.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables summarize, by class of loan, aging information for originated loans:

 

            Past Due         

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Current      30-89
Days
     90 Days
or More
     Total      Total
Originated
 

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 6,160.6       $ 30.2       $ 65.3       $ 95.5       $ 6,256.1   

Commercial and industrial

     5,362.3         27.7         47.4         75.1         5,437.4   

Equipment financing

     2,159.0         33.4         9.5         42.9         2,201.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13,681.9         91.3         122.2         213.5         13,895.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

              

Residential mortgage

     3,415.8         60.1         55.5         115.6         3,531.4   

Home equity

     1,944.5         11.2         13.7         24.9         1,969.4   

Other consumer

     100.0         2.0         0.3         2.3         102.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,460.3         73.3         69.5         142.8         5,603.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

   $ 19,142.2       $ 164.6       $ 191.7       $ 356.3       $ 19,498.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the “Current” and “30-89 Days” categories above are early non-performing commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans totaling $19.9 million, $16.3 million and $17.7 million, respectively, and $16.8 million of retail loans in foreclosure or bankruptcy. These loans are less than 90 days past due but have been placed on non-accrual status as a result of having been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest and principal.

 

            Past Due         

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Current      30-89
Days
     90 Days
or More
     Total      Total
Originated
 

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial real estate

   $ 5,365.1       $ 27.2       $ 93.2       $ 120.4       $ 5,485.5   

Commercial and industrial

     4,272.1         27.7         52.1         79.8         4,351.9   

Equipment financing

     1,630.9         56.2         16.6         72.8         1,703.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11,268.1         111.1         161.9         273.0         11,541.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail:

              

Residential mortgage

     3,014.5         69.6         68.2         137.8         3,152.3   

Home equity

     1,899.7         19.4         15.5         34.9         1,934.6   

Other consumer

     151.6         3.6         0.3         3.9         155.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     5,065.8         92.6         84.0         176.6         5,242.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

   $ 16,333.9       $ 203.7       $ 245.9       $ 449.6       $ 16,783.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the “Current” and “30-89 Days” categories above are early non-performing commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans totaling $15.0 million, $17.5 million and $26.3 million, respectively, and $1.2 million of retail loans in foreclosure or bankruptcy. These loans are less than 90 days past due but have been placed on non-accrual status as a result of having been identified as presenting uncertainty with respect to the collectibility of interest and principal.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary, by class of loan, of credit quality indicators:

 

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Commercial
Real Estate
     Commercial
and
Industrial
     Equipment
Financing
     Total  

Commercial Banking:

           

Originated loans

           

Pass

   $ 5,947.9       $ 5,021.2       $ 1,960.2       $ 12,929.3   

Special mention

     82.2         93.8         113.2         289.2   

Substandard

     223.5         318.9         128.5         670.9   

Doubtful

     2.5         3.5         —           6.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

     6,256.1         5,437.4         2,201.9         13,895.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired loans

           

Pass

     656.3         403.2         54.0         1,113.5   

Special mention

     74.2         88.0         21.1         183.3   

Substandard

     293.0         116.4         75.3         484.7   

Doubtful

     14.6         2.7         —           17.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total acquired loans

     1,038.1         610.3         150.4         1,798.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,294.2       $ 6,047.7       $ 2,352.3       $ 15,694.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Residential
Mortgage
     Home
Equity
     Other
Consumer
     Total  

Retail:

           

Originated loans

           

Low risk

   $ 1,729.7       $ 740.4       $ 72.7       $ 2,542.8   

Moderate risk

     1,292.1         440.0         7.8         1,739.9   

High risk

     509.6         789.0         21.8         1,320.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

     3,531.4         1,969.4         102.3         5,603.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired loans

           

Low risk

     149.9         —           —           149.9   

Moderate risk

     99.7         —           —           99.7   

High risk

     105.1         82.1         2.5         189.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total acquired loans

     354.7         82.1         2.5         439.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,886.1       $ 2,051.5       $ 104.8       $ 6,042.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Commercial
Real Estate
     Commercial
and
Industrial
     Equipment
Financing
     Total  

Commercial Banking:

           

Originated loans

           

Pass

   $ 5,052.8       $ 3,942.2       $ 1,450.9       $ 10,445.9   

Special mention

     90.8         115.9         102.7         309.4   

Substandard

     341.8         289.7         150.1         781.6   

Doubtful

     0.1         4.1         —           4.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

     5,485.5         4,351.9         1,703.7         11,541.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired loans

           

Pass

     1,053.6         762.2         81.9         1,897.7   

Special mention

     162.1         103.5         69.6         335.2   

Substandard

     467.4         131.5         157.1         756.0   

Doubtful

     3.6         3.5         1.9         9.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total acquired loans

     1,686.7         1,000.7         310.5         2,997.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,172.2       $ 5,352.6       $ 2,014.2       $ 14,539.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Residential
Mortgage
     Home
Equity
     Other
Consumer
     Total  

Retail:

           

Originated loans

           

Low risk

   $ 2,502.2       $ 1,199.6       $ 126.9       $ 3,828.7   

Moderate risk

     625.7         624.4         8.0         1,258.1   

High risk

     24.4         110.6         20.6         155.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total originated loans

     3,152.3         1,934.6         155.5         5,242.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquired loans

           

Low risk

     138.8         32.1         0.9         171.8   

Moderate risk

     335.7         91.0         0.6         427.3   

High risk

     1.6         —           2.7         4.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total acquired loans

     476.1         123.1         4.2         603.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,628.4       $ 2,057.7       $ 159.7       $ 5,845.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Commercial Banking Credit Quality Indicators

The Company utilizes an internal loan risk rating system as a means of monitoring portfolio credit quality and identifying both problem and potential problem loans. Under the Company’s risk rating system, loans not meeting the criteria for problem and potential problem loans as specified below are considered to be “Pass”-rated loans. Problem and potential problem loans are classified as either “Special Mention,” “Substandard” or “Doubtful.” Loans that do not currently expose the Company to sufficient enough risk of loss to warrant classification as either Substandard or Doubtful, but possess weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention, are classified as Special Mention. Substandard loans represent those credits characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Loans classified as Doubtful possess all the weaknesses inherent in those classified Substandard with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of existing facts, conditions and values, is highly questionable and/or improbable.

Risk ratings on commercial banking loans are subject to ongoing monitoring by lending and credit personnel with such ratings updated annually or more frequently, if warranted. The Company’s internal Loan Review function is responsible for independently evaluating the appropriateness of those credit risk ratings in connection with its cyclical reviews, the approach to which is risk-based and determined by reference to underlying portfolio credit quality and the results of prior reviews. Differences in risk ratings noted in conjunction with such periodic portfolio loan reviews, if any, are reported to management each month.

Retail Credit Quality Indicators

Pools of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans with similar risk and loss characteristics are also assessed for probable losses. These loan pools include residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer loans that are not assigned individual loan risk ratings. Rather, the assessment of these portfolios is based upon a consideration of recent historical loss experience, delinquency trends and portfolio-specific risk characteristics, the combination of which determines whether a loan is classified as “High” risk, “Moderate” risk or “Low” risk.

The risk characteristics considered include: (i) collateral values/LTV ratios (above and below 70%); (ii) borrower credit scores under the FICO scoring system (above and below a score of 680); and (iii) other relevant portfolio risk elements such as income verification at the time of underwriting (stated income vs. non-stated income) and the property’s intended use (owner occupied, non-owner occupied, second home, etc.). In classifying a loan as either “High”, “Moderate” or “Low” risk, the combination of each of the aforementioned risk characteristics is considered for that loan, resulting, effectively, in a “matrix approach” to its risk rating.

For example, to the extent LTV ratios exceed 70% (reflecting a weaker collateral position for the Company) or borrower FICO scores are less than 680 (reflecting weaker financial standing and/or credit history of the customer), the loans are considered to have an increased level of inherent loss. As a result, a loan with a combination of these characteristics would generally be classified as “High” risk. Conversely, as LTV ratios decline (reflecting a stronger collateral position for the Company) or borrower FICO scores exceed 680 (reflecting stronger financial standing and/or credit history of the customer), the loans are considered to have a decreased level of inherent loss. A loan with a combination of these characteristics would generally be classified as “Low” risk. This analysis also considers (i) the extent of underwriting that occurred at the time of origination (direct income verification provides further support for credit decisions) and (ii) the property’s intended use (owner-occupied properties are less likely to default compared to ‘investment-type’ non-owner occupied properties, second homes, etc.). Loans not otherwise deemed to be “High” or “Low” risk are classified as “Moderate” risk.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

LTV ratios and FICO scores are determined at origination and updated periodically throughout the life of the loan. LTV ratios are updated for loans 90 days past due and FICO scores are updated for the entire portfolio quarterly. The portfolio stratification (“High”, “Moderate” and “Low” risk) and identification of the corresponding credit quality indicators also occurs quarterly.

Commercial banking and retail loans, other than acquired loans, are also evaluated to determine whether they are impaired loans, which are included in the preceding tabular disclosures of credit quality indicators. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impaired loans also include certain loans whose terms have been modified in such a way that they are considered TDRs.

Acquired Loans Credit Quality Indicators

Upon acquiring a loan portfolio, the Company’s internal Loan Review function undertakes the process of assigning risk ratings to all Commercial Banking loans in accordance with the Company’s established policy, which may differ in certain respects from the risk rating policy of the predecessor company. The length of time necessary to complete this process varies based on the size of the acquired portfolio, the quality of the documentation maintained in the underlying loan files and the extent to which the predecessor company followed a risk rating approach comparable to People’s United Financial’s. As a result, while acquired loans are risk rated, there are occasions when such ratings may be deemed “preliminary” until the Company’s re-rating process has been completed.

Acquired loans are initially recorded at fair value, determined based upon an estimate of the amount and timing of both principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected and discounted using a market interest rate. The difference between contractually required principal and interest payments at the acquisition date and the undiscounted cash flows expected to be collected at the acquisition date is referred to as the “nonaccretable difference”, which includes an estimate of future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the portfolio. A decrease in the expected cash flows in subsequent periods requires the establishment of an allowance for loan losses at that time. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans was $10.5 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

Acquired Loans

At the respective acquisition dates in 2011 and 2010, on an aggregate basis, the acquired loan portfolio had contractually required principal and interest payments receivable of $7.57 billion; expected cash flows of $7.02 billion; and a fair value (initial carrying amount) of $5.36 billion. The difference between the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and the expected cash flows ($550.9 million) represented the initial nonaccretable difference. The difference between the expected cash flows and fair value ($1.66 billion) represented the initial accretable yield. Both the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and the expected cash flows reflect anticipated prepayments, determined based on historical portfolio experience. At December 31, 2012, the outstanding principal balance and carrying amount of the acquired loan portfolio were $2.30 billion and $2.24 billion, respectively ($3.74 billion and $3.60 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2011). At December 31, 2012, the aggregate remaining nonaccretable difference applicable to acquired loans totaled $167.8 million.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes activity in the accretable yield for the acquired loan portfolio:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,310.4      $ 954.8      $ —     

Acquisitions

     —          629.0        1,037.7   

Accretion

     (206.5     (257.7     (82.9

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for
loans with improved cash flows (1)

     22.7        55.3        —     

Other changes in expected cash flows (2)

     (236.4     (71.0     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 890.2      $ 1,310.4      $ 954.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) Results in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the corresponding pool of loans.
  (2) Represents changes in cash flows expected to be collected due to factors other than credit (e.g. changes in prepayment assumptions and/or changes in interest rates on variable rate loans), as well as loan sales, modifications and payoffs.

NOTE 6 – Goodwill and Other Acquisition-Related Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Operating Segment  

(in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
    Retail and
Business
Banking
    Wealth
Management
     Total  

Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 616.9      $ 595.0      $ 49.8       $ 1,261.7   

Acquisition of:

         

Financial Federal

     268.2        —          —           268.2   

Smithtown

     102.9        11.4        —           114.3   

LSB

     40.7        17.4        —           58.1   

Butler Bank

     10.1        14.0        —           24.1   

Adjustments

     (1.7     (1.3     —           (3.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     1,037.1        636.5        49.8         1,723.4   

Acquisition of Danvers

     183.6        45.9        —           229.5   

Adjustments

     0.2        (1.7     —           (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     1,220.9        680.7        49.8         1,951.4   

Acquisition of branches

     —          0.7        —           0.7   

Adjustments

     1.9        0.5        —           2.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 1,222.8      $ 681.9      $ 49.8       $ 1,954.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other Acquisition-Related Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of People’s United Financial’s other acquisition-related intangible assets:

 

     2012      2011  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Carrying
Amount
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Carrying
Amount
 

Trade name intangible

   $ 122.7       $ 18.5       $ 104.2       $ 122.7       $ 10.2       $ 112.5   

Core deposit intangible

     143.8         79.2         64.6         140.8         63.8         77.0   

Trust relationships

     42.7         14.2         28.5         42.7         11.4         31.3   

Insurance relationships

     31.5         29.8         1.7         31.5         29.5         2.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other acquisition-related intangible assets

   $ 340.7       $ 141.7       $ 199.0       $ 337.7       $ 114.9       $ 222.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other acquisition-related intangible assets have an original weighted-average amortization period of 14 years. Amortization expense of other acquisition-related intangible assets totaled $26.8 million, $25.8 million and $21.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Scheduled amortization expense attributable to other acquisition-related intangible assets for each of the next five years is as follows: $26.2 million in 2013; $24.8 million in 2014; $23.8 million in 2015; $22.7 million in 2016; and $21.6 million in 2017. There were no impairment losses relating to goodwill or other acquisition-related intangible assets recorded during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

NOTE 7 – Premises and Equipment

 

The components of premises and equipment are summarized below:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Land

   $ 39.7       $ 41.9   

Buildings

     281.7         292.0   

Leasehold improvements

     162.4         149.9   

Furniture and equipment

     268.7         256.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     752.5         740.4   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     422.1         400.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 330.4       $ 339.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense included in occupancy and equipment expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $39.2 million, $39.3 million and $35.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 8 – Other Assets and Other Liabilities

 

The components of other assets are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Leased equipment

   $ 145.6       $ 107.6   

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (notes 19 and 21)

     78.1         62.6   

Accrued interest receivable

     71.2         80.3   

Affordable housing investments (note 12)

     52.1         39.7   

Receivables arising from securities brokerage and insurance businesses

     41.5         38.4   

Assets held in trust for supplemental retirement plans (note 17)

     41.0         40.4   

Loans in process

     38.9         51.6   

Other prepaid expenses

     20.2         22.9   

Economic development investments

     19.3         18.0   

FDIC loss-share receivable (note 2)

     17.2         19.4   

REO:

     

Residential

     17.2         10.9   

Commercial

     11.4         15.9   

Repossessed assets

     8.3         16.1   

Current income tax receivable (note 12)

     7.9         72.9   

Prepaid FDIC assessment (1)

     1.2         32.6   

Net deferred tax asset (note 12)

     —           20.3   

Other

     37.2         46.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other assets

   $ 608.3       $ 695.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Represents the remaining balance of the estimated deposit insurance premiums for the three years ending December 31, 2012 assessed in December 2009 in accordance with FDIC regulations.

The components of other liabilities are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Fair value of derivative financial instruments (notes 19 and 21)

   $ 73.8       $ 58.9   

Accrued expenses payable

     69.9         90.0   

Accrued employee benefits

     64.2         81.5   

Funded status of defined benefit pension plans (note 17)

     59.3         49.5   

Payables arising from securities brokerage and insurance businesses

     47.6         109.9   

Liability for supplemental retirement plans (note 17)

     44.0         39.6   

Liability for unsettled security purchases

     27.7         4.0   

Net deferred tax liability (note 12)

     18.7         —     

Other postretirement benefits (note 17)

     12.0         12.1   

Accrued interest payable

     5.6         7.9   

Other

     66.8         57.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other liabilities

   $ 489.6       $ 510.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 9 – Deposits

 

The following is an analysis of People’s United Financial’s total deposits by product type:

 

     2012     2011  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
 

Non-interest-bearing

   $ 5,084.3         —     $ 4,506.2         —  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and
money market

     11,959.8         0.23        10,970.4         0.37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     17,044.1         0.16        15,476.6         0.26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Time deposits maturing:

          

Within 3 months

     973.0         0.69        1,397.2         0.99   

After 3 but within 6 months

     749.2         0.79        929.5         0.94   

After 6 months but within 1 year

     1,285.2         0.87        1,281.9         1.04   

After 1 but within 2 years

     703.5         1.29        757.3         1.66   

After 2 but within 3 years

     379.2         2.08        308.0         2.09   

After 3 years

     616.3         2.23        665.3         2.53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,706.4         1.16        5,339.2         1.35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 21,750.5         0.38   $ 20,815.8         0.54
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

People’s United Financial assumed deposits with fair values of $325 million and $2.1 billion in connection with the acquisitions completed in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Time deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $1.9 billion and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Overdrafts of non-interest-bearing deposit accounts totaling $9.9 million and $3.5 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, have been classified as loans.

Interest expense on deposits is summarized as follows:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011      2010  

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market

   $ 38.7       $ 51.0       $ 47.4   

Time

     52.1         56.4         65.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 90.8       $ 107.4       $ 112.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 10 – Borrowings

 

People’s United Financial’s borrowings are summarized as follows:

 

     2012     2011  

As of December 31 (dollars in millions)

   Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
    Amount      Weighted
Average Rate
 

Fixed-rate FHLB advances maturing:

          

Within 1 month

   $ 50.0         0.31   $ —           —  

Within 1 year

     855.4         0.33        —           —     

After 1 but within 2 years

     —           —          56.4         2.55   

After 2 but within 3 years

     0.9         4.37        —           —     

After 3 but within 4 years

     —           —          1.2         4.37   

After 5 years

     272.0         2.68        274.8         2.68   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total FHLB advances

     1,178.3         0.88        332.4         2.67   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased maturing:

          

Within 1 month

     619.0         0.18        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total federal funds purchased

     619.0         0.18        —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail repurchase agreements maturing:

          

Within 1 month

     588.2         0.22        496.2         0.32   

Within 1 year

     —           —          1.0         0.35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retail repurchase agreements

     588.2         0.22        497.2         0.32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other borrowings maturing:

          

Within 1 year

     —           —          26.1         4.78   

After 2 but within 3 years

     1.0         1.75        —           —     

After 3 but within 4 years

     —           —          1.0         1.75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other borrowings

     1.0         1.75        27.1         4.66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

   $ 2,386.5         0.54   $ 856.7         1.43
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

In 2011, People’s United Financial repaid a total of $284 million of callable FHLB advances, including $155 million assumed in the Danvers acquisition and $129 million assumed in acquisitions completed in 2010. At December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank’s total borrowing limit from (i) the FHLB of Boston and FRB-NY for advances and (ii) repurchase agreements was $4.7 billion based on the level of qualifying collateral available for these borrowings. In addition, People’s United Bank had unsecured borrowing capacity of $0.9 billion at that date. FHLB advances are secured by People’s United Bank’s investment in FHLB stock and by a security agreement that requires People’s United Bank to maintain, as collateral, sufficient qualifying assets not otherwise pledged (principally single-family residential mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and loans, and commercial real estate loans).

 

F-49


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Interest expense on borrowings consists of the following:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012        2011        2010  

FHLB advances

   $   5.1         $ 6.7         $ 1.1   

Retail repurchase agreements

     1.3           2.0           1.0   

Federal funds purchased

     0.5           —             —     

Other borrowings

     0.1           0.3           0.2   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 7.0         $ 9.0         $ 2.3   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Information concerning People’s United Financial’s borrowings is presented below:

 

As of and for the years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

FHLB advances:

      

Balance at year end

   $ 1,178.3      $ 332.4      $ 508.3   

Average outstanding during the year

     419.5        456.1        52.3   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     1,178.3        631.9        508.3   

Average interest rate during the year

     1.23     1.48     2.22

Federal funds purchased:

      

Balance at year end

   $ 619.0      $ —        $ —     

Average outstanding during the year

     195.3        8.6        1.5   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     763.0        404.0        —     

Average interest rate during the year

     0.24     0.13     0.30

Retail repurchase agreements:

      

Balance at year end

   $ 588.2      $ 497.2      $ 473.2   

Carrying amount of collateral securities at year end

     599.9        505.7        471.6   

Average outstanding during the year

     494.7        486.6        209.2   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     588.2        538.2        473.2   

Average interest rate during the year

     0.26     0.41     0.48

Other borrowings:

      

Balance at year end

   $ 1.0      $ 27.1      $ 29.1   

Carrying amount of collateral securities at year end

     1.1        29.1        31.5   

Average outstanding during the year

     16.4        28.0        7.5   

Maximum outstanding at any month end

     27.0        29.1        29.1   

Average interest rate during the year

     1.00     0.94     2.57

NOTE 11 – Notes and Debentures

 

Notes and debentures are summarized as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

People’s United Financial:

     

3.65% senior notes due 2022

   $ 498.3       $ —     

5.80% fixed rate/floating rate subordinated notes due 2017

     120.0         118.7   

Floating rate subordinated debentures due 2038

     20.4         19.7   

People’s United Bank:

     

11% fixed rate subordinated notes due 2019

     20.3         21.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total notes and debentures

   $ 659.0       $ 159.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In December 2012, People’s United Financial issued $500 million of 3.65% senior notes due 2022. The senior notes represent unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of People’s United Financial with interest payable semi-annually. The Company may redeem the senior notes at its option, in whole or in part, at any time prior to September 6, 2022, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the senior notes to be redeemed or (ii) a “make-whole” amount, plus in either case accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. In addition, the Company may redeem the senior notes at its option, in whole or in part, at any time on or following September 6, 2022, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the senior notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. In connection with its planned issuance of the senior notes, People’s United Financial entered into U.S. Treasury forward interest rate locks to hedge the risk that U.S. Treasury yields would rise prior to establishing the fixed interest rate on the senior notes (see Note 21).

People’s United Financial assumed the 5.80% fixed rate/floating rate subordinated notes in connection with its acquisition of Chittenden Corporation (“Chittenden”). These subordinated notes, which were issued in 2007 and are due in February 2017, represent unsecured general obligations of People’s United Financial with interest payable semi-annually. The notes have a coupon of 5.80% for the first five years and convert to a variable rate in year six that is tied to the three month LIBOR plus 68.5 basis points. At December 31, 2012, the interest rate was 1.00%. Beginning on February 14, 2012, People’s United Financial has the option to redeem the notes, in whole or in part, on any interest payment date at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of the redeemed notes, plus any accrued but unpaid interest. In 2011, People’s United Financial entered into an interest rate swap to hedge the LIBOR-based floating rate payments on these subordinated notes, which began in February 2012 (see Note 21).

People’s United Financial assumed the floating rate subordinated debentures in connection with the Smithtown acquisition. The floating rate subordinated debentures, which were issued in 2008 and are due in June 2038, are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at par plus accrued interest on any interest payment date on or after June 1, 2013. Interest is payable quarterly and the coupon rate is tied to the three month LIBOR plus 3.75%. At December 31, 2012, the interest rate was 4.06%.

People’s United Bank assumed the 11% fixed rate subordinated notes due 2019 in connection with the Smithtown acquisition. These subordinated notes, which were issued in June and July 2009, are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on any interest payment date after July 1, 2014, with interest payable semi-annually. For regulatory capital purposes, subordinated note issuances qualify, up to certain limits, as supplementary (tier 2) capital for People’s United Bank’s total risk-based capital (see Note 14).

NOTE 12 – Income Taxes

 

The following is a summary of total income tax expense:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011      2010  

Income tax expense applicable to pre-tax income

   $ 117.4      $ 93.0       $ 39.5   

Income tax (benefit) expense applicable to items reported in
other comprehensive income (note 16)

     (1.5     1.2         (14.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 115.9      $ 94.2       $ 25.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The components of income tax expense applicable to pre-tax income are summarized as follows:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011      2010  

Current tax expense:

        

Federal

   $ 65.5       $ 29.4       $ 44.0   

State

     7.1         3.5         3.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current tax expense

     72.6         32.9         47.3   

Deferred tax expense (benefit) (1)

     44.8         60.1         (7.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 117.4       $ 93.0       $ 39.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) Includes the effect of increases (decreases) in the valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets of $1.4 million, $(1.4) million and $11.0 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of expected income tax expense, computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate of 35%, to actual income tax expense:

 

Years ended December 31 (dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Expected income tax expense

   $ 126.9      $ 99.9      $ 42.7   

State income tax, net of federal tax effect

     7.4        5.8        4.2   

Federal income tax credits

     (8.5     (6.6     (4.6

Tax-exempt interest

     (8.3     (5.8     (3.2

Tax-exempt income from BOLI

     (1.9     (2.2     (2.3

Other, net

     1.8        1.9        2.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual income tax expense

   $ 117.4      $ 93.0      $ 39.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     32.4     32.6     32.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

People’s United Financial holds ownership interests in limited partnerships formed to develop and operate affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout its franchise area. These investments have historically played a role in enabling People’s United Bank to meet its Community Reinvestment Act requirements while, at the same time, providing federal income tax credits. The cost of these investments is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the related federal income tax credits are realized (generally ten years). At December 31, 2012, People’s United Financial had $52.1 million invested in these partnerships. The underlying partnerships, which are considered variable interest entities, are not consolidated into the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

In 1998, People’s United Bank formed a passive investment company, People’s Mortgage Investment Company, in accordance with Connecticut tax laws, which permit transfers of mortgage loans to such subsidiaries on or after January 1, 1999. The related earnings of the subsidiary, and any dividends it pays to the parent, are not subject to Connecticut income tax. As a result of the exclusion of such earnings and dividends from Connecticut taxable income beginning in 1999, People’s United Bank has established a valuation allowance for the full amount of its Connecticut deferred tax asset attributable to net temporary differences and state net operating loss carryforwards. Connecticut tax net operating loss carryforwards totaled $1.4 billion at December 31, 2012 and expire between 2020 and 2032.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to People’s United Financial’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan losses and non-accrual interest

   $ 73.9      $ 70.6   

State tax net operating loss carryforwards, net of federal tax effect

     70.3        70.2   

Leasing activities

     59.5        43.1   

Pension and other postretirement benefits

     46.2        46.7   

Equity-based compensation

     18.9        16.3   

Other deductible temporary differences

     24.7        25.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     293.5        272.0   

Less valuation allowance for state deferred tax assets

     (71.6     (70.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance

     221.9        201.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Tax over book depreciation

     (122.2     (93.3

Acquisition-related deferred tax liabilities

     (46.8     (18.3

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     (30.4     (24.9

Deferred cancellation-of-indebtedness income

     (22.1     (22.1

Book over tax income recognized on consumer loans

     (6.9     (4.6

Mark-to-market and original issue discounts for tax purposes

     (6.4     (6.2

Other taxable temporary differences

     (5.8     (12.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (240.6     (181.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax (liability) asset

   $ (18.7   $ 20.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Based on People’s United Financial’s recent historical and anticipated future pre-tax earnings and the reversal of taxable temporary differences, management believes it is more likely than not that People’s United Financial will realize its total deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance.

People’s United Financial’s current income tax receivable at December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled $7.9 million and $72.9 million, respectively.

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of People’s United Financial’s unrecognized income tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 3.0      $ 4.7      $ 3.6   

Additions for tax positions taken in prior years

     0.4        0.4        1.2   

Unrecognized benefits recorded resulting from acquisitions

     —           —           1.0   

Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years

     —           —           —      

Reductions attributable to audit settlements/lapse of statue of limitations

     (0.5     (2.1     (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 2.9      $ 3.0      $ 4.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

If recognized, the unrecognized income tax benefits at December 31, 2012 would minimally affect People’s United Financial’s annualized income tax rate. Accrued interest expense related to the unrecognized income tax benefits totaled $0.5 million and $0.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. People’s United Financial recognizes accrued interest related to unrecognized income tax benefits and penalties, if incurred, as components of income tax expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

People’s United Financial files a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return and files income tax returns in various states. People’s United Financial has minimal foreign operations which, at the present time, are not subject to income taxes.

People’s United Financial is no longer subject to federal or state income tax examinations through 2007. People’s United Financial is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service and certain state taxing authorities. The amount of total unrecognized income tax benefits is not expected to change significantly within the next twelve months.

NOTE 13 – Stockholders’ Equity and Dividends

 

People’s United Financial is authorized to issue 50 million shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.01 per share, none of which were outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and 1.95 billion shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, of which 395.8 million shares were issued as of December 31, 2012.

Treasury stock includes (i) common stock repurchased in the open market by People’s United Financial in connection with its stock repurchase programs authorized by its Board of Directors and (ii) common stock purchased for awards under the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan (the “RRP”).

In April 2008, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 5% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock, or 17.3 million shares. In January 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock for up to 5% of the Company’s then-outstanding common stock, or 17.5 million shares. Under both authorizations, such shares may be repurchased either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. During 2010, the Company repurchased 14.3 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock at a total cost of $191.2 million. During 2011, the Company completed the repurchase of the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized in April 2008 and January 2011, by repurchasing 20.4 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock at a total cost of $247.2 million.

In October 2011, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock. Under the new repurchase authorization, up to 5% of the Company’s common stock outstanding, or 18.0 million shares, may be repurchased, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. During 2012, the Company completed the repurchase of the maximum number of shares of common stock authorized, by repurchasing 18.0 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock at a total cost of $217.4 million.

In November 2012, People’s United Financial’s Board of Directors authorized an additional repurchase of common stock. Under the new repurchase authorization, up to 10% of the Company’s common stock outstanding, or 33.6 million shares, may be repurchased, either directly or through agents, in the open market at prices and terms satisfactory to management. During 2012, the Company repurchased 0.2 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock under this authorization at a total cost of $2.6 million.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In conjunction with establishing the RRP in October 2007 (see Note 18), a trustee purchased 7.0 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market with funds provided by People’s United Financial. At December 31, 2012, 2.9 million shares were available to be awarded in the form of restricted stock under the provisions of the RRP.

In April 2007, People’s United Financial established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”) (see Note 17). At the time, People’s United Financial loaned the ESOP $216.8 million to purchase 10.5 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock are held by the ESOP and allocated to eligible participants annually based upon a percentage of each participant’s eligible compensation. At December 31, 2012, 8.4 million shares of People’s United Financial common stock, with a contra-equity balance of $173.5 million, have not been allocated or committed to be released.

Dividends declared and paid per common share totaled $0.6375, $0.6275 and $0.6175 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. People’s United Financial’s dividend payout ratio (dividends paid as a percentage of net income) for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was 88.8%, 114.9% and 264.4%, respectively.

As a federally-chartered stock savings bank, People’s United Bank’s ability to make capital distributions directly or indirectly to People’s United Financial, such as cash dividends, is governed by federal regulations. As the subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company, People’s United Bank currently must file a notice with the FRB and the OCC at least 30 days prior to each capital distribution. However, if the total amount of all capital distributions (including any proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year exceeds net income (as determined under generally accepted accounting principles) for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years, then People’s United Bank must file an application to receive the approval of both the FRB and the OCC for a proposed capital distribution. The term “retained net income” as defined by federal regulations means People’s United Bank’s net income for each year, less the amount of capital distributions declared in each such year.

People’s United Bank may not pay dividends to People’s United Financial if, after paying those dividends, it would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements or if the OCC notified People’s United Bank that it was in need of more than normal supervision. See Note 14 for a discussion of regulatory capital requirements. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, an insured depository institution such as People’s United Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is used in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act). Payment of dividends by People’s United Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

In 2012 and 2011, People’s United Bank paid a total of $315 million and $160 million, respectively, in cash dividends to People’s United Financial (none in 2010). At December 31, 2012, People’s United Bank’s retained net income, as defined by federal regulations, totaled $68.5 million.

NOTE 14 – Regulatory Capital Requirements

 

OCC regulations require federally-chartered savings banks to meet three minimum capital ratios: (i) a tangible capital ratio of 1.5% (calculated as tangible capital to adjusted total assets); (ii) a leverage (core) capital ratio of 4.0% (calculated as core capital to adjusted total assets); and (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% (calculated as total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets).

 

F-55


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the OCC is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized bank. These actions could have a direct material effect on a bank’s financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of banks into five categories: well-capitalized, adequately-capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly-undercapitalized and critically-undercapitalized. Generally, a bank is considered well-capitalized if it has a leverage (core) capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0% (calculated as tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting guidelines. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the OCC about capital components, risk weightings and other factors.

Management believes that, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, People’s United Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. Further, the most recent regulatory notification categorized People’s United Bank as a well-capitalized institution under the prompt corrective action regulations. No conditions or events have occurred since that notification that have caused management to believe any change in People’s United Bank’s capital classification would be warranted.

The following summary compares People’s United Bank’s regulatory capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 to the OCC requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution and for minimum capital adequacy. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, People’s United Bank’s adjusted total assets, as defined, totaled $28.2 billion and $25.3 billion, respectively, and its total risk-weighted assets, as defined, totaled $22.7 billion and $21.4 billion, respectively.

 

                 OCC Requirements  
     People’s United Bank     Classification as
Well-Capitalized
    Minimum
Capital Adequacy
 

(dollars in millions)

   Amount     Ratio     Amount      Ratio     Amount      Ratio  

As of December 31, 2012

              

Tangible capital

   $ 2,769.4  (1)      9.8     n/a         n/a      $ 423.4         1.5

Leverage (core) capital

     2,769.4  (1)      9.8      $ 1,411.3         5.0     1,129.9         4.0   

Risk-based capital:

              

Tier 1

     2,769.4  (1)      12.2        1,365.0         6.0        910.0         4.0   

Total

     2,979.4  (2)      13.1        2,275.0         10.0        1,820.0         8.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

              

Tangible capital

   $ 2,808.7  (1)      11.1     n/a         n/a      $ 379.5         1.5

Leverage (core) capital

     2,808.7  (1)      11.1      $ 1,264.9         5.0     1,011.9         4.0   

Risk-based capital:

              

Tier 1

     2,808.7  (1)      13.1        1,283.5         6.0        855.6         4.0   

Total

     2,988.7  (2)      14.0        2,139.1         10.0        1,711.3         8.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents People’s United Bank’s total equity, excluding: (i) after-tax net unrealized gains and losses on certain securities classified as available for sale; (ii) after-tax net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges; (iii) certain assets not recognized for regulatory capital purposes (principally goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets); and (iv) the amount recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) relating to pension and other postretirement benefits.
(2) Represents Tier 1 capital plus qualifying subordinated notes and debentures, up to certain limits, and the allowance for loan losses up to 1.25% of total risk-weighted assets.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 15 – Earnings Per Common Share

 

The following is an analysis of People’s United Financial’s basic and diluted EPS, reflecting the application of the two-class method, as described in Note 1:

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except per share data)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net income

   $ 245.3      $ 192.4      $ 82.5   

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (1.2     (1.3     (1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income attributable to common shareholders

   $ 244.1      $ 191.1      $ 80.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS

     338.3        348.6        352.5   

Effect of dilutive equity-based awards

     0.1        0.1        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common and common-equivalent shares for diluted EPS

     338.4        348.7        352.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic EPS

   $ 0.72      $ 0.55      $ 0.23   

Diluted EPS

   $ 0.72      $ 0.55      $ 0.23   

All unallocated ESOP shares and all common shares accounted for as treasury shares have been excluded from the calculation of basic and diluted EPS. Anti-dilutive equity-based awards totaling 11.7 million, 11.0 million and 10.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, have been excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.

NOTE 16 – Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income represents the sum of net income and items of “other comprehensive income or loss” that are reported directly in stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis. These items include: (i) net actuarial gains and losses, prior service credits and costs, and transition assets and obligations related to People’s United Financial’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans; (ii) net unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale; and (iii) net gains or losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges. People’s United Financial’s total comprehensive income for 2012, 2011 and 2010 is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, which are included in People’s United Financial’s stockholders’ equity on an after-tax basis, are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net actuarial loss and other amounts related to pension and
other postretirement benefit plans

   $ (148.2   $ (138.8   $ (101.0

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     52.8        43.2        1.5   

Net unrealized (loss) gain on derivatives accounted for as
cash flow hedges

     (1.5     (0.2     0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ (96.9   $ (95.8   $ (99.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The deferred income taxes applicable to the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss are as follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net actuarial loss and other amounts related to pension and
other postretirement benefit plans

   $    86.5      $    80.3      $    57.8   

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

     (30.4     (24.9     (0.8

Net unrealized loss (gain) on derivatives accounted for as
cash flow hedges

     0.9        0.1        (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income taxes

   $ 57.0      $ 55.5      $ 56.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following is a summary of the components of People’s United Financial’s other comprehensive income (loss):

 

Year ended December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax Effect     After-Tax
Amount
 

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial loss arising during the year

   $ (22.5   $    8.9      $ (13.6

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

        7.6        (3.0        4.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

     (14.9     5.9        (9.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (1.0     0.4        (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transition obligation on other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other
postretirement benefits included in net income

     0.3        (0.1     0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and transition obligation

     (15.6     6.2        (9.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

     15.1        (5.5     9.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains

     15.1        (5.5     9.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized losses arising during the year

     (3.1     1.1        (2.0

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     1.0        (0.3     0.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses

     (2.1     0.8        (1.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

   $ (2.6   $ 1.5      $ (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Year ended December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax Effect     After-Tax
Amount
 

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial loss arising during the year

   $ (70.4   $ 26.4      $ (44.0

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

     11.8        (4.4     7.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

     (58.6     22.0        (36.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (2.1     0.7        (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transition obligation on other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other
postretirement benefits included in net income

     0.4        (0.2     0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and transition obligation

     (60.3     22.5        (37.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

     74.6        (27.3     47.3   

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     (8.8     3.2        (5.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains

     65.8        (24.1     41.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Net unrealized losses arising during the year

     (0.4     0.1        (0.3

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     (0.7     0.3        (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses

     (1.1     0.4        (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income

   $ 4.4      $ (1.2   $ 3.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Pre-Tax
Amount
    Tax Effect     After-Tax
Amount
 

Net actuarial gain or loss on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Net actuarial loss arising during the year

   $ (30.0   $  11.6      $ (18.4

Reclassification adjustment for net actuarial loss included in net income

     8.9        (3.4        5.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss

     (21.1     8.2        (12.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service credit on pension plans and other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for prior service credit included in net income

     (1.2     0.5        (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transition obligation on other postretirement benefits:

      

Reclassification adjustment for transition obligation on other
postretirement benefits included in net income

     0.4        (0.2     0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net actuarial loss, prior service cost and transition obligation

     (21.9     8.5        (13.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale:

      

Net unrealized holding gains arising during the year

     3.3        (1.3     2.0   

Reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     1.0        (0.4     0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains

     4.3        (1.7     2.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges:

      

Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     (21.0     7.6        (13.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

   $ (38.6   $ 14.4      $ (24.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-59


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 17 – Employee Benefit Plans

 

People’s United Financial Employee Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Plans

People’s United Financial maintains a qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) that covers substantially all full-time and part-time employees who meet certain age and length of service requirements and who were employed by People’s United Bank prior to August 14, 2006. Benefits are based upon the employee’s years of credited service and either the average compensation for the last five years or the average compensation for the five consecutive years of the last ten years that produce the highest average.

In July 2011, People’s United Bank amended the Plan to “freeze”, effective December 31, 2011, the accrual of pension benefits for Plan participants. As such, Plan participants will not earn any additional benefits after that date. Instead, effective January 1, 2012, People’s United Bank will make a contribution on behalf of these participants to a qualified defined contribution plan in an annual amount equal to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation.

New employees of People’s United Bank starting on or after August 14, 2006 are not eligible to participate in the Plan. Instead, People’s United Financial makes contributions on behalf of these employees to a qualified defined contribution plan in an annual amount equal to 3% of the employee’s eligible compensation. Employee participation in this plan is restricted to employees who are at least 18 years of age and worked at least 1,000 hours in a year. Both full-time and part-time employees are eligible to participate as long as they meet these requirements.

People’s United Financial also maintains (i) unfunded, nonqualified supplemental plans to provide retirement benefits to certain senior officers and (ii) an unfunded plan that provides retirees with optional medical, dental and life insurance benefits (“other postretirement benefits”). People’s United Financial accrues the cost of these postretirement benefits over the employees’ years of service to the date of their eligibility for such benefits.

An employer is required to recognize an asset or a liability for the funded status of pension and other postretirement benefit plans. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the applicable benefit obligation, which is the projected benefit obligation for a pension plan and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for an other postretirement benefit plan. Plan assets and benefit obligations are required to be measured as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end.

People’s United Financial’s funding policy is to contribute the amounts required by applicable regulations, although additional amounts may be contributed from time to time. In 2013, no employer contributions are expected to be made for the qualified plan. Employer contributions for 2013 are expected to total $3.8 million for all of the unfunded supplemental pension plans and the other postretirement benefits plan, representing net benefit payments expected to be paid under these plans.

Expected future net benefit payments for the pension plans as of December 31, 2012 are: $16.6 million in 2013; $15.6 million in 2014; $16.5 million in 2015; $17.3 million in 2016; $21.0 million in 2017; and an aggregate of $111.1 million in 2018 through 2022. Expected future net benefit payments for the other postretirement benefits plan as of December 31, 2012 are: $1.0 million in 2013; $0.9 million in each of 2014 through 2017; and an aggregate of $3.9 million in 2018 through 2022.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes changes in the benefit obligations and plan assets for the following plans of People’s United Financial: (i) the pension plans (combining the funded plan and the unfunded supplemental plans) and (ii) the other postretirement benefits plan. The table also shows the funded status (or the difference between benefit obligations and plan assets) recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. All plans have a December 31 measurement date.

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 

(in millions)

   2012     2011         2012             2011      

Benefit obligations: (1)

        

Beginning of year

   $ 388.8      $ 344.3      $ 12.1      $ 10.7   

Service cost

     —          8.4        0.2        0.1   

Interest cost

     17.6        18.5        0.5        0.6   

Actuarial loss

     28.9        51.0        0.2        0.8   

Transfers in from acquired pension plans

     10.9        3.3        —          1.0   

Benefits paid

     (12.9     (12.5     (1.0     (1.1

Curtailments

     —          (20.9     —          —     

Settlements

     (2.1     (3.3     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

     431.2        388.8        12.0        12.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning of year

     303.0        318.1        —          —     

Actual return (loss) on assets

     35.6        (4.7     —          —     

Employer contributions

     4.3        5.4        1.0        1.1   

Transfers in from acquired pension plans

     7.0        —          —          —     

Benefits paid

     (12.9     (12.5     (1.0     (1.1

Settlements

     (2.1     (3.3     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

     334.9        303.0        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (96.3   $ (85.8   $ (12.0   $ (12.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition:

  

     

Other assets

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Other liabilities

     (96.3     (85.8     (12.0     (12.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status at end of year

   $ (96.3   $ (85.8   $ (12.0   $ (12.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents projected benefit obligations for pension plans and accumulated benefit obligations for postretirement plans.

Plan assets for the funded plan of $334.9 million as of December 31, 2012 were exceeded by both the related accumulated benefit obligation of $387.2 million and the projected benefit obligation of $387.2 million at that date. Although the nonqualified supplemental plans hold no assets, People’s United Financial has funded trusts to provide benefit payments to the extent such benefits are not paid directly by People’s United Financial. Trust assets of $41.0 million as of December 31, 2012 (which are included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition) were exceeded by both the related accumulated benefit obligation of $44.0 million and the projected benefit obligation of $44.0 million at that date.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the accumulated and projected benefit obligations for the funded and unfunded pension plans at the respective measurement dates:

 

     Pension Benefits  

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Accumulated benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 387.2       $ 349.2   

Unfunded plans

     44.0         39.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 431.2       $ 388.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligations:

     

Funded plan

   $ 387.2       $ 349.2   

Unfunded plans

     44.0         39.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 431.2       $ 388.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Components of the net periodic benefit (income) expense and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income or loss are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010  

Net periodic benefit (income) expense:

            

Service cost

   $ —        $ 8.4      $ 9.5      $ 0.2      $ 0.1      $ 0.2   

Interest cost

     17.6        18.5        16.6        0.5        0.6        0.6   

Expected return on plan assets

     (26.3     (26.6     (25.1     —          —          —     

Amortization of unrecognized net transition obligation

     —          —          —          0.3        0.4        0.4   

Recognized net actuarial loss

     4.5        9.3        6.7        —          —          —     

Recognized prior service credit

     —          (0.2     (0.2     (0.2     (0.2     (0.2

Settlements

     1.0        0.9        0.8        —          —          —     

Special termination benefits (1)

     —          —          2.1        —          —          —     

Curtailments (2)

     —          (0.9     —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit (income) expense

     (3.2     9.4        10.4        0.8        0.9        1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations
recognized in other comprehensive income or loss:

            

Net actuarial loss

     14.0        51.3        16.6        0.2        0.7        0.3   

Transition obligation

     —          —          —          (0.3     (0.3     (0.4

Prior service credit

     —          1.1        0.2        0.2        0.2        0.2   

Transfer in from acquired pension plans

     —          —          4.8        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total pre-tax changes recognized in other comprehensive income or loss

     14.0        52.4        21.6        0.1        0.6        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in net periodic benefit (income) expense and other comprehensive income or loss

   $ 10.8      $ 61.8      $ 32.0      $ 0.9      $ 1.5      $ 1.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amount in 2010 is included in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
(2) Reflects the recognition of prior service credit associated with the decision in July 2011 to “freeze,” effective December 31, 2011, the accrual of pension benefits for Plan participants.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The pre-tax amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss that have not been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

     Pension Benefits      Other
Postretirement Benefits
 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011          2012             2011      

Net actuarial loss

   $ 216.0       $ 202.0       $ 1.7      $ 1.5   

Transition obligation

     —           —           —          0.3   

Prior service credit

     —           —           (0.6     (0.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ 216.0       $ 202.0       $ 1.1      $ 1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

In 2013, approximately $6.0 million in net actuarial losses is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost for the funded and unfunded pension plans and approximately $(0.2) million in prior service credit is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost for the other postretirement benefits plan.

The following assumptions were used in determining the benefit obligations and net periodic benefit (income) expense:

 

     Pension Benefits     Other
Postretirement Benefits
 
     2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010  

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine
benefit obligations at December 31:

            

Discount rate

     4.25     4.60     5.50     4.25     4.60     5.50

Rate of compensation increase

     n/a        n/a        2.40        n/a        n/a        n/a   

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net
periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31:

            

Discount rate

     4.60     5.50     6.00     4.60     5.50     6.00

Expected return on plan assets

     8.00        8.00        8.25        n/a        n/a        n/a   

Rate of compensation increase

     n/a        2.40        3.40        n/a        n/a        n/a   

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31: (1)

            

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

     n/a        n/a        n/a        7.50     7.70     8.00

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

     n/a        n/a        n/a        4.50        4.50        4.50   

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     n/a        n/a        n/a        2027        2027        2027   

n/a – not applicable

 

(1) Changes in the net periodic benefit cost and the related benefit obligation arising as a result of a one-percentage-point increase or decrease in this assumed trend rate would not be significant.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In developing an expected long-term rate of return on asset assumption for the funded pension plan, People’s United Financial considered the historical returns and the future expectations for returns within each asset class, as well as the target asset allocation of the pension portfolio. This resulted in an expected long-term rate of return assumption of 8.00%, which is intended to reflect expected asset returns over the life of the related pension benefits expected to be paid. The discount rate reflects the current rates available on long-term high-quality fixed-income debt instruments, and is reset annually on the measurement date. To determine the discount rate, People’s United Financial reviews, along with its independent actuary, spot interest rate yield curves based upon yields from a broad population of high-quality bonds adjusted to match the timing and amounts of expected benefit payments under the pension and postretirement plans.

The investment strategy of the People’s United Financial pension plan is to develop a diversified portfolio, representing a variety of asset classes of varying duration, in order to effectively fund expected near-term and long-term benefit payments. All investment decisions are governed by an established policy which contains the following asset allocation guidelines:

 

     Asset Class
     Policy Target %    Policy Range %

Cash reserves

   3      1 - 15

Equity securities

   64    50 - 76

Fixed income securities

   33    27 - 39

Equity securities may include convertible securities, and are required to be diversified among industries and economic sectors. Limitations have been established on the overall allocation to any individual security representing more than 3% of the market value of total plan assets. A limit of 26% of equity holdings may be invested in international equities. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

Fixed income securities are oriented toward risk-averse, investment-grade securities rated “A” or higher. A limit of up to 4% of the fixed income holdings may be invested in issues rated below “Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s, if the higher investment risk is compensated for by the prospect of a positive incremental investment return. With the exception of U.S. government securities, in which the plan may invest the entire fixed income allocation, fixed income securities require diversification among individual securities and sectors. There is no limit on the maximum maturity of securities held. Short sales, margin purchases and similar speculative transactions are prohibited.

The following table summarizes the percentages of fair value for each major category of plan assets as of the respective measurement dates:

 

     Plan Assets  

At December 31

   2012     2011  

Equity securities

     73     64

Cash and fixed income securities

     27        36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables present People’s United Financial’s Plan assets measured at fair value:

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using         

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9.1       $ —         $ —         $ 9.1   

Equity securities:

           

Corporate

     192.1         —           —           192.1   

Mutual funds

     —           53.7         —           53.7   

Fixed income securities:

           

Corporate

     —           50.3         —           50.3   

U.S. Treasury and agency

     1.5         10.4         —           11.9   

Mutual funds

     —           16.8         —           16.8   

U.S. agency residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           0.3         —           0.3   

Other

     —           0.7         —           0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 202.7       $ 132.2       $ —         $ 334.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using         

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16.0       $ —         $ —         $ 16.0   

Equity securities:

           

Corporate

     111.9         —           —           111.9   

Mutual funds

     —           82.7         —           82.7   

Fixed income securities:

           

Corporate

     —           52.7         —           52.7   

U.S. Treasury and agency

     6.6         20.6         —           27.2   

Mutual funds

     —           11.3         —           11.3   

U.S. agency residential mortgage-backed securities

     —           0.5         —           0.5   

Other

     —           0.7         —           0.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 134.5       $ 168.5       $ —         $ 303.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Chittenden Pension Plan

In addition to the plans described above, People’s United Financial continues to maintain a qualified defined benefit pension plan that covers former Chittenden employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Effective December 31, 2005, benefits accrued under this defined benefit plan were frozen based on participants’ then-current service and pay levels. During April 2010, participants in the Chittenden pension plan who were in payment status as of April 1, 2010, or whose accrued benefit as of that date was scheduled to be paid in the form of an annuity commencing May 1, 2010 based upon elections made by April 15, 2010, were transferred into the People’s United Financial pension plan.

At December 31, 2012, the fair value of plan assets totaled $40.5 million (invested in cash equivalents and fixed income securities) and the projected benefit obligation totaled $47.5 million, resulting in an unfunded status of $7.0 million, which has been recognized as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The liability recognized for the plan’s unfunded status was $3.3 million at December 31, 2011. A discount rate of 4.0% was used in determining the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2012. Pre-tax net actuarial losses totaling $21.8 million ($13.8 million net of tax) and pre-tax prior service credits totaling $4.4 million ($2.8 million net of tax) were included in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2012.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Net periodic benefit expense (income) for this plan totaled $1.2 million, $0.8 million and $(1.1) million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Included in net periodic benefit expense (income) in each year were partial settlement charges totaling $1.0 million, $1.1 million and $1.3 million, respectively, as a result of lump-sum benefit payments in each year in excess of the sum of the plan’s annual interest and service costs. When an employer settles the full amount of its obligation for vested benefits with respect to some of a plan’s participants, the employer is required to recognize in income a pro rata portion of the aggregate gain or loss recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

The weighted average assumptions used to determine 2012, 2011 and 2010 net periodic benefit expense (income) were (i) discount rates of 4.50%, 5.30% and 5.60%, respectively, and (ii) an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 4.25%, 4.25% and 6.50%, respectively. In 2013, approximately $1.2 million in net periodic benefit expense (primarily consisting of expected return on plan assets, interest cost, prior service credit and amortization of actuarial loss) is expected to be recognized.

In 2013, no employer contributions are expected to be made for this plan. Expected future net benefit payments for this plan as of December 31, 2012 are: $2.6 million in 2013; $2.9 million in 2014; $2.3 million in 2015; $2.8 million in 2016; $2.4 million in 2017; and an aggregate of $14.1 million in 2018 through 2022.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

In April 2007, People’s United Financial established an ESOP. At that time, People’s United Financial loaned the ESOP $216.8 million to purchase 10,453,575 shares of People’s United Financial common stock in the open market. In order for the ESOP to repay the loan, People’s United Financial expects to make annual cash contributions of approximately $18.8 million until 2036. Such cash contributions may be reduced by the cash dividends paid on unallocated ESOP shares, which totaled $5.6 million in 2012, $5.7 million in 2011 and $5.8 million in 2010. At December 31, 2012, the loan balance totaled $198.3 million.

Employee participation in this plan is restricted to those employees who are at least 18 years of age and have worked at least 1,000 hours within 12 months of their hire date or any plan year (January 1 to December 31) after their date of hire. Employees meeting the aforementioned eligibility criteria during the plan year must continue to be employed as of the last day of the plan year in order to receive an allocation of shares for that plan year.

Shares of People’s United Financial common stock are held by the ESOP and allocated to eligible participants annually based upon a percentage of each participant’s eligible compensation. Since the ESOP was established, a total of 2,090,715 shares of People’s United Financial common stock have been allocated or committed to be released to participants’ accounts. At December 31, 2012, a total of 8,362,860 shares of People’s United Financial common stock, with a fair value of $101.1 million at that date, have not been allocated or committed to be released.

Compensation expense related to the ESOP is recognized at an amount equal to the number of common shares committed to be released by the ESOP for allocation to participants’ accounts multiplied by the average fair value of People’s United Financial’s common stock during the reporting period. The difference between the fair value of the shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock committed to be released and the cost of those common shares is recorded as a credit to additional paid-in capital (if fair value exceeds cost) or, to the extent that no such credits remain in additional paid-in capital, as a charge to retained earnings (if fair value is less than cost). Expense recognized for the ESOP totaled $4.2 million, $4.4 million and $4.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Employee Savings Plans

People’s United Financial sponsors an employee savings plan that qualifies as a 401(k) plan under the Internal Revenue Code. Under the current plan, effective January 1, 2009 employees may contribute up to 50% of their pre-tax compensation up to certain limits, and People’s United Financial makes a matching contribution equal to 100% of a participant’s contributions up to 4% of pre-tax compensation. Participants vest immediately in their own contributions and after one year in People’s United Financial’s contributions. A supplemental savings plan has also been established for certain senior officers. Expense recognized for these employee savings plans totaled $20.6 million, $16.9 million and $15.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

NOTE 18 – Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan

People’s United Financial’s 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2008 Incentive Plan”) and the predecessor 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “1998 Incentive Plan”) (together the “Incentive Plans”) provide for awards to officers and employees in the form of: (i) incentive stock options that may afford tax benefits to recipients; (ii) non-statutory stock options that do not afford tax benefits to recipients but may provide tax benefits to People’s United Financial; and (iii) stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and performance units. A total of 10,000,000 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2008 Incentive Plan. At December 31, 2012, a total of 4,367,517 reserved shares remain available for future awards.

Non-statutory stock options have been granted under the Incentive Plans at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial common stock at the grant dates. Option expiration dates are fixed at the grant date, with a maximum term of ten years. Options granted under the Incentive Plans generally vest 50% after two years, 75% after three years and 100% after four years. All options become fully exercisable in the event of a change of control, as defined in the Incentive Plans.

People’s United Financial has also granted restricted stock awards under the Incentive Plans. Employees become fully vested in these shares generally after a three- or four-year period, with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. Unvested restricted stock awards become fully vested in the event of a change in control, as defined in the Incentive Plans. During the vesting period, dividends are paid on the restricted stock and the recipients are entitled to vote these restricted shares. The fair value of all restricted stock awards is measured at the grant date based on quoted market prices.

Recognition and Retention Plan and Stock Option Plan

The People’s United Financial 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan and 2007 Stock Option Plan (together the “2007 Plans”) provide for awards to directors, officers and employees in the form of: (i) incentive stock options that may afford tax benefits to recipients; (ii) non-statutory stock options that do not afford tax benefits to recipients but may provide tax benefits to People’s United Financial; and (iii) restricted stock. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock were purchased in the open market in October 2007 by a trustee with funds provided by People’s United Financial for the maximum number of shares available to be awarded in the form of restricted stock. A maximum of 6,969,050 shares and 15,244,796 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are available for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. At December 31, 2012, a total of 2,949,173 shares and 7,517,819 shares remain available for future restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively, under the 2007 Plans.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Non-statutory stock options are granted under the 2007 Plans at exercise prices equal to the fair value of People’s United Financial’s common stock at the grant date. The fair value of all restricted stock awarded under the 2007 Plans is measured at the grant date based on quoted market prices. Most restricted stock and stock options awarded vest 20% per year over a five year period with requisite service conditions and no performance-based conditions to such vesting. All restricted stock awards and stock options become fully vested and exercisable, respectively, in the event of a change of control, as defined in the 2007 Plans. During the vesting period, dividends are paid on the restricted stock and the recipients are entitled to vote these restricted shares.

Stock Options Granted

People’s United Financial granted stock options totaling 1,409,151 in 2012, 1,201,202 in 2011 and 990,137 in 2010 under the Incentive Plans. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted in 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $2.18 per option, $2.58 per option and $3.31 per option, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: dividend yield of 5.1% in 2012, 4.7% in 2011 and 4.1% in 2010; expected volatility rate of 33% in 2012, 31% in 2011 and 33% in 2010; risk-free interest rate of 1.2% in 2012, 2.6% in 2011 and 2.5% in 2010; and expected option life of approximately 6 years in 2012 and 2011 and 5 years in 2010.

People’s United Financial granted stock options totaling 403,400 in 2011 and 98,541 in 2010 (none in 2012) to directors, key executive officers and employees under the 2007 Plans. The estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted under the 2007 Plans was $2.31 per option in 2011 and $3.43 per option in 2010, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with assumptions as follows: 5.1% in 2011 and 4.0% in 2010; expected volatility rate of 33% in both years; risk-free interest rate of 2.0% in 2011 and 2.7% in 2010; and expected option life of approximately 5 years in 2011 and 6 years in 2010.

In arriving at the grant date fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, expected volatilities were based on the historical volatilities of People’s United Financial traded common stock. The expected term of stock options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. People’s United Financial used historical data to estimate voluntary suboptimal (early) exercises by continuing employees, and estimates of post-vest option exercise or forfeiture by terminated employees. Suboptimal exercise data and employee termination estimates are incorporated into Monte Carlo simulations of People’s United Financial common stock prices to calculate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate approximated the U.S. Treasury rate curve matched to the expected option term at the time of the grant.

Expense relating to stock options granted is recognized on a straight-line basis generally over the applicable option vesting period and totaled $3.2 million, $8.2 million and $7.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Unamortized cost for unvested stock options, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 5.3% per year over the vesting period, totaled $4.5 million at December 31, 2012, and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 2.4 years. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $0.3 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following is a summary of stock option activity under the 2008 Incentive Plan, the 1998 Incentive Plan and the 2007 Stock Option Plan:

 

    Shares
Subject
To Option
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
(in millions)
 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2009

    10,865,361      $ 17.04       

Granted

    1,088,678        15.38       

Forfeited

    (424,740     17.16       

Exercised

    (48,985     7.92       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

Options outstanding at December 31, 2010

    11,480,314        16.91       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

Granted

    1,604,602        13.12       

Forfeited

    (1,493,522     17.51       

Exercised

    (78,269     8.48       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

Options outstanding at December 31, 2011

    11,513,125        16.37       
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

Granted

    1,409,151        12.62       

Forfeited

    (709,816     16.84       

Exercised

    (55,654     6.90       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2012

    12,156,806      $ 15.95        5.9      $ 0.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options exercisable at December 31, 2012

    8,766,063      $ 16.89        4.9      $ 0.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (1) Reflects only those stock options with intrinsic value at December 31, 2012.

Additional information concerning options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2012 is summarized as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  
            Weighted Average                

Exercise Price Range

   Number      Remaining
Life
(in years)
     Exercise
Price
     Number      Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$ 4.78 - $ 9.63

     241,545         1.1       $ 9.13         241,545       $ 9.13   

 11.52 -  15.80

     5,016,302         7.2         13.80         1,804,672         14.68   

 16.07 -  17.76

     2,798,708         5.3         16.97         2,630,018         16.99   

 18.10 -  21.63

     4,100,251         4.9         18.27         4,089,828         18.27   

 

F-69


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Restricted Stock Awarded

The following is a summary of restricted stock award activity under the 2008 Incentive Plan, the 1998 Incentive Plan and the 2007 Recognition and Retention Plan:

 

     Shares     Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2009

     3,015,157      $ 17.45   

Granted

     701,740        15.39   

Forfeited

     (94,594     16.89   

Vested

     (1,550,431     17.45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2010

     2,071,872        16.77   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     769,858        13.18   

Forfeited

     (218,505     17.00   

Vested

     (786,185     17.17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2011

     1,837,040        15.06   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     640,254        12.57   

Forfeited

     (88,319     13.89   

Vested

     (807,554     16.31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested restricted shares outstanding at December 31, 2012

     1,581,421      $ 13.48   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Straight-line amortization of unvested restricted stock awards resulted in expense of $11.1 million, $14.6 million and $17.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Unamortized cost for unvested restricted stock awards, which reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 5.3% per year over the vesting period, totaled $11.6 million at December 31, 2012, and is expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of 1.8 years. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $10.1 million, $10.2 million and $22.4 million, respectively.

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, employees of People’s United Financial tendered 191,652 shares, 196,457 shares and 473,751 shares of common stock, respectively, in satisfaction of their related minimum tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of restricted stock awards granted in prior periods. There is no limit on the number of shares that may be tendered by employees of People’s United Financial in the future to satisfy their related minimum tax withholding obligations. Shares acquired in satisfaction of minimum tax withholding obligations are not eligible for reissuance in connection with any subsequent grants made pursuant to equity compensation plans maintained by People’s United Financial. Rather, all shares acquired in this manner are retired by People’s United Financial, resuming the status of authorized but unissued shares of People’s United Financial’s common stock. The total cost of shares repurchased and retired during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $2.3 million, $2.6 million and $7.0 million, respectively.

Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan

The People’s United Financial, Inc. Directors’ Equity Compensation Plan (“Directors’ Equity Plan”) provides for an annual award of shares of People’s United Financial common stock with a fair value of $95,000 to each non-employee director immediately following each annual meeting of shareholders. Shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued pursuant to the Directors’ Equity Plan prior to 2012 are not transferable until the third anniversary of the grant date or, if earlier, upon the director’s cessation of service. Beginning in 2012, shares of People’s United Financial common stock issued pursuant to the Directors’ Equity Plan are subject to a one-year vesting period, with no post-vesting transfer restrictions. A total of 892,500 shares of People’s United Financial common stock are reserved for issuance under the Directors’ Equity Plan.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In 2012, 2011 and 2010, directors were granted a total of 59,352 shares, 66,609 shares and 56,817 shares, respectively, of People’s United Financial common stock with grant date fair values of $12.68 per share, $13.30 per share and $14.54 per share, respectively, at those dates. Expense totaling $0.8 million, $0.9 million and $0.8 million was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for the Directors’ Equity Plan. At December 31, 2012, a total of 129,987 shares remain available for issuance.

NOTE 19 – Fair Value Measurements

 

Described below are the valuation methodologies used by People’s United Financial and the resulting fair values for those financial instruments measured at fair value on both a recurring and a non-recurring basis, as well as for those financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value but for which fair value is disclosed.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Trading Account Securities and Securities Available For Sale

When available, People’s United Financial uses quoted market prices for identical securities received from an independent, nationally-recognized, third-party pricing service (as discussed further below) to determine the fair value of investment securities such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities that are included in Level 1. When quoted market prices for identical securities are unavailable, People’s United Financial uses prices provided by the independent pricing service based on recent trading activity and other observable information including, but not limited to, market interest rate curves, referenced credit spreads and estimated prepayment rates where applicable. These investments include certain U.S. and government agency debt securities, corporate and municipal debt securities, and GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, all of which are included in Level 2.

Substantially all of the Company’s available-for-sale securities represent GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs. The fair values of these securities are based on prices obtained from the independent pricing service. The pricing service uses various techniques to determine pricing for the Company’s mortgage-backed securities, including option pricing and discounted cash flow analysis. The inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities, bids, offers, reference data, monthly payment information and collateral performance. At both December 31, 2012 and 2011, the entire available-for-sale residential mortgage-backed securities portfolio was comprised of 15-year GSE securities. An active market exists for securities that are similar to the Company’s GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs, making observable inputs readily available.

Changes in the prices obtained from the pricing service are analyzed from month to month, taking into consideration changes in market conditions including changes in mortgage spreads, changes in U.S. Treasury security yields and changes in generic pricing of 15-year securities. As a further point of validation, the Company generates its own month-end fair value estimate for all mortgage-backed securities, agency-issued CMOs (also backed by 15-year mortgage-backed securities), and state and municipal securities. While the Company has not adjusted the prices obtained from the independent pricing service, any notable differences between those prices and the Company’s estimates are subject to further analysis. This additional analysis may include a review of prices provided by other independent parties, a yield analysis, a review of average life changes using Bloomberg analytics and a review of historical pricing for the particular security. Based on management’s review of the prices provided by the pricing service, the fair values incorporate observable market inputs used by market participants at the measurement date and, as such, are classified as Level 2 securities.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Other Assets

People’s United Financial maintains unfunded, nonqualified supplemental plans to provide retirement benefits to certain senior officers. People’s United Financial has funded two trusts to provide benefit payments to the extent such benefits are not paid directly by People’s United Financial, the assets of which are included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. When available, People’s United Financial determines the fair value of the trust assets using quoted market prices for identical securities received from a third-party nationally recognized pricing service.

Derivatives

People’s United Financial values its derivatives using internal models that are based on market or observable inputs including interest rate curves and forward/spot prices for selected currencies. Derivative assets and liabilities included in Level 2 represent interest rate swaps, foreign exchange contracts, risk participation agreements, interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans.

The following tables summarize People’s United Financial’s financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

       Fair Value Measurements Using           

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial assets:

           

Trading account securities:

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 6.5       $ —         $ —         $ 6.5   

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and agency

     30.7         —           —           30.7   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     —            3,899.0         —           3,899.0   

State and municipal

     —            539.6         —           539.6   

Corporate

     —            59.9         —           59.9   

Other

     —            2.9         —           2.9   

Equity securities

     —            0.2         —           0.2   

Other assets:

           

Fixed income securities

     —            40.9         —           40.9   

Equity mutual funds

     —            0.4         —           0.4   

Interest rate swaps

     —            75.0         —           75.0   

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     —            3.1         —           3.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 37.2       $ 4,621.0       $ —         $ 4,658.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —         $ 70.2       $ —         $ 70.2   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           0.1         —           0.1   

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     —           3.5         —           3.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 73.8       $ —         $ 73.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-72


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using         

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial assets:

           

Trading account securities:

           

U.S. Treasury

   $ 71.7       $ —         $ —         $ 71.7   

Equity securities

     —           0.1         —           0.1   

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury and agency

     31.0         50.0         —           81.0   

GSE residential mortgage-backed securities and CMOs

     —           2,447.8         —           2,447.8   

State and municipal

     —           137.7         —           137.7   

Corporate

     —           56.5         —           56.5   

Other

     —           2.3         —           2.3   

Equity securities

     —           0.2         —           0.2   

Other assets:

           

Fixed income securities

     —           39.6         —           39.6   

Equity mutual funds

     —           0.4         —           0.4   

Interest rate swaps

     —           61.3         —           61.3   

Foreign exchange contracts

     —           0.3         —           0.3   

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     —           1.0         —           1.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 102.7       $ 2,797.2       $ —         $ 2,899.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —         $ 57.5       $ —         $ 57.5   

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     —           1.4         —           1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 58.9       $ —         $ 58.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the fair value of risk participation agreements totaled less than $0.1 million (see Note 21).

There were no transfers into or out of the Level 1 or Level 2 categories during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Loans Held for Sale

Residential mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value and are therefore measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. When available, People’s United Financial uses observable secondary market data, including pricing on recent closed market transactions for loans with similar characteristics. Accordingly, such loans are classified as Level 2 measurements. When observable data is unavailable, valuation methodologies using current market interest rate data adjusted for inherent credit risk are used, and such loans are included in Level 3.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Impaired Loans

Loan impairment is deemed to exist when full repayment of principal and interest according to the contractual terms of the loan is no longer probable. Impaired loans are reported based on one of three measures: the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate; the loan’s observable market price; or the fair value of the collateral (less estimated cost to sell) if the loan is collateral dependent. Accordingly, certain impaired loans may be subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis. People’s United Financial has estimated the fair values of these assets using Level 3 inputs, such as the fair value of collateral based on independent third-party appraisals for collateral-dependent loans. Such appraisals are based on the market and/or income approach to value and are subject to a discount (to reflect estimated cost to sell) that generally approximates 10%.

REO and Repossessed Assets

REO and repossessed assets are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs, and are therefore measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. People’s United Financial has estimated the fair values of these assets using Level 3 inputs, such as independent third-party appraisals and price opinions. Such appraisals are based on the market and/or income approach to value and are subject to a discount (to reflect estimated cost to sell) that generally approximates 10%. Assets that are acquired through loan default are recorded as held for sale initially at the lower of the recorded investment in the loan or fair value (less estimated selling costs) upon the date of foreclosure/repossession. Subsequent to foreclosure/repossession, valuations are updated periodically and the carrying amounts of these assets may be reduced further.

The following tables summarize People’s United Financial’s assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

 

       Fair Value Measurements Using           

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Loans held for sale (1)

   $ —         $ 77.0       $ —         $ 77.0   

Impaired loans (2)

     —           —           114.3         114.3   

REO and repossessed assets (3)

     —           —           36.9         36.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 77.0       $ 151.2       $ 228.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

         Fair Value Measurements Using           

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Loans held for sale (1)

   $ —         $ 101.9       $ —         $ 101.9   

Impaired loans (2)

     —           —           128.5         128.5   

REO and repossessed assets (3)

     —           —           42.9         42.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ —         $ 101.9       $ 171.4       $  273.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of residential mortgage loans; no fair value adjustments were recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
(2) Represents the recorded investment in originated impaired loans with a related allowance for loan losses measured based on the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell. The total consists of $48.8 million, $45.9 million and $19.6 million of commercial real estate loans, commercial and industrial loans, and equipment financing loans, respectively, at December 31, 2012. The provision for loan losses on collateral-dependent impaired loans totaled $16.9 million and $15.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(3) Represents: (i) $17.2 million of residential REO; (ii) $11.4 million of commercial REO; and (iii) $8.3 million of repossessed assets at December 31, 2012. Charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses related to loans that were transferred to REO and repossessed assets totaled $2.9 million and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Write downs and net loss on sale of foreclosed/repossessed assets charged to non-interest expense totaled $2.9 million and $4.5 million for the same periods.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities Not Measured At Fair Value

As discussed in Note 1, fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an “exit price” approach to fair value).

Acceptable valuation techniques (when quoted market prices are not available) that might be used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments include discounted cash flow analyses and comparison to similar instruments. Such estimates are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant matters such as the amount and timing of future cash flows and the selection of discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. Changes in these judgments often have a material impact on the fair value estimates. In addition, since these estimates are made as of a specific point in time, they are susceptible to material near-term changes. Fair values estimated in this manner do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from the sale of a large volume of a particular financial instrument, nor do they reflect possible tax ramifications or estimated transaction costs.

The following is a description of the principal valuation methods used by People’s United Financial for those financial instruments that are not measured at fair value either on a recurring or non-recurring basis:

Cash and Short-Term Investments

Cash and due from banks are classified as Level 1. Short-term investments have fair values that approximate the respective carrying amounts because the instruments are payable on demand or have short-term maturities, and present relatively low credit risk and interest rate risk. As such, these fair values are classified as Level 2.

Securities Held to Maturity

When available, the fair values of investment securities held to maturity are measured based on quoted market prices for identical securities in active markets and, accordingly, are classified as Level 1 assets. When quoted market prices for identical securities are not available, fair values are estimated based on quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or through the use of pricing models containing observable inputs (i.e. market interest rates, financial information and credit ratings of the issuer, etc.). These fair values are included in Level 2. In cases where there may be limited information available and/or little or no market activity for the underlying security, fair value is estimated using pricing models containing unobservable inputs and classified as Level 3.

FHLB Stock

FHLB stock is a non-marketable equity security classified as Level 2 and reported at cost, which equals par value (the amount at which shares have been redeemed in the past). No significant observable market data is available for this security.

Loans

For valuation purposes, the loan portfolio is segregated into its significant categories, which are commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, equipment financing, residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer. These categories are further segregated, where appropriate, into components based on significant financial characteristics such as type of interest rate (fixed or adjustable) and payment status (performing or non-performing). Fair values are estimated for each component using a valuation method selected by management.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The fair values of performing loans were estimated by discounting the anticipated cash flows from the respective portfolios, assuming future prepayments and using market interest rates for new loans with comparable credit risk. As a result, the valuation method for performing loans, which is consistent with certain guidance provided in accounting standards, does not fully incorporate the “exit price” approach to fair value. The fair values of non-performing loans were based on recent collateral appraisals or management’s analysis of estimated cash flows discounted at rates commensurate with the credit risk involved. The estimated fair values of residential mortgage loans are classified as Level 2 as a result of the observable market inputs (i.e. market interest rates, prepayment assumptions, etc.) available for this loan type. The fair values of all other loan types are classified as Level 3 as the inputs contained within the respective discounted cash flow models are largely unobservable and, instead, reflect management’s own estimates of the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing such loans. The fair value of home equity lines of credit was based on the outstanding loan balances, and therefore does not reflect the value associated with earnings from future loans to existing customers.

Deposit Liabilities

The fair values of time deposits represent contractual cash flows discounted at current rates determined by reference to observable inputs including a LIBOR/swap curve over the remaining period to maturity. As such, these fair values are classified as Level 2. The fair values of other deposit liabilities (those with no stated maturity, such as checking and savings accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. Deposit fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships that comprise a significant portion of People’s United Financial’s deposit base. Management believes that People’s United Financial’s core deposit relationships provide a relatively stable, low-cost funding source that has a substantial intangible value separate from the deposit balances.

Borrowings and Notes and Debentures

The fair values of retail repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased are equal to the carrying amounts due to the short maturities (generally overnight). The fair values of FHLB advances and other borrowings represent contractual repayments discounted using interest rates currently available on borrowings with similar characteristics and remaining maturities and are classified as Level 2. The fair values of notes and debentures were based on dealer quotes and are classified as Level 2.

Lending-Related Financial Instruments

The estimated fair values of People’s United Financial’s lending-related financial instruments approximate the respective carrying amounts. These include commitments to extend credit, unadvanced lines of credit and letters of credit for which fair values were estimated based on an analysis of the interest rates and fees currently charged to enter into similar transactions, considering the remaining terms of the instruments and the creditworthiness of the potential borrowers.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables summarize the carrying amounts, estimated fair values and placement in the fair value hierarchy (as of December 31, 2012) of People’s United Financial’s financial instruments that are not measured at fair value either on a recurring or non-recurring basis:

 

            Estimated Fair Value         
     Carrying
Amount
     Measurements Using         

As of December 31, 2012 (in millions)

      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Financial assets:

              

Cash and due from banks

   $ 470.0       $ 470.0       $ —         $ —         $ 470.0   

Short-term investments

     131.4         —           131.4         —           131.4   

Securities held to maturity

     56.2         —           59.7         1.2         60.9   

FHLB stock

     73.7         —           73.7         —           73.7   

Total loans, net (1)

     21,434.3         —           3,925.6         17,972.7         21,898.3   

Financial liabilities:

              

Time deposits

     4,706.4         —           4,769.7         —           4,769.7   

Other deposits

     17,044.1         —           17,044.1         —           17,044.1   

FHLB advances

     1,178.3         —           1,194.5         —           1,194.5   

Federal funds purchased

     619.0         —           619.0         —           619.0   

Retail repurchase agreements

     588.2         —           588.2         —           588.2   

Other borrowings

     1.0         —           1.0         —           1.0   

Notes and debentures

     659.0         —           666.9         —           666.9   

 

(1) Excludes impaired loans totaling $114.3 million measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

     Carrying      Estimated  

As of December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Amount      Fair Value  

Financial assets:

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 370.2       $ 370.2   

Short-term investments

     410.7         410.7   

Securities held to maturity

     56.4         62.5   

FHLB stock

     77.7         77.7   

Total loans, net (1)

     20,073.4         20,562.6   

Financial liabilities:

     

Time deposits

     5,339.2         5,401.8   

Other deposits

     15,476.6         15,476.6   

Retail repurchase agreements

     497.2         497.2   

FHLB advances

     332.4         344.4   

Other borrowings

     27.1         26.5   

Notes and debentures

     159.6         164.0   

 

(1) Excludes impaired loans totaling $128.5 million measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 20 – Legal Proceedings and Lease Commitments

 

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial has various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities that are not required to be and, therefore, have not been reflected in the consolidated financial statements.

Legal Proceedings

Litigation Relating to the Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. Transaction

On February 25, 2010 and March 29, 2010, Smithtown and several of its officers and directors were named in two lawsuits commenced in United States District Court, Eastern District of New York ( Waterford Township Police & Fire Retirement v. Smithtown Bancorp, Inc., et al. and Yourgal v. Smithtown Bancorp, Inc. et al. , respectively) on behalf of a putative class of all persons and entities who purchased Smithtown’s common stock between March 13, 2008 and February 1, 2010, alleging claims under Section 10(b) and Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The plaintiffs allege, among other things, that Smithtown’s loan loss reserve, fair value of its assets, recognition of impaired assets and its internal and disclosure controls were materially false, misleading or incomplete. As a result of the merger of Smithtown with and into People’s United Financial on November 30, 2010, People’s United Financial has become the successor party to Smithtown in this matter.

On April 26, 2010, the named plaintiff in the Waterford action moved to consolidate its action with the Yourgal action, to have itself appointed lead plaintiff in the consolidated action and to obtain approval of its selection of lead counsel. The Court approved the consolidation of the two suits, with Waterford Township named the lead plaintiff. On December 23, 2011, People’s United Financial filed a Motion to Dismiss the complaint and that motion is still pending.

Other

People’s United Bank has been named as a defendant in a lawsuit ( Marta Farb, on behalf of herself and all others similarly situated v. People’s United Bank ) arising from its assessment and collection of overdraft fees on its checking account customers. The complaint was filed in the Superior Court of Connecticut, Judicial District of Waterbury, on April 22, 2011 and alleges that People’s United Bank engaged in certain unfair practices in the posting of electronic debit card transactions from highest to lowest dollar amount. The complaint also alleges that such practices were inadequately disclosed to customers and were unfairly used by People’s United Bank for the purpose of generating revenue by maximizing the number of overdrafts a customer is assessed. The complaint seeks certification of a class of checking account holders residing in Connecticut and who have incurred at least one overdraft fee, injunctive relief, compensatory, punitive and treble damages, disgorgement and restitution of overdraft fees paid, and attorneys’ fees. On June 16, 2011, People’s United Bank filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, and on December 7, 2011, that motion was denied by the court. On April 11, 2012, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, and on May 15, 2012, People’s United Bank filed a Motion to Strike the Amended Complaint. That motion remains pending. Expedited discovery in this case began in July 2012.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Bank has been named as a defendant in a lawsuit ( Tracy Fracasse and K. Lee Brown, individually and on behalf  of others similarly situated v. People’s United Bank) based on allegations that People’s United Bank failed to pay overtime compensation required by (i) the federal Fair Labor Standards Act and (ii) the Connecticut Minimum Wage Act. The plaintiffs allege that they were employed as “underwriters” and were misclassified as exempt employees. The plaintiffs further allege that they worked in excess of 40 hours per week and were erroneously denied overtime compensation as required by federal and state wage and hour laws. The complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court of Connecticut on May 3, 2012. Since the complaint is brought under both federal and state law, the complaint seeks certification of two different but overlapping classes. The plaintiffs seek damages in the amount of their respective unpaid overtime and minimum wage compensation, liquidated damages and interest and attorneys’ fees. On June 29, 2012, People’s United Bank filed its Answer and Affirmative Defenses.

In addition, in the normal course of business, People’s United Financial is also subject to various other legal proceedings. Management has discussed with legal counsel the nature of these other legal proceedings, as well as the pending actions described above. Based on the information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and the recorded liability for probable legal settlements and costs, People’s United Financial believes that the eventual outcome of these matters will not (individually or in the aggregate) have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Lease Commitments

At December 31, 2012, People’s United Financial was obligated under various noncancelable operating leases for office space, which expire on various dates through 2054. Certain leases contain renewal options and provide for increased rentals based principally on the consumer price index and fair market rental value provisions. The future minimum rental commitments under operating leases in excess of one year at December 31, 2012 were: $55.2 million in 2013; $52.7 million in 2014; $51.0 million in 2015; $48.0 million in 2016; $42.9 million in 2017; and an aggregate of $215.8 million in 2018 through 2054. Rent expense under operating leases included in occupancy and equipment in the Consolidated Statements of Income totaled $49.5 million, $43.5 million and $31.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 21 – Financial Instruments

 

In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial is a party to both on-balance-sheet and off-balance-sheet financial instruments involving, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in addition to the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The contractual amounts of off-balance-sheet instruments reflect the extent of People’s United Financial’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

A summary of the contractual or notional amounts of People’s United Financial’s lending-related and derivative financial instruments follows:

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Lending-Related Financial Instruments: (1)

     

Loan origination commitments and unadvanced lines of credit:

     

Commercial

   $ 2,861.5       $ 2,420.7   

Consumer

     2,114.0         2,068.2   

Commercial real estate

     685.0         448.5   

Residential mortgage

     318.3         260.0   

Letters of credit:

     

Stand-by

     155.3         182.9   

Commercial

     2.8         1.2   

Derivative Financial Instruments: (2)

     

Interest rate swaps:

     

For market risk management

     125.0         129.1   

For commercial customers:

     

Customer

     1,274.6         878.2   

Counterparty

     1,274.6         878.2   

Foreign exchange contracts

     6.3         8.1   

Risk participation agreements

     5.3         10.0   

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

     185.8         118.4   

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

     216.4         148.1   

 

(1) The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent People’s United Financial’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss, assuming (i) the instruments are fully funded at a later date; (ii) the borrower does not meet contractual repayment obligations; and (iii) any collateral or other security proves to be worthless.
(2) The contractual or notional amounts of these financial instruments are substantially greater than People’s United Financial’s maximum potential exposure to credit loss.

Lending-Related Financial Instruments

The contractual amounts of People’s United Financial’s lending-related financial instruments do not necessarily represent future cash requirements since certain of these instruments may expire without being funded and others may not be fully drawn upon. These instruments are subject to People’s United Financial’s credit approval process, including an evaluation of the customer’s creditworthiness and related collateral requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee by the customer. The geographic distribution of People’s United Financial’s lending-related financial instruments is similar to the distribution of its loan portfolio, as described in Note 5.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

People’s United Financial issues both stand-by and commercial letters of credit. Stand-by letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by People’s United Financial to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The letter of credit is generally extended for an average term of one year and is secured in a manner similar to existing extensions of credit. For each letter of credit issued, if the customer fails to perform under the terms of the agreement, People’s United Financial would have to fulfill the terms of the letter of credit. The credit risk involved in issuing stand-by letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers.

A commercial letter of credit is normally a short-term instrument issued by a financial institution on behalf of its customer. The letter of credit authorizes a beneficiary to draw drafts on the financial institution or one of its correspondent banks, provided the terms and conditions of the letter of credit have been met. In issuing a commercial letter of credit, the financial institution has substituted its credit standing for that of its customer. After drafts are paid by the financial institution, the customer is charged or an obligation is created under an existing reimbursement agreement. An advance under a reimbursement agreement is recorded as a loan by the financial institution and is subject to terms and conditions similar to other commercial obligations.

The fair value of People’s United Financial’s obligations relating to its unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $3.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively, and has been included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.

Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

People’s United Financial uses derivative financial instruments as components of its market risk management (principally to manage interest rate risk). Certain other derivatives are entered into in connection with transactions with commercial customers. Derivatives are not used for speculative purposes.

By using derivatives, People’s United Financial is exposed to credit risk to the extent that counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as required. Should a counterparty fail to perform under the terms of a derivative contract, the Company’s counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. In accordance with the Company’s offsetting policy noted earlier (see Note 1), amounts reported as derivative assets represent derivative contracts in a gain position, net of derivative contracts in a loss position with the same counterparty (to the extent subject to master netting arrangements) and posted collateral. People’s United Financial seeks to minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, execution of master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. Counterparties to People’s United Financial’s derivatives include major financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings from the major rating agencies. As such, management believes the risk of incurring credit losses on derivative contracts with those counterparties is remote and losses, if any, would be immaterial.

Certain of People’s United Financial’s derivative contracts contain provisions establishing collateral requirements (subject to minimum collateral posting thresholds) based on the Company’s external credit rating. If the Company’s senior unsecured debt rating were to fall below the level generally recognized as investment grade, the counterparties to such derivative contracts could require additional collateral on those derivative transactions in a net liability position (after considering the effect of master netting arrangements and posted collateral). The aggregate fair value of derivative instruments with such credit-related contingent features that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2012 was $7.3 million, for which People’s United Financial had posted collateral of $6.3 million in the normal course of business. If the Company’s senior unsecured debt rating had fallen below investment grade as of that date, $1.0 million in additional collateral would have been required.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following sections further discuss each class of derivative financial instrument used by People’s United Financial, including management’s principal objectives and risk management strategies.

Interest Rate Swaps

People’s United Financial may, from time to time, enter into pay fixed/receive floating interest rate swaps that are used to manage interest rate risk associated with certain interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

Interest rate swaps associated with interest-earning assets, which matured in March 2012, were used to match more closely the repricing of certain commercial real estate loans and the funding associated with these loans. Specifically, People’s United Financial agreed with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate and floating-rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed notional amount. As a result, the interest rate swaps effectively converted the fixed rate assets to a variable interest rate and consequently reduced People’s United Financial’s exposure to increases in interest rates. These interest rate swaps were accounted for as fair value hedges.

People’s United Financial has entered into an interest rate swap to hedge the LIBOR-based floating rate payments on the Company’s $125 million subordinated notes (such payments began in February 2012). The subordinated notes had a fixed interest rate of 5.80% until February 2012, at which time the interest rate converted to the three-month LIBOR plus 68.5 basis points. People’s United Financial has agreed with the swap counterparty to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed-rate (1.99%) and floating-rate interest amounts calculated based on a notional amount of $125 million. The floating rate interest amounts received under the interest rate swap are calculated using the same floating rate paid on the subordinated notes. The interest rate swap effectively converts the variable rate subordinated notes to a fixed interest rate and consequently reduces People’s United Financial’s exposure to increases in interest rates. This interest rate swap is accounted for as a cash flow hedge.

Interest Rate Locks

In connection with its planned issuance of senior notes in the fourth quarter of 2012, People’s United Financial entered into U.S. Treasury forward interest rate locks (“T-Locks”) to hedge the risk that the 10-year U.S. Treasury yield component of the underlying coupon of the fixed rate senior notes would rise prior to establishing the fixed interest rate on the senior notes. Upon pricing the senior notes, the T-Locks were terminated and the unrealized gain of $0.9 million was included (on a net-of-tax basis) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. The gain will be recognized as a reduction of interest expense over the ten-year period during which the hedged item ($500 million senior note issuance) affects earnings.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Interest Rate Floors

An interest rate floor is a type of option contract that is exercised when the underlying interest rate falls below a specified strike rate. Previously, People’s United Financial purchased interest rate floors for the purpose of partially managing its exposure to decreases in the one-month LIBOR-index rate used to reprice certain long-term commercial loans. The interest rate floors were accounted for as cash flow hedges.

In the first quarter of 2009, People’s United Financial terminated its remaining $600 million (notional amount) interest rate floor contracts. The decision to do so was based on management’s belief that, in light of the current interest rate environment, the derivative contracts had achieved their stated market risk management objective. Termination of the derivative contracts also served to reduce the Company’s counterparty credit risk. At the time of termination, the interest rate floors had an unrealized gain of $40.1 million. The gain was included (on a net-of-tax basis) as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss and was recognized in income over the period during which the hedged items (certain floating rate commercial loans) affected earnings (approximately 2 years).

Foreign Exchange Contracts

Foreign exchange contracts are commitments to buy or sell foreign currency on a future date at a contractual price. People’s United Financial uses these instruments on a limited basis to eliminate its exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates on certain of its commercial loans that are denominated in foreign currencies. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts substantially offset the translation gains and losses on the related loans. Effective in the first quarter of 2010, People’s United Financial no longer designates foreign exchange contracts as hedging instruments.

Risk Participation Agreements

People’s United Financial has entered into risk participation agreements under which it may either assume or sell credit risk associated with a borrower’s performance under certain interest rate derivative contracts. In those instances in which People’s United Financial has assumed credit risk, it is not a party to the derivative contract and has entered into the risk participation agreement because it is also a party to the related loan agreement with the borrower. In those instances in which People’s United Financial has sold credit risk, it is the sole party to the derivative contract and has entered into the risk participation agreement because it sold a portion of the related loan. People’s United Financial manages its credit risk under risk participation agreements by monitoring the creditworthiness of the borrower, based on its normal credit review process. The notional amounts of the risk participation agreements reflect People’s United Financial’s pro-rata share of the derivative contracts, consistent with its share of the related loans.

Customer Derivatives

People’s United Financial has entered into interest rate swaps with certain of its commercial customers. In order to minimize its risk, these customer derivatives (pay floating/receive fixed swaps) have been offset with essentially matching interest rate swaps with People’s United Financial’s counterparties (pay fixed/receive floating swaps). Hedge accounting has not been applied for these derivatives. Accordingly, changes in the fair value of all such interest rate swaps are recognized in current earnings.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Forward Commitments to Sell Residential Mortgage Loans and Related Interest Rate-Lock Commitments

People’s United Financial enters into forward commitments to sell adjustable-rate and fixed-rate residential mortgage loans (all to be sold servicing released) in order to reduce the market risk associated with originating loans for sale in the secondary market. In order to fulfill a forward commitment, People’s United Financial delivers originated loans at prices or yields specified by the contract. The risks associated with such contracts arise from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the contract terms or People’s United Financial’s inability to originate the necessary loans. Gains and losses realized on the forward contracts are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a component of the net gains on sales of residential mortgage loans. In the normal course of business, People’s United Financial will commit to an interest rate on a mortgage loan application at a time after the application is approved by People’s United Financial. The risks associated with these interest rate-lock commitments arise if market interest rates change prior to the closing of these loans. Both forward sales commitments and interest rate-lock commitments made to borrowers on held-for-sale loans are accounted for as derivatives, with changes in fair value recognized in current earnings.

The table below provides a summary of the notional amounts and fair values (presented on a gross basis) of derivatives outstanding:

 

                 Fair Values (1)  
    

Type of

Hedge

   Notional Amounts      Assets      Liabilities  

As of December 31 (in millions)

      2012      2011      2012      2011      2012      2011  

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging
Instruments:

   

           

Interest rate swaps:

                    

Commercial customers

   N/A    $ 1,274.6       $ 878.2       $ 73.8       $ 61.3       $ 0.6       $  —     

Other counterparties

   N/A      1,274.6         878.2         1.2         —           66.2         57.1   

Foreign exchange contracts

   N/A      6.3         8.1         —           0.3         0.1         —     

Risk participation agreements

   N/A      5.3         10.0         —           —           —           —     

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

   N/A      185.8         118.4         3.1         1.0         —           —     

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

   N/A      216.4         148.1         —           —           3.5         1.4   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

              78.1         62.6         70.4         58.5   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments:

                    

Interest rate swaps:

                    

Loans

   Fair value      —           4.1         —           —           —           —     

Subordinated notes

   Cash flow      125.0         125.0         —           —           3.4         0.4   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

              —           —           3.4         0.4   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

            $ 78.1       $ 62.6       $ 73.8       $ 58.9   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Assets are recorded in other assets and liabilities are recorded in other liabilities.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the impact of People’s United Financial’s derivatives on pre-tax income and accumulated other comprehensive loss (“AOCL”):

 

          Amount of Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)     Amount of Pre-Tax Gain (Loss)  
    

Type of

Hedge

   Recognized in Earnings (1)     Recognized in AOCL  

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

          2012             2011             2010             2012             2011             2010      

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:

               

Interest rate swaps:

               

Commercial customers

   N/A    $ 36.1      $ 64.6      $ 23.9      $  —        $  —        $ —     

Other counterparties

   N/A      (32.8     (62.6     (22.3     —          —          —     

Foreign exchange contracts

   N/A      (0.3     0.4        —          —          —          —     

Risk participation agreements (2)

   N/A      —          —          —          —          —          —     

Forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans

   N/A      2.1        0.4        —          —          —          —     

Interest rate-lock commitments on residential mortgage loans

   N/A      (2.1     (0.9     —          —          —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        3.0        1.9        1.6        —          —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments:

               

Interest rate swaps

   Cash flow      (1.0     —          —          (3.0     (0.4     —     

Interest rate floors (3)

   Cash flow      —          0.7        21.0        —          —          —     

Interest rate locks (2)

   Cash flow      —          —          —          0.9        —          —     

Interest rate swaps

   Fair value      —          (0.2     (0.3     —          —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        (1.0     0.5        20.7        (2.1     (0.4     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

      $ 2.0      $ 2.4      $ 22.3      $  (2.1   $  (0.4   $ —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Amounts recognized in earnings are recorded in interest income or interest expense for derivatives designated as hedging instruments and in other non-interest income for derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.
(2) Pre-tax gain (loss) recognized in earnings less than $0.1 million.
(3) Reflects income relating to interest rate floors terminated during 2009.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 22 – Segment Information

 

Public companies are required to report (i) certain financial and descriptive information about “reportable operating segments,” as defined, and (ii) certain enterprise-wide financial information about products and services, geographic areas and major customers. Operating segment information is reported using a “management approach” that is based on the way management organizes the segments for purposes of making operating decisions and assessing performance.

People’s United Financial’s operations are divided into three primary operating segments that represent its core businesses: Commercial Banking; Retail and Business Banking; and Wealth Management. In addition, the Treasury area manages People’s United Financial’s securities portfolio, short-term investments, wholesale borrowings and the funding center, which includes the impact of derivative financial instruments used for risk management purposes.

The Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into two reportable segments: Commercial Banking; and Retail and Business Banking. These reportable segments have been identified and organized based on the nature of the underlying products and services applicable to each segment, the type of customers to whom those products and services are offered and the distribution channel through which those products and services are made available. With respect to Wealth Management, this presentation results in the Company’s insurance business and certain trust activities being allocated to the Commercial Banking segment, while the Company’s brokerage business and certain other trust activities are allocated to the Retail and Business Banking segment. Segment results for 2011 and 2010, which previously included Wealth Management as a separate reportable segment, have been revised to reflect the aforementioned two reportable segment approach.

Commercial Banking consists principally of commercial real estate lending, commercial and industrial lending, and commercial deposit gathering activities. This segment also includes the equipment financing operations of People’s Capital and Leasing Corp. and People’s United Equipment Finance Corp., as well as cash management, correspondent banking and municipal banking. In addition, Commercial Banking consists of institutional trust services, corporate trust, insurance services provided through People’s United Insurance Agency, Inc. and private banking.

Retail and Business Banking includes, as its principal business lines, business lending, consumer and business deposit gathering activities, consumer lending (including residential mortgage and home equity lending), and merchant services. In addition, Retail and Business Banking consists of brokerage, financial advisory services, investment management services and life insurance provided by People’s Securities, Inc. and non-institutional trust services.

People’s United Financial’s segment disclosure is based on an internal profitability reporting system, which generates information by operating segment based on a series of management estimates and allocations regarding funds transfer pricing (“FTP”), the provision for loan losses, non-interest expense and income taxes. These estimates and allocations, some of which can be subjective in nature, are continually being reviewed and refined. Any changes in estimates and allocations that may affect the reported results of any segment will not affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of People’s United Financial as a whole.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

FTP is used in the calculation of each operating segment’s net interest income, and measures the value of funds used in and provided by an operating segment. Under this process, the funding center buys funds from liability-generating business lines, such as consumer deposits, and sells funds to asset-generating business lines, such as commercial lending. The price at which funds are bought and sold on any given day is set by People’s United Financial’s Treasury group and is based on the wholesale cost to People’s United Financial of assets and liabilities with similar maturities. Liability-generating businesses sell newly originated liabilities to the funding center and recognize a funding credit, while asset-generating businesses buy funding for newly originated assets from the funding center and recognize a funding charge. Once funding for an asset is purchased from or a liability is sold to the funding center, the price that is set by the Treasury group will remain with that asset or liability until it matures or reprices, which effectively transfers responsibility for managing interest rate risk to the Treasury group. This process results in a difference between total net interest income for the operating segments and the amounts reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income; this difference is reflected in the funding center as part of Treasury.

Beginning in the third quarter of 2011, the Company modified its FTP methodology relating to certain deposit products, which resulted in the allocation of a larger credit to net interest income within Commercial Banking and Retail and Business Banking, with the offset allocated to Treasury. Prior period segment results continue to reflect the previous FTP methodology.

A five-year rolling average net charge-off rate is used as the basis for the provision for loan losses for the respective operating segment in order to present a level of portfolio credit cost that is representative of the Company’s historical experience, without presenting the potential volatility from year-to-year changes in credit conditions. While this method of allocation allows management to more effectively assess the longer-term profitability of a segment, it may result in a measure of segment provision for loan losses that does not reflect actual incurred losses for the periods presented.

People’s United Financial allocates a majority of non-interest expenses to each operating segment using a full-absorption costing process (i.e. all expenses are fully-allocated to the segments). Direct and indirect costs are analyzed and pooled by process and assigned to the appropriate operating segment and corporate overhead costs are allocated to the operating segments. Income tax expense is allocated to each operating segment using a constant rate, based on an estimate of the consolidated effective income tax rate for the year. Total average assets are presented for each reportable segment due to management’s reliance, in part, on such average balances for purposes of assessing segment performance.

The “Other” category includes the residual financial impact from the allocation of revenues and expenses (including the provision for loan losses) and certain revenues and expenses not attributable to a particular segment; reversal of the FTE adjustment since net interest income for each segment is presented on an FTE basis; and the FTP impact from excess capital. The “Other” category also includes certain non-recurring items, such as: merger-related expenses, core system conversion costs and one-time charges totaling $12.7 million, $56.8 million and $58.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively (included in total non-interest expense). Included in “Other” are assets such as cash, premises and equipment, and other assets.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following tables provide selected financial information for People’s United Financial’s reportable segments:

 

                                                                                               

Year ended December 31, 2012 (in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
     Retail and
Business
Banking
     Total
Reportable
Segments
     Treasury     Other     Total
Consolidated
 

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 469.7       $ 507.6       $ 977.3       $ (71.7   $ 23.1      $ 928.7   

Provision for loan losses

     43.1         14.0         57.1         —          (7.9     49.2   

Total non-interest income

     120.7         179.4         300.1         10.6        3.1        313.8   

Total non-interest expense

     236.9         551.6         788.5         (6.9     49.0        830.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     310.4         121.4         431.8         (54.2     (14.9     362.7   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     100.4         39.4         139.8         (17.5     (4.9     117.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 210.0       $ 82.0       $ 292.0       $ (36.7   $ (10.0   $ 245.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 15,069.1       $ 8,297.1       $ 23,366.2       $ 4,127.3      $ 619.4      $ 28,112.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

                                                                                               

Year ended December 31, 2011 (in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
     Retail and
Business
Banking
     Total
Reportable
Segments
     Treasury     Other     Total
Consolidated
 

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 442.4       $ 469.7       $ 912.1       $ (21.1   $ 22.4      $ 913.4   

Provision for loan losses

     38.3         10.9         49.2         —          14.5        63.7   

Total non-interest income

     113.2         184.4         297.6         14.0        (4.0     307.6   

Total non-interest expense

     245.5         558.1         803.6         (1.3     69.6        871.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     271.8         85.1         356.9         (5.8     (65.7     285.4   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     89.7         27.8         117.5         (1.6     (22.9     93.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 182.1       $ 57.3       $ 239.4       $ (4.2   $ (42.8   $ 192.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 13,713.4       $ 7,245.3       $ 20,958.7       $ 3,870.3      $ 1,199.2      $ 26,028.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

                                                                                               

Year ended December 31, 2010 (in millions)

   Commercial
Banking
     Retail and
Business
Banking
     Total
Reportable
Segments
     Treasury     Other     Total
Consolidated
 

Net interest income (loss)

   $ 301.4       $ 384.3       $ 685.7       $ (53.4   $ 61.7      $ 694.0   

Provision for loan losses

     26.3         7.0         33.3         —          26.7        60.0   

Total non-interest income

     91.1         175.0         266.1         15.4        (11.5     270.0   

Total non-interest expense

     229.4         474.8         704.2         11.3        66.5        782.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

     136.8         77.5         214.3         (49.3     (43.0     122.0   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     44.5         25.3         69.8         (16.0     (14.3     39.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 92.3       $ 52.2       $ 144.5       $ (33.3   $ (28.7   $ 82.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total average assets

   $ 11,134.8       $ 5,954.0       $ 17,088.8       $ 3,924.7      $ 1,002.7      $ 22,016.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-88


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 23 – Parent Company Financial Information

 

The condensed financial information of People’s United Financial (parent company only) is presented below:

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

 

As of December 31 (in millions)

   2012      2011  

Assets:

     

Cash at bank subsidiary

   $ 4.1       $ 5.2   

Short-term investments

     3.3         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     7.4         5.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     3.1         52.5   

Loan to bank subsidiary

     838.0         430.0   

Investments in subsidiaries:

     

Bank subsidiary

     4,626.4         4,675.2   

Non-bank subsidiaries

     2.3         2.4   

Goodwill

     197.1         197.1   

Other assets

     19.3         27.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,693.6       $ 5,389.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:

     

Notes and debentures (1)

   $ 638.7       $ 138.4   

Other liabilities

     16.1         36.1   

Stockholders’ equity

     5,038.8         5,215.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 5,693.6       $ 5,389.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2012, People’s United Financial issued $500 million of senior notes (see Note 11).

 

F-89


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Revenues:

      

Interest income:

      

Loan to bank subsidiary

   $ 0.9      $ 1.0      $ 1.8   

Securities

     0.4        6.5        7.2   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     —          0.1        0.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     1.3        7.6        9.9   

Dividend from bank subsidiary

     315.0        160.0        —     

Security gain (1)

     —          6.1        —     

Other non-interest income

     0.2        0.3        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues

     316.5        174.0        10.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenses:

      

Interest on notes and debentures

     7.2        10.8        8.7   

Non-interest expense

     10.7        8.9        20.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     17.9        19.7        29.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax benefit and subsidiary
(distributions in excess of income) undistributed income

     298.6        154.3        (19.4

Income tax benefit

     (5.0     (4.1     (6.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before subsidiary (distributions in excess of income) undistributed income

     303.6        158.4        (12.6

Subsidiary (distributions in excess of income) undistributed income

     (58.3     34.0        95.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 245.3      $ 192.4      $ 82.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In 2011, People’s United Financial transferred a corporate debt security to People’s United Bank. Such transfer was recorded at fair value and resulted in People’s United Financial recording a $6.1 million security gain, which has been eliminated in consolidation.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net income

   $ 245.3      $ 192.4      $ 82.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

      

Net unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale

     0.6        (0.6     0.1   

Net unrealized gains and losses on derivatives accounted for
as cash flow hedges

     (1.3     (0.2     —     

Other comprehensive income (loss) of bank subsidiary

     (0.4     4.0        (24.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     (1.1     3.2        (24.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 244.2      $ 195.6      $ 58.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-90


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net income

   $ 245.3      $ 192.4      $ 82.5   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:

      

Subsidiary distributions in excess of income (undistributed income)

     58.3        (34.0     (95.1

Security gain

     —          (6.1     —     

Net change in other assets and other liabilities

     2.2        21.5        39.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     305.8        173.8        26.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Net decrease (increase) in securities purchased under
agreements to resell

     —          520.0        (120.0

Proceeds from principal repayments of securities available for sale

     50.0        608.9        703.0   

Proceeds from the transfer of security held to maturity

     —          61.1        —     

Purchases of securities available for sale

     —          (225.3     (1,135.9

(Increase) decrease in loan to bank subsidiary

     (408.0     (430.0     1,374.0   

Net cash paid in acquisitions

     —          (214.5     (418.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (358.0     320.2        402.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Net proceeds from issuance of senior notes

     494.3        —          —     

Repayments of notes and debentures

     —          (37.7     —     

Cash dividends paid on common stock

     (217.9     (220.9     (218.1

Common stock repurchases

     (222.3     (249.8     (198.2

Proceeds from stock options exercised, including
excess income tax benefits

     0.3        1.4        0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     54.4        (507.0     (415.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     2.2        (13.0     14.0   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     5.2        18.2        4.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 7.4      $ 5.2      $ 18.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-91


Table of Contents

People’s United Financial, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

NOTE 24 – Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

The following table presents People’s United Financial’s quarterly financial data for 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011 (1)  

(in millions, except per share data)

   First (1)     Second (1)     Third     Fourth     First     Second     Third     Fourth  

Interest and dividend income

   $ 260.2      $ 262.4      $ 260.3      $ 252.0      $ 250.1      $ 250.1      $ 271.7      $ 270.0   

Interest expense

     27.0        26.8        25.5        26.9        32.5        31.6        34.0        30.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     233.2        235.6        234.8        225.1        217.6        218.5        237.7        239.6   

Provision for loan losses

     11.5        10.6        15.1        12.0        14.6        14.0        14.4        20.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     221.7        225.0        219.7        213.1        203.0        204.5        223.3        218.9   

Non-interest income

     72.4        75.7        81.4        84.3        74.6        76.6        84.7        71.7   

Non-interest expense

     208.6        205.7        208.9        207.4        202.8        207.0        231.9        230.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

     85.5        95.0        92.2        90.0        74.8        74.1        76.1        60.4   

Income tax expense

     28.2        30.4        30.0        28.8        24.8        24.6        24.6        19.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 57.3      $ 64.6      $ 62.2      $ 61.2      $ 50.0      $ 49.5      $ 51.5      $ 41.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic EPS

   $ 0.17      $ 0.19      $ 0.18      $ 0.18      $ 0.15      $ 0.14      $ 0.14      $ 0.12   

Diluted EPS

     0.17        0.19        0.18        0.18        0.15        0.14        0.14        0.12   

Average common shares outstanding:

                

Basic

     344.90        340.62        336.43        331.34        345.91        343.78        358.22        346.62   

Diluted

     344.97        340.67        336.48        331.39        346.01        343.88        358.28        346.68   

Common stock price:

                

High

   $ 13.79      $ 13.50      $ 12.55      $ 12.50      $ 14.49      $ 13.81      $ 13.96      $ 13.07   

Low

     12.20        11.25        11.20        11.36        12.17        12.55        10.50        10.91   

Dividends paid

     54.9        55.1        54.3        53.6        54.2        54.5        57.4        54.8   

Dividends per share

     0.1575        0.1600        0.1600        0.1600        0.1550        0.1575        0.1575        0.1575   

Dividend payout ratio

     95.9     85.4     87.3     87.4     108.4     110.1     111.5     132.6

 

(1) See Note 1 for a discussion of an immaterial revision to previously-reported operating results for these periods. Revised amounts are presented in the table.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Designation

 

Description

    3.2   Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of People’s United Financial, Inc.
    4.5   Senior Indenture dated as of December 6, 2012 between People’s United Financial, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon as Trustee
    4.6   Form of Global Note, registered in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee (December 6, 2012)
  10.7*   Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10.8*   Form of Grant Agreement for Restricted Stock under 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan
  10.12*   People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan (amended and restated as of November 30, 2012)
  12.1    Consolidated Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
  12.2   

Consolidated Combined Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements

  21    Subsidiaries
  23    Consent of KPMG LLP
  31.1    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
  31.2    Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications
  32    Section 1350 Certifications
  99.1    Impact of Inflation
101.1      The following financial information from People’s United Financial, Inc.‘s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2012 and 2011; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

* Each exhibit identified by an asterisk constitutes a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

Exhibit 3.2

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. REGISTERED OFFICE. The registered office of PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent.

SECTION 2. PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS. The principal place of business of the Corporation shall be located in Bridgeport, Connecticut.

SECTION 3. ADDITIONAL OFFICES. The Corporation may also have offices and places of business at such other places as the Board of Directors (the “Board”) may from time to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

SECTION 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place as may be fixed by the Board and designated in the notice of meeting. If no place is so fixed, such meetings shall be held at the principal place of business of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. ANNUAL MEETINGS. The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation for the election of directors and the transaction of any other business which may properly come before such meeting shall be held each year on a date and at a time to be designated by the Board.

SECTION 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called at any time only by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or by resolution of at least three-fourths of the directors then in office. Special meetings shall be held on the date and at the time and place as may be designated by the Board. At a special meeting, no business shall be transacted and no corporate action shall be taken other than that stated in the notice of meeting.


SECTION 4. NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Except as otherwise required by law, written notice stating the place, date and hour of any meeting of shareholders and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, either personally or by mail, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the U.S. mail, with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the stock transfer books or records of the Corporation as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II, or at such other address as the shareholder shall have furnished in writing to the Secretary. Notice of any special meeting shall indicate that the notice is being issued by or at the direction of the person or persons calling such meeting. When any meeting of shareholders, either annual or special, is adjourned to another time or place, no notice of the adjourned meeting need be given, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken giving the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or, if after adjournment, the Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

SECTION 5. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Notice of any annual or special meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice of any meeting, in person or by proxy or by his or her duly authorized attorney-in-fact, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of any shareholder at a meeting, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice by such shareholder, except where a shareholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

SECTION 6. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or the allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board shall fix a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, which date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. Such date in any case shall be not more than sixty (60) days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring such determination of shareholders is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this Section 6, such determination shall, unless otherwise provided by the Board, also apply to any adjournment thereof. If no record date is fixed, (a) the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and (b) the record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Effective 12-20-2012    2   


SECTION 7. QUORUM. The holders of record of a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of shareholders, except as otherwise provided by law, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation. If less than a majority of such total number of votes is represented at a meeting, a majority of the number of votes so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, PROVIDED, that if such adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting of shareholders, such quorum is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any shareholders.

SECTION 8. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. The Chairman shall serve as chairman at all meetings of the shareholders or, if the Chairman is absent or otherwise unable to so serve, the President shall serve as chairman. If the President is absent or otherwise unable to so serve, such other person as shall be appointed by a majority of the entire Board shall serve as chairman at any meeting of shareholders. The Secretary or, in his or her absence, such other person as the chairman of the meeting shall appoint, shall serve as secretary of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting shall conduct all meetings of the shareholders in accordance with the best interests of the Corporation and shall have the authority and discretion to establish reasonable procedural rules for the conduct of such meetings, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as he or she shall deem appropriate. The chairman of the meeting shall also have the authority to adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place as he or she may deem necessary and in the best interests of the Corporation.

SECTION 9. VOTING; VOTING OF SHARES IN THE NAME OF TWO OR MORE PERSONS. Except for the election of directors or as otherwise provided by applicable law or regulation, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at all meetings of shareholders, all matters shall be determined by a vote of the holders of a majority of the number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation present and entitled to vote thereat.

A nominee for director shall be elected to the Board if the votes cast for such nominee’s election exceed the votes cast against such nominee’s election; provided, however, that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at any meeting of shareholders for which (i) the Secretary of the Corporation receives a notice that a shareholder has nominated a person for election to the Board in compliance with the advance notice provisions for shareholder nominees for director set forth in Article III, Section 5.06 of the Certificate of Incorporation and Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws and (ii) such nomination has not been withdrawn by such shareholder on or before the record date for such meeting. If directors are to be elected by a plurality of the votes cast, shareholders shall not be permitted to vote against a nominee.

 

Effective 12-20-2012    3   


If ownership of a share of voting stock of the Corporation stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of written directions to the Corporation to the contrary, any one or more of such shareholders may cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. If an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand, the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such stock and present, in person or by proxy, at such meeting. If such conflicting votes are evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or any person voting the shares, or a beneficiary, if any, may apply to the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court as may have jurisdiction to appoint an additional person to act with the persons so voting the shares, which shall then be voted as determined by a majority of such persons and the person appointed by the Court.

SECTION 10. PROXIES. Each shareholder entitled to vote at any meeting may vote either in person or by proxy. Unless otherwise specified in the Certificate of Incorporation or in a resolution, or resolutions, of the Board providing for the issuance of preferred stock, each shareholder entitled to vote shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock registered in his or her name on the transfer books or records of the Corporation. Each shareholder entitled to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy. All proxies shall by written instrument, signed by the shareholder or by his or her attorney-in-fact, or by electronic transmission as permitted by law; PROVIDED, that such electronic transmission either sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that such electronic transmission was authorized by such shareholder. All proxies shall be filed with the Secretary before being voted. No proxy shall be valid after three (3) years from the date of its execution unless otherwise provided in the proxy. The attendance at any meeting by a shareholder who shall have previously given a proxy applicable thereto shall not, as such, have the effect of revoking the proxy. The Corporation may treat any duly executed proxy as not revoked and in full force and effect until it receives a duly executed instrument revoking it, or a duly executed proxy bearing a later date.

SECTION 11. INSPECTORS OF ELECTION. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the Board shall, to the extent required by applicable law, appoint one or more persons, other than officers, directors or nominees for office, as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. Such appointment shall not be altered at the meeting. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the chairman of the meeting shall make such appointment at the meeting. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act at the meeting, the vacancy so created may be filled by appointment by the Board in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the Chairman of the meeting. The duties of the inspectors of election shall include determining the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, receiving votes, ballots or consents, hearing and deciding all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, counting and tabulating all votes, ballots or consents, determining the results and doing such acts as are proper to the conduct of the

 

Effective 12-20-2012    4   


election or the vote with fairness to all shareholders. Any report or certificate made by them shall be PRIMA FACIE evidence of the facts stated and of the vote as certified by them. Each inspector shall be entitled to a reasonable compensation for his or her services, to be paid by the Corporation.

SECTION 12. PROCEDURE FOR NOMINATIONS. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 5.06 of the Certificate of Incorporation (and, in the case of a nomination submitted by a shareholder, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12) shall be eligible for election as Directors. Subject to the provisions thereof, the Compensation and Nominating Committee shall select, and recommend to the Board for its approval, nominees for election as directors. Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death, incapacity, withdrawal or other inability to serve of a nominee, the Compensation and Nominating Committee shall, upon the approval of the Board, deliver written nominations to the Secretary at least one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. No nominations for directors except those made by the Compensation and Nominating Committee and approved by the Board shall be voted upon at the annual meeting of shareholders, unless other nominations by shareholders are made in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.06 of the Certificate of Incorporation.

The written notice of a shareholder’s intent to make a nomination pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.06 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall include, in addition to the information required by such section, a statement whether the person to be nominated, if elected, intends to tender, promptly following such person’s election or re-election, an irrevocable resignation effective upon such person’s failure to receive the required vote for re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face re-election and upon acceptance of such resignation by the Board, in accordance with the Corporation’s Board Policy on Director Elections.

SECTION 13. SUBSTITUTION OF NOMINEES. In the event that a person -validly designated as a nominee in accordance with Section 5.06 of the Certificate of Incorporation shall thereafter become unwilling or unable to stand for election to the Board, the Board , upon recommendation by the Compensation and Nominating Committee, may designate a substitute nominee upon delivery, not fewer than five (5) days prior to the date of the meeting for the election of such nominee, of a written notice to the Secretary. Such notice shall include a signed consent to serve as a director of the Corporation, if elected, of each such substituted nominee.

SECTION 14. NEW BUSINESS. Any new business to be taken up at the annual meeting at the request of the Chief Executive Officer or by resolution of at least three-fourths of the directors then in office shall be stated in writing and filed with the Secretary at least fifteen (15) days before the date of the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting, but, except as provided in this Section 14, no other proposal shall be acted upon at the annual meeting. Any proposal offered by any shareholder may be made at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and considered, but unless properly brought before the meeting

 

Effective 12-20-2012    5   


such proposal shall not be acted upon at the meeting. For a proposal to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must be a shareholder of record and have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or received by the Secretary not later than the following dates: (i) with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, ninety (90) days in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting if current year’s meeting is to be held within 30 days prior to, on the anniversary date of, or after the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting; and (ii) with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders held at a time other than within the time periods set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i), the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to shareholders. For purposes of this Section 14, notice shall be deemed to first be given to shareholders when disclosure of such date of the meeting of shareholders is first made in a press release reported to Dow Jones News Services, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. A shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to the matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description of the proposal desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (b) the name and address of the shareholder proposing such business; (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned of record by the shareholder and the dates upon which he or she acquired such shares; (d) the identification of any person employed, retained, or to be compensated by the shareholder submitting the proposal, or any person acting on his or her behalf, to make solicitations or recommendations to shareholders for the purpose of assisting in the passage of such proposal, and a brief description of the terms of such employment, retainer or arrangement for compensation; (e) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such new business; (f) a representation whether the shareholder intends or is part of a group which intends to (1) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal and/or (2) otherwise solicit proxies from shareholders in support of such proposal; and (g) all such other information regarding such proposal as would be required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or required to be delivered to the Corporation pursuant to the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (whether or not the Corporation is then subject to such rules). This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at an annual meeting of reports of officers, directors and committees of the Board or the management of the Corporation, but in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided. This provision shall not constitute a waiver of any right of the Corporation under the proxy rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other rule or regulation to omit a shareholder’s proposal from the Corporation’s proxy materials. The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that any new business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions hereof, and, if the chairman should so determine, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that such new business was not properly brought before the meeting and shall not be considered.

 

Effective 12-20-2012    6   


ARTICLE III

SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

SECTION 1. CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. Shares of the Corporation may but need not be represented by certificates. Upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue such certificates in such form as shall be required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “GCL”) and as determined by the Board to every shareholder for the fully paid shares owned by such shareholder. Each certificate shall state the registered holder’s name and the number and class of shares and shall be signed by the Chairman or the President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, and may, but need not, bear the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. Any or all of the signatures on the certificates may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who shall have signed any such certificate shall cease to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. BOOK ENTRY SHARES. The Corporation may by resolution provide for the issuance of shares of its capital stock in book-entry (uncertificated) form. In such event, all references in these Bylaws to the delivery of stock certificates shall be inapplicable. The Corporation’s Transfer Agent shall keep appropriate records indicating the number of shares of capital stock owned by each person to whom shares are issued, any restrictions applicable to such shares of capital stock and the duration thereof, and other relevant information. Upon expiration of any applicable restrictions for any reason, the Transfer Agent shall effect delivery of such shares of capital stock by adjusting its records to reflect the expiration of such restrictions, and by notifying the person in whose name such shares were issued that such restrictions have lapsed.

SECTION 3. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR. The Board shall have the power to appoint one or more Transfer Agents and Registrars for the transfer and registration of certificates of stock of any class and may require that stock certificates be countersigned and registered by one or more of such Transfer Agents and Registrars.

SECTION 4. REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF SHARES. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the name of each person owning a share of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be entered on the books of the Corporation together with the number of shares held by him or her, and for shares held in certificated form, the numbers of the certificates covering such shares and the dates of issue of such certificates. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable on the books

 

Effective 12-20-2012    7   


of the Corporation by the holders thereof in person, or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, on surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares, accompanied by an assignment or power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, with such guarantee or proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require and with proper evidence of payment of any applicable transfer taxes. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, a record shall be made of each transfer.

SECTION 5. LOST, DESTROYED AND MUTILATED CERTIFICATES. The holder of any shares of stock of the Corporation held in certificated form shall immediately notify the Corporation of any loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the certificates therefor. The Corporation may issue, or cause to be issued, a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon evidence satisfactory to the Corporation of the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate and, in the case of mutilation, the surrender of the mutilated certificate. The Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representatives, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any such certificate and the issuance of such new certificate, or may refer such owner to such remedy or remedies as he or she may have under the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECTION 6. HOLDER OF RECORD. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder thereof in fact and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by law.

ARTICLE IV

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. RESPONSIBILITIES; NUMBER OF DIRECTORS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be under the direction of the Board. The Board shall consist of not less than five (5) nor more than fifteen (15) directors (other than directors elected by the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock). Within the foregoing limits, the number of directors shall be determined only by resolution of the Board.

SECTION 2. QUALIFICATIONS. Each director shall be at least eighteen (18) years of age. No director shall serve on the board of directors of an Insured Depository Institution, bank holding company, financial holding company or thrift holding company, other than the Corporation, its affiliated entities or the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston, while a member of the Board.

SECTION 3. VICE CHAIRMAN. The Board may appoint from among its members a Vice Chairman, who shall perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board. The Vice Chairman shall serve for a one year term or until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

Effective 12-20-2012    8   


SECTION 4. AGE LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS. With the exception of the Chairman of the Board, a director shall retire from service as a director of the Corporation at the expiration of the term of office during which such Director has reached the age of seventy-six. The Chairman of the Board shall retire from service as a director of the Corporation at the expiration of the term of office during which the Chairman of the Board reaches the age of eighty.

SECTION 5. REGULAR AND ANNUAL MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board for the election of officers shall be held, without notice other than these Bylaws, immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of the shareholders, or at such other time or place as the Board may fix by resolution. The Board may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board without notice other than such resolution.

SECTION 6. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board may be called for any purpose at any time by or at the request of the Chairman or the President. Special meetings of the Board shall also be called by the Secretary upon the written request, stating the purpose or purposes of the meeting, of at least sixty percent (60%) of the directors then in office, but in any event not less than five (5) directors. The persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board shall give notice of such meetings in the manner prescribed by these Bylaws and may fix any place, within or without the Corporation’s regular business area, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board called by such persons. No business shall be conducted at a special meeting other than that specified in the notice of meeting.

SECTION 7. NOTICE OF MEETINGS; WAIVER OF NOTICE. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6 of this Article IV, notice of each meeting shall be mailed or otherwise given to each director at least two (2) business days before the day of the meeting to his or her address shown in the records of the Corporation, except in the case of an emergency, in the discretion of the Chairman or the President, shorter oral notice may be given. The purpose of any special meeting shall be stated in the notice. Such notice shall be deemed given when sent or given to any mail or courier service or company providing electronic transmission service. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by submitting a signed waiver of notice with the Secretary, whether before or after the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

SECTION 8. CONDUCT OF MEETINGS. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairman or such other director or officer as the Chairman shall designate. If the Chairman is absent or otherwise unable to preside over the meeting, the presiding officer shall be the President. If the President is absent or otherwise unable to preside over the meeting, the presiding officer shall be such other person as shall be

 

Effective 12-20-2012    9   


appointed by a majority of the Board. The Secretary or, in his absence, a person appointed by the Chairman (or other presiding person), shall act as secretary of the meeting. The Chairman (or other person presiding) shall conduct all meetings of the Board in accordance with the best interests of the Corporation and shall have the authority and discretion to establish reasonable procedural rules for the conduct of Board meetings.

SECTION 9. QUORUM AND VOTING REQUIREMENTS. A quorum at any meeting of the Board shall consist of not less than a majority of the directors then in office or such greater number as shall be required by law, these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation, but not less than one-third (1/3) of the total number of directors fixed by the Board. If less than a required quorum is present, the majority of those directors present shall adjourn the meeting to another time and place without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority vote of the directors present at a meeting, if a quorum is present, shall constitute an act of the Board.

SECTION 10. ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or such committee.

SECTION 11. PARTICIPATION OTHER THAN IN PERSON. Members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a Board or committee meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this subsection shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

SECTION 12. VACANCIES. To the extent not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the limitations prescribed by law and the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, vacancies in the office of director, including vacancies created by newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then holding office, whether or not a quorum, at any regular or special meeting of the Board called for that purpose. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, no person shall be so elected a director unless nominated by the Compensation and Nominating Committee. Subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any director so elected shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified.

SECTION 13. COMPENSATION. The Board may provide for the compensation of directors for their services in such one or more forms as the Board may determine.

 

Effective 12-20-2012    10   


SECTION 14. AMENDMENTS CONCERNING THE BOARD. The number and other restrictions and qualifications for directors of the Corporation as set forth in these Bylaws may be altered only by a vote, in addition to any vote required by law, of two-thirds of the entire Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of record of not less than two thirds (66.67%) of the total votes eligible to be cast by holders of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at a meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES

SECTION 1. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. An Executive Committee of the Board may be appointed by Board resolution. If appointed, the Executive Committee shall, to the extent not inconsistent with law, these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or resolutions adopted by the Board, exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation in the intervals between the meetings of the Board. The Executive Committee shall operate pursuant to a Charter approved by the Committee and the entire Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board may by resolution create or eliminate such other committees, including, but not limited to, an Audit Committee and a Compensation and Nominating Committee, as from time to time it may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Corporation. Each such committee shall exercise such powers as may be assigned by the Board to the extent not inconsistent with law, these Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or resolutions adopted by the Board. Each committee established by the Board pursuant to this Article V, Section 2 shall operate pursuant to a committee charter which shall be annually approved and adopted by the committee and the Board.

ARTICLE VI

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. DESIGNATION OF OFFICERS. The Board shall, at each annual meeting, elect a Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and a Secretary, and may elect such other officers as the Board from time to time may deem necessary or the business of the Corporation may require. The other officers shall consist of the Controller, one or more Executive Vice Presidents, one or more Senior Vice Presidents, one or more First Vice Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and such other officers, assistant officers and agents as may be deemed necessary and appointed by the Board of Directors, the President, or the Chief Executive Officer or as may be chosen in such other manner as may be prescribed or permitted by these Bylaws, as amended from time to time. Any number of offices may be held by the same person except the office of President and Secretary.

 

Effective 12-20-2012    11   


The election of the officers shall be made only by a vote of a majority of the entire Board. If such election is not held at the meeting held annually for the election of officers, such officers may be so elected at any subsequent regular meeting or at a special meeting called for that purpose, in the same manner above provided. Each person elected shall have such authority, bear such title and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may prescribe from time to time. Whenever a vacancy occurs among the officers, it may be filled at any regular or special meeting called for that purpose, in the same manner as above provided. All officers elected or appointed by the Board shall assume their duties immediately upon their election and shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board.

SECTION 2. TERM OF OFFICE AND REMOVAL. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and duly qualified, the office is abolished or he or she is removed. Any officer may be removed at any regular or special meeting of the Board called for that purpose, with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board.

SECTION 3. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Chairman of the Board shall be an independent director and shall perform such duties as the Board may from time to time assign to him or her, including, but not limited to, presiding at all meetings of the shareholders, the Board and the Executive Committee. The Chairman of the Board also shall have such powers and duties as are generally incident to the position of a non-executive Chairman.

SECTION 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Chief Executive Officer shall be so designated by the Board and may also hold the title of Chairman of the Board, and/or President. The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, subject to the direction of the Board, shall be responsible for assuring that the policy decisions of the Board are implemented as formulated. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such powers as may be assigned to such officer by the Board or its committees .

SECTION 5. PRESIDENT. The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall be subject to the direction of the Board. The President shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by these Bylaws, the Board or the Chairman. In the absence of or disability of the Chairman, or if the office of the Chairman is vacant by reason of death, resignation, failure of the Board to elect a Chairman or otherwise, the President or such other person who the Board shall designate, shall exercise the powers and perform the duties which otherwise would fall upon the Chairman.

SECTION 6. VICE PRESIDENTS. Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, First Vice Presidents and Vice Presidents may be appointed by the Board to perform such duties as may be prescribed by these Bylaws, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer as permitted by the Board.

SECTION 7. SECRETARY. The Secretary shall record, or cause to be recorded, all votes and minutes of all proceedings of the Board and of the shareholders in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary shall have such other powers and duties as are generally incident to the office of Secretary and as may be assigned to him or her by the Board, any committee of the Board, the Chairman, and the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Effective 12-20-2012    12   


SECTION 8. TREASURER. The Treasurer shall perform all acts and duties as are generally incident to the office of the Treasurer.

SECTION 9. CONTROLLER. The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer and shall be responsible for the maintenance of adequate internal systems and records. The Controller shall maintain the general books of the Corporation relating to all assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements and other financial transactions, and shall see that all expenditures are made in accordance with procedures duly established from time to time. The Controller shall prepare or cause to be prepared all reports pertinent to his office as may be required by the Board or regulatory authorities.

SECTION 10. OTHER OFFICERS. Other officers appointed by the Board shall have such authority and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them, from time to time, by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 11. COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS. The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, President and the Executive Vice Presidents shall be fixed, from time to time, by the Board of Directors. The salaries of the other officers shall be fixed, from time to time, by the Board of Directors, by a committee of the Board of Directors or by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. No officer shall be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

DIVIDENDS

The Board shall have the power, subject to the provisions of law and the requirements of the Certificate of Incorporation, to declare and pay dividends out of surplus (or, if no surplus exists, out of net profits of the Corporation, for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year, except where there is an impairment of capital stock), to pay such dividends to the shareholders in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock of the Corporation and to fix the date or dates for the payment of such dividends.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws, except as provided by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, or as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, may be amended or repealed at any regular or special meeting of the entire Board by the vote of two-thirds of the members of the entire Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (a) a notice specifying the change or amendment shall have been given at a previous regular meeting and entered in the minutes of the Board; (b) a written statement describing the change or amendment shall be made in the notice delivered to the directors of the meeting at which the change or amendment shall

 

Effective 12-20-2012    13   


be acted upon; and (c) any Bylaw made by the Board may be altered, amended, rescinded or repealed by the holders of shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon at any annual meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose in accordance with the percentage requirements set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and/or these Bylaws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of these Bylaws that contains a supermajority voting requirement shall only be altered, amended, rescinded or repealed by a vote of the Board or holders of capital stock entitled to vote thereon that is not less than the supermajority specified in such provision.

 

Effective 12-20-2012    14   

Exhibit 4.5

 

 

 

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

AND

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee

 

 

SENIOR

INDENTURE

Dated as of December 6, 2012

 

 

 

 

 


PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and

Indenture, dated as of December 6, 2012

 

Trust Indenture
Act Section

   Indenture Section

§310(a) (1)

   609

        (a) (2)

   609

        (a) (3)

   Not Applicable

        (a) (4)

   Not Applicable

        (b)

   608
   610

§311(a)

   613

        (b)

   613

§312(a)

   701
   702(a)

        (b)

   702(b)

        (c)

   702(c)

§313(a)

   703(a)

        (b)

   703(a)

        (c)

   703(a)

        (d)

   703(b)

§314(a)

   704

        (b)

   Not Applicable

        (c) (1)

   102

        (c) (2)

   102

        (c) (3)

   Not Applicable

        (d)

   Not Applicable

        (e)

   102

§315(a)

   601(a)

        (b)

   602
   703(a)

        (c)

   601(b)

        (d)

   601(c)

        (d) (1)

   601(a) (1)
   601(a) (2)

        (d) (2)

   601(c) (2)

        (d) (3)

   601(c) (3)

        (e)

   514

§316(a) (1) (A)

   502
   512

        (a) (1) (B)

   513

        (a) (2)

   Not Applicable

        (b)

   508

        (c)

   Not Applicable

§317(a) (1)

   503

        (a) (2)

   504

        (b)

   1003

§318(a)

   107

 

Note: this reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         P AGE  

ARTICLE ONE D EFINITIONS AND O THER P ROVISIONS OF G ENERAL A PPLICATION

     1   

Section 101.

  Definitions      1   

Section 102.

  Compliance Certificates and Opinions      6   

Section 103.

  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee      7   

Section 104.

  Acts of Holders      8   

Section 105.

  Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company      9   

Section 106.

  Notice to Holders; Waiver      9   

Section 107.

  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act      10   

Section 108.

  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents      10   

Section 109.

  Successors and Assigns      10   

Section 110.

  Separability Clause      10   

Section 111.

  Benefits of Indenture      10   

Section 112.

  Governing Law      10   

Section 113.

  Legal Holidays      10   

Section 114.

  No Recourse Against Others      11   

Section 115.

  Waiver of Jury Trial      11   

Section 116.

  Execution in Counterparts      11   

ARTICLE TWO S ECURITY F ORMS

     11   

Section 201.

  Forms Generally      11   

Section 202.

  Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication      12   

ARTICLE THREE T HE S ECURITIES

     12   

Section 301.

  Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series      12   

Section 302.

  Denominations      15   

Section 303.

  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating      15   

Section 304.

  Temporary Securities      16   

Section 305.

  Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange      17   

Section 306.

  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities      18   

Section 307.

  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved      19   

Section 308.

  Persons Deemed Owners      20   

Section 309.

  Cancellation      21   

Section 310.

  Computation of Interest      21   

Section 311.

  CUSIP Numbers      21   

ARTICLE FOUR S ATISFACTION AND D ISCHARGE

     21   

Section 401.

  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture      21   

Section 402.

  Application of Trust Money      22   

 

- i -


         P AGE  

ARTICLE FIVE R EMEDIES

     23   

Section 501.

  Events of Default      23   

Section 502.

  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment      24   

Section 503.

  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee      25   

Section 504.

  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      25   

Section 505.

  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities      26   

Section 506.

  Application of Money Collected      26   

Section 507.

  Limitation on Suits      27   

Section 508.

  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest      27   

Section 509.

  Restoration of Rights and Remedies      28   

Section 510.

  Rights and Remedies Cumulative      28   

Section 511.

  Delay or Omission Not Waiver      28   

Section 512.

  Control by Holders      28   

Section 513.

  Waiver of Past Defaults      28   

Section 514.

  Waiver of Stay, Usury or Extension Laws      29   

Section 515.

  Undertaking for Costs      29   

ARTICLE SIX T HE T RUSTEE

     29   

Section 601.

  Certain Duties and Responsibilities      29   

Section 602.

  Notice of Defaults      31   

Section 603.

  Certain Rights of Trustee      31   

Section 604.

  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities      32   

Section 605.

  May Hold Securities      33   

Section 606.

  Money Held in Trust      33   

Section 607.

  Compensation and Reimbursement      33   

Section 608.

  Disqualifications; Conflicting Interests      34   

Section 609.

  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility      34   

Section 610.

  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor      34   

Section 611.

  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor      36   

Section 612.

  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business      37   

Section 613.

  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company      37   

Section 614.

  Appointment of Authenticating Agent      37   

ARTICLE SEVEN H OLDERS ’ L ISTS AND R EPORTS BY T RUSTEE AND C OMPANY

     38   

Section 701.

  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders      38   

Section 702.

  Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders      39   

Section 703.

  Reports by Trustee      39   

Section 704.

  Reports by the Company      39   

ARTICLE EIGHT C ONSOLIDATION , M ERGER , C ONVEYANCE , T RANSFER OR L EASE

     40   

Section 801.

  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms      40   

Section 802.

  Successor Corporation Substituted      40   

 

- ii -


         P AGE  

ARTICLE NINE S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURES

     41   

Section 901.

  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders      41   

Section 902.

  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders      42   

Section 903.

  Execution of Supplemental Indentures      43   

Section 904.

  Effect of Supplemental Indentures      43   

Section 905.

  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act      44   

Section 906.

  Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures      44   

ARTICLE TEN C OVENANTS

     44   

Section 1001.

  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest      44   

Section 1002.

  Maintenance of Office or Agency      44   

Section 1003.

  Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust      45   

Section 1004.

  Existence      46   

Section 1005.

  Limitation on Disposition of Stock of Bank      46   

Section 1006.

  Statement as to Compliance      47   

Section 1007.

  Waiver of Certain Covenants      47   

ARTICLE ELEVEN R EDEMPTION OF S ECURITIES

     48   

Section 1101.

  Applicability of Article      48   

Section 1102.

  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee      48   

Section 1103.

  Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed      48   

Section 1104.

  Notice of Redemption      49   

Section 1105.

  Deposit of Redemption Price      50   

Section 1106.

  Securities Payable on Redemption Date      50   

Section 1107.

  Securities Redeemed in Part      50   

ARTICLE TWELVE S INKING F UNDS

     51   

Section 1201.

  Applicability of Article      51   

Section 1202.

  Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities      51   

Section 1203.

  Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund      51   

ARTICLE THIRTEEN D EFEASANCE AND C OVENANT D EFEASANCE

     52   

Section 1301.

  Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      52   

Section 1302.

  Defeasance and Discharge      52   

Section 1303.

  Covenant Defeasance      52   

Section 1304.

  Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      53   

Section 1305.

  Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust      55   

 

- iii -


INDENTURE, dated as of December 6, 2012, between PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC., a corporation duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the “Company”), having its principal office at 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604, and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York banking corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of New York, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”).

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the “Securities”), to be issued in one or more series as in this Indenture provided.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

N OW , T HEREFORE , T HIS I NDENTURE W ITNESSETH :

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of any series thereof, as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

D EFINITIONS AND O THER P ROVISIONS

OF G ENERAL A PPLICATION

Section 101. Definitions.

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) pronouns used herein shall be deemed to refer to the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter genders;

(2) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

(3) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein; and

(4) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

“Act,” when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

 

1


“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Attorney-in-Fact” means an officer of the Company who has been duly appointed as an attorney-in-fact by the Company.

“Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities.

“Bank” means People’s United Bank, a federally chartered stock savings bank headquartered in Bridgeport, Connecticut, and its successors (whether by consolidation, merger, conversion, transfer of all or substantially all their assets and business or otherwise) so long as People’s United Bank or any successor is a Subsidiary.

“Board of Directors” means either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder or any directors or officers of the Company or Attorneys-in-Fact to whom such board of directors or such committee shall have duly delegated its authority.

“Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

“Business Day,” when used with respect to any Place of Payment, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is not a day on which banking institutions in that Place of Payment are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

“Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

“Company Request” or “Company Order” means a written request or order delivered to the Trustee and signed in the name of the Company by (i) the President, its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, a Senior Executive Vice President or any Attorney-in-Fact of the Company, and by (ii) any additional officer having any of the foregoing titles or by the Treasurer, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 

2


“Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office is currently located at 525 William Penn Place, Pittsburgh, PA 15259 Attn: Corporate Trust.

“covenant defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1303.

“default”, when used in Section 602, has the meaning specified in that section.

“Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 307.

“defeasance” has the meaning specified in Section 1302.

“Depository” means, with respect to the Securities of any series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the Person designated as Depository by the Company pursuant to Section 301.

“Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 501.

“Global Security” means a Security evidencing all or part of a series of Securities, issued to the Depository for such series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depository or nominee.

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

“Indebtedness for money borrowed,” when used with respect to the Company, means any obligation of, or any obligation guaranteed by, the Company for the repayment of borrowed money, whether or not evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other written instruments.

“Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms or particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301.

“interest,” when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

“Interest Payment Date,” when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

“Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

 

3


“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate delivered to the Trustee and signed by the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, a Senior Executive Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or any Attorney-in-Fact of the Company.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel who may be an employee of the Company or other counsel to the Company.

“Original Issue Discount Security” means any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

“Outstanding,” when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except :

(i) Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

(iii) Securities, except solely to the extent provided in Sections 1302 or 1303, as applicable, with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Thirteen;

(iv) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a protected purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company; and

(v) Securities as to which any property deliverable upon conversion thereof has been delivered (or such delivery has been made available), or as to which any other particular conditions have been satisfied, in each case as may be provided for in such Securities as contemplated in Section 301;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, (ii) the principal amount of a Security denominated in a foreign currency or currency unit shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined as of the date of original

 

4


issuance of such Security, of the principal amount of such Security (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security denominated in a foreign currency or currency unit, the U.S. dollar equivalent as of the date of original issuance of such Security of the amount determined as provided in (i) above), (iii) the principal amount of a Security for which the amount of principal payable at Stated Maturity is not determinable at the time of such determination shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Security at original issuance, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 301, and (iv) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee has established to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Place of Payment,” when used with respect to the Securities of any series, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of that series are payable as contemplated by Section 301.

“Predecessor Security” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

“Record Date” means a Regular Record Date or a Special Record Date, as the case may be.

“Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

“Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

“Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

 

5


“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust Office having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

“Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. “Security” shall have a corresponding meaning.

“Security Register” and “Security Registrar” have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

“Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

“Subsidiary” means any Person a majority of the combined Voting Stock is, at the time of determination, beneficially owned or held, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more other Subsidiaries.

“Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed, except as provided in Section 905 and except that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

“U.S. Government Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 1304(1).

“Voting Stock” means stock or other ownership interests having power to vote generally in an ordinary election of directors (or, in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, ordinarily to appoint or approve the appointment of Persons holding similar positions). Voting Stock does not include stock or other ownership interests that have or might have the power to vote by reason of the happening of any contingency.

Section 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall, if requested by the Trustee, furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this

 

6


Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (excluding certificates delivered pursuant to Section 1006) shall include

(1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of, or Attorney-in-Fact for, the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer or Attorney-in-Fact knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of, or an Attorney-Fact or Attorneys-in-Fact for, the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

7


Section 104. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

(d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Notwithstanding Trust Indenture Act Section 316(c), such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, which shall be a date not earlier than the date 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in connection therewith and not later than the date such solicitation is completed. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

 

8


Section 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished in, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust,

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it, Attention: Treasurer, at 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604 or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

Section 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver.

Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given. Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give one’s notice by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Security, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depository for such Security (or its designee), pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depository, not later than the latest date, if any, and not earlier than the earliest date, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice in such procedures.

 

9


Section 107. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under the Trust Indenture Act to be a part of and govern this Indenture, such Trust Indenture Act provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, such Trust Indenture Act provision shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 108. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 109. Successors and Assigns.

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 110. Separability Clause.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 111. Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 112. Governing Law.

This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

Section 113. Legal Holidays.

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities other than a provision in the Securities of any series that specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu hereof) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, without any interest or other payment with respect to the delay.

 

10


Section 114. No Recourse Against Others.

A director, officer, employee, Attorney-in-Fact or stockholder as such of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Holder shall waive and release all such liability. This waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

Section 115. Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH OF THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE SECURITIES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

Section 116. Execution in Counterparts.

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture.

ARTICLE TWO

S ECURITY F ORMS

Section 201. Forms Generally.

The Securities of each series shall be substantially in such form (including permanent global form) as shall be established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or, to the extent established pursuant to rather than set forth in such Board Resolution, an Officer’s Certificate detailing such establishment, or in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers of the Company or any Attorney-in-Fact executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities. If the form of Securities of any series is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities. If all of the Securities of any series established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver a record of such action at the time of issuance of each Security of such series, but an appropriate record of such action shall be delivered at or before the time of issuance of the first Security of such series.

 

11


The Trustee’s certificates of authentication shall be in substantially the form set forth in this Article.

The definitive Securities shall be printed or may be produced in any other manner ( provided that if any Securities are to be listed on any securities exchange, then in such manner as may be permitted by the rules of any such securities exchange), all as determined by the officers of the Company or any Attorney-in-Fact executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

Section 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee

By:                                                                               

Authorized Signatory

ARTICLE THREE

T HE S ECURITIES

Section 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution and, subject to Section 303, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officer’s Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series,

(1) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from all other Securities);

(2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount or the aggregate initial offering price of the Securities of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1107 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 303, shall not have been issued and sold by the Company and are therefore deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

(3) the Person to whom any interest on a Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;

 

12


(4) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of the series is payable; and the provisions, if any, for extension of such date or dates;

(5) the rate or rates (or the formula pursuant to which such rate or rates shall be determined) at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, including the rate of interest applicable to overdue payments of principal, and the rate of interest, if any, applicable to overdue payments of interest if different from the rate of interest stated in the title of the Security; and the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;

(6) the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be payable;

(7) if applicable, the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

(8) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

(9) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Securities of the series shall be issuable;

(10) if other than the currency of the United States, the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of the series shall be payable, which may be different for principal (and premium, if any) and interest;

(11) if the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a currency or currencies other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the currency or currencies in which payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, if any, on Securities of such series as to which such election is made shall be payable, and the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made;

(12) if the amount of payments of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

 

13


(13) if the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of any Securities of the series will not be determinable as of any one or more dates prior to the Stated Maturity, the amount which shall be deemed to be the principal amount of such Securities as of any such date for any purpose thereunder or hereunder, including the principal amount thereof which shall be due and payable upon any Maturity other than the Stated Maturity or which shall be deemed to be Outstanding as of any date prior to the Stated Maturity (or, in any such case, the manner in which such amount deemed to be the principal amount shall be determined);

(14) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502;

(15) any addition to, deletion from or change in the Events of Default specified in Section 501 which applies to the Securities of the series and any change in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Securities to declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 502;

(16) any addition to, deletion from or change in the covenants set forth in Article Ten which applies to Securities of the series;

(17) the application, if any, of either or both of Section 1302 and Section 1303 to the Securities of the series;

(18) whether the Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such case, the Depository for such Global Security or Securities, which Depository shall be, if then required by applicable law or regulation, a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by any such Global Security;

(19) if the Securities of the series are to be convertible into or exchangeable for cash and/or any securities or other property of any Person (including the Company), the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable; and

(20) any other terms of the series.

All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to the Board Resolution referred to above and (subject to Section 303) set forth in the Officer’s Certificate referred to above or in any such indenture supplemental hereto. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at one time, and unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

If any of the terms of Securities of a series are established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer’s Certificate setting forth the terms of the Securities of such series. If all

 

14


of the Securities of any series established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver a record of such action at the time of issuance of each Security of such series, but an appropriate record of such action shall be delivered at or before the time of issuance of the first Security of such series.

Section 302. Denominations.

The Securities of each series shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 301. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any particular series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

Section 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

The Securities shall be executed, by facsimile or otherwise, on behalf of the Company by its President, its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer or one of its Senior Executive Vice Presidents, or Attorneys-in-Fact, Secretary or Assistant Secretary.

Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices on the date of such Securities.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If all of the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time and if the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture establishing such series shall so permit, such Company Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee for the issuance of such Securities and determining the terms of particular Securities of such series, such as interest rate or formula, maturity date, date of issuance and date from which interest shall accrue. In authenticating Securities of any series, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, as the case may be, shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating,

(a) if the form of such Securities has been established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution as permitted by Section 201, that such form has been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

(b) if the terms of such Securities have been established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution as permitted by Section 301, that such terms have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

(c) that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered or retained by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and

 

15


legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and such other matters as may be specified therein.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of the preceding paragraph, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officer’s Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 301 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered at or prior to the time of authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued, provided, however, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive the documents required by Section 102 hereof each time it authenticates a Security.

Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 309, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 304. Temporary Securities.

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, reproduced or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange

 

16


therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series and tenor of any authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

Section 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

The Company shall cause to be kept at the corporate trust office of the Security Registrar designated pursuant to this Section 305 a register (the register maintained in such office being herein sometimes referred to as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided.

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding, and containing identical terms.

At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount, containing identical terms, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or redemption shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee or the Security Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company or Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or 1107 not involving any transfer.

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection for redemption of Securities of like tenor and of the series of which such Security is a part and ending at the close of business on the earliest date on which the relevant notice of redemption is

 

17


deemed to have been given to all Holders of Securities of such series to be redeemed, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Security representing a series of Securities shall be exchangeable pursuant to this Section 305 for Securities registered in the names of Persons other than the Depository or its nominee only if (i) subject to any other terms of the series applicable to such Global Security, such Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Security or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act at a time when such Depository is required to be so registered to act as such Depository, (ii) the Company, in its sole discretion, executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable or (iii) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default or an event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Securities. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for Securities registered in such names as such Depository shall direct.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository with respect to such Global Security to a nominee of such Depository or by a nominee of such Depository to such Depository or another nominee of such Depository. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities evidenced in whole or in part by a Global Security, the Depository may not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey any beneficial interest in a Global Security evidencing all or part of the Securities of such series unless such beneficial interest is in an amount equal to an authorized denomination for Securities of such series.

Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of actual notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security of the same series, pay such Security.

 

18


Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company or Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of counsel to the Company and expenses of the Trustee and its counsel) connected therewith.

Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

Section 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

(1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Person or Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this Clause. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series at his

 

19


address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners.

Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307) interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary (for purposes of a Global Security, the registered owner shall be the Depository or its nominee).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depository or impair, as between a Depository and holders of beneficial interests in any Global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depository as Holder of such Global Security.

None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

20


Section 309. Cancellation.

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedure and, upon written request of the Company, a certificate of destruction shall be delivered to the Company. The Trustee shall provide a list of all Securities that have been cancelled from time to time as requested by the Company.

Section 310. Computation of Interest.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

Section 311. CUSIP Numbers.

The Company in issuing any series of the Securities may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers and/or other similar numbers to identify such Securities, if then generally in use, and thereafter with respect to such series, the Trustee may use such numbers in any notice of redemption with respect to such series; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities of such series or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities of such series, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will as promptly as possible notify the Trustee, in writing, of any change in the CUSIP number and ISIN number.

ARTICLE FOUR

S ATISFACTION A ND D ISCHARGE

Section 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

This Indenture shall upon request by the Company cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, upon Company Request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series, when

 

21


(1) either

(A)all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(B) all such Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(i) have become due and payable, or

(ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

(2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to such series; and

(3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 614 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive with respect to such series.

Section 402. Application of Trust Money.

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the applicable series of Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either

 

22


directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

ARTICLE FIVE

R EMEDIES

Section 501. Events of Default.

Except as may be otherwise provided pursuant to Section 301 for Securities of any series, “Event of Default,” wherever used herein or in a Security issued hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) default in the payment of interest, if any, upon any Securities of that series when it becomes due and payable and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

(2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series at its Maturity; or

(3) default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of any Securities of that series and continuance of such default for a period of 5 days; or

(4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture or any Securities of that series (other than a covenant or agreement a default in which performance or which breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder, or

(5) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or the Bank in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or the Bank or of all or substantially all of its respective property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of their respective affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

 

23


(6) the commencement by the Company or the Bank of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or the consent by either to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or the Bank or of all or substantially all of its property, or the making by either of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or the Bank in furtherance of any such action; or

(7) any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.

Section 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

Except as may be otherwise provided pursuant to Section 301 for Securities of any series, if an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may declare the principal amount (or, if the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) of all of the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) shall become immediately due and payable, except that no such declaration shall be required upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 501(5) or Section 501(6). If an Event of Default specified in Section 501(5) or Section 501(6) with respect to the Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs, the principal amount of all the Securities of such series (or, if the Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series), together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall automatically, and without any declaration or other action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, become immediately due and payable. Upon payment of such amount, all obligations of the Company in respect of the payment of principal and interest of the Securities of such series shall terminate.

Except as may be otherwise provided pursuant to Section 301 for Securities of any series, at any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, and any Event of Default giving rise to such declaration shall not be deemed to have occurred, if

(1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay (A) all overdue interest on all Securities of that series, (B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Outstanding Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed

 

24


therefor in such Securities, (C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest, if any, upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

(2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513 or otherwise remedied.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

The Company covenants that if:

(1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

(2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof; the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities,

the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal, (and premium, if any) and interest and, to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and on any overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

Section 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

 

25


(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount, or such lesser amount as may be provided for in the Securities of such series, of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities of all series and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

(ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 506. Application of Money Collected.

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

F IRST : To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 607;

S ECOND : To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

 

26


T HIRD : To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company.

Section 507. Limitation on Suits.

No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, liquidator or sequester (or similar official) or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

(1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

(2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

(3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

(4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

(5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

Section 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest.

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307) interest, if any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

27


Section 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 512. Control by Holders.

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

Section 513. Waiver of Past Defaults.

The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default

(1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or

 

28


(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to waive any past default hereunder. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to waive any default hereunder, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such majority in principal amount shall have waived such default prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such waiver of such default previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect.

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 514. Waiver of Stay, Usury or Extension Laws.

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any usury, stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

Section 515. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess reasonable costs against any such party litigant, in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that neither this Section nor the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Company, the Trustee, a Holder pursuant to Section 508 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series.

ARTICLE SIX

T HE T RUSTEE

Section 601. Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

(a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

 

29


(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own wilful misconduct, except that

(1) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, determined as provided in Section 512, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series; and

(4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

 

30


Section 602. Notice of Defaults.

With respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall give the Holders of Securities of such series notice of all defaults known to the Trustee (pursuant to Section 603(h)) within 90 days after the occurrence thereof, as and to the extent provided by the Trust Indenture Act, unless such default shall have been cured or waived, provided that, in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 501(4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30 days after the occurrence thereof. Except in the case of a default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium on, if any, interest or additional interest, if any, on, any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Securities. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.

Section 603. Certain Rights of Trustee.

Subject to the provisions of Section 601:

(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate;

(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

 

31


(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(h) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received from the Company or from any Holder written notice thereof at its Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Securities, the default or Event of Default and this Indenture;

(i) the Trustee may from time to time request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture;

(j) the permissive right of the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty to so act;

(k) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action;

(l) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services (it being understood that the Trustee shall maintain a business continuity plan and otherwise use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to avoid and mitigate the effects of such occurrences and to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances); and

(m)the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

Section 604. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

 

32


Section 605.  May Hold Securities.

The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

Section 606. Money Held in Trust.

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

Section 607. Compensation and Reimbursement.

The Company agrees

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct, and the Trustee shall provide the Company reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business; and

(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder and the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 607 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional indebtedness hereunder. To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 607, the Trustee will have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, interest or additional interest, if any, on, particular Securities. Such lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 501(5) or (6), the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the service in connection therewith are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law. The provisions of this Section 607 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the termination of this Indenture.

 

33


Section 608. Disqualifications; Conflicting Interests.

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Securities of more than one series or any other indenture between the Trustee and the Company.

Section 609. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is eligible pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such, which shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia authority and having its Corporate Trust Office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York or any other major city in the United States that is acceptable to the Company. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 610. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction (at the expense of the Company) for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(c) The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

34


(d) If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 608 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to Section 514, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 611. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 611, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of such series as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

35


(g) Notwithstanding any resignation or removal hereunder, the Trustee’s rights under Section 607 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the Retiring Trustee.

Section 611. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

(a) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

(b) In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees cotrustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.

(c) Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

36


(d) No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

Section 612. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities. In case any Securities shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee.

Section 613. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of any series), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company.

Section 614. Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

As of the date of the Indenture and at any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents (which may be an Affiliate or Affiliates of the Company) with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issuance, exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State or Territory thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District of Columbia authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this

 

37


Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation, to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice or resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

The Company agrees to pay each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

The Trustee is initially designated as the Authenticating Agent for the Securities.

ARTICLE SEVEN

H OLDERS ’ L ISTS AND R EPORTS BY T RUSTEE AND C OMPANY

Section 701. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

If and for so long as the Trustee shall not be the Security Registrar for the Securities of any series, the Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

(a) semi-annually, not more than fifteen days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of such series as of such Record Date, and

 

38


(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished.

Section 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

(a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee if and so long as it is acting as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

(b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities of any series, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided in the Trust Indenture Act.

(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 703. Reports by Trustee.

(a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. The Trustee shall promptly deliver to the Company a copy of any report it delivers to Holders pursuant to this Section 703.

(b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

Section 704. Reports by the Company.

The Company shall file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, such information, documents and other reports as may be required by the Trust Indenture Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports filed electronically with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be deemed filed with, and delivered to, the Trustee; provided , further , the Company shall notify the Trustee if it shall fail to so file any such information, documents or reports with the Commission. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor whether the Company so files any such information, documents or reports with the Commission, and in the absence of receiving the notice referenced in the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall be entitled to presume that the Company has so filed such information, documents or reports.

 

39


Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and shall not constitute a representation or warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of the reports, information or documents. The Trustee’s receipt of such reports, information or documents shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

ARTICLE EIGHT

C ONSOLIDATION , M ERGER , C ONVEYANCE , T RANSFER OR L EASE

Section 801. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

Except as may be otherwise provided pursuant to Section 301 for Securities of any series, the Company shall not consolidate or merge with any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any other Person, unless:

(1) the Person formed by such consolidation or merger or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and such successor Person (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

(2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing; and

(3) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

Section 802. Successor Corporation Substituted.

Upon any such consolidation or merger with any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all the properties and assets of the Company in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or merger or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

 

40


ARTICLE NINE

S UPPLEMENTAL I NDENTURES

Section 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

Without the consent of any Holders, the Company and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities; or

(2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of fewer than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

(3) to add any additional Events of Default (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of fewer than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series); or

(4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and with or without interest coupons, or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities in certificated form or global form; or

(5) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of all or any Securities of any series (and if such addition, change or elimination is to apply with respect to less than all Securities of any series, stating that it is expressly being made to apply solely with respect to such Securities within such series), provided that any such addition, change or elimination (A) shall neither (i) apply to any Security issued prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (ii) modify the rights of any Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or (B) shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding; or

(6) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Securities of any series to any provision of the section entitled “Description of Debt Securities” or any similarly captioned section in the applicable prospectus or other offering document, as supplemented by any applicable supplement, relating to the offering of such series of Securities; or

(7) to comply with the rules of any applicable Depository; or

 

41


(8) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, as amended; or

(9) to secure the Securities of any series or provide for guarantees of the Securities of any series; or

(10) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 201 and 301; or

(11) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 611(b); or

(12) to cure any ambiguity, omission or defect or to correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture; or

(13) to make any other provisions as the Company may find necessary or desirable, provided such provisions shall not adversely affect the legal rights of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect.

Section 902. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

With the consent (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for Securities) of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of each Holder of the Outstanding Securities affected thereby,

(1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of, or method of computation of the rate of, interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the principal of any Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, or reduce the amount of, or postpone the date fixed for, the payment of any sinking fund or analogous obligation, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium of the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date), or

 

42


(2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or

(3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 1007, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of each Holder of the Outstanding Securities affected thereby, provided, however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to the “Trustee,” and concomitant changes in this Section and Section 1007, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 611(b) and 901(9).

A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture that has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or that modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date that is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect.

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

Section 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee may receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 102, an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

Section 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

43


Section 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

Section 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

ARTICLE TEN

C OVENANTS

Section 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company or the Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold taxes imposed by the United States of America or other domestic or foreign taxing authorities from the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest payments hereunder.

Section 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment ( provided, however , that, unless otherwise provided with respect to any series of Securities, at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register), where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

44


The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

With respect to any Global Security, and except as otherwise may be specified for such Global Security as contemplated by Section 301, the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall be the Place of Payment where such Global Security may be presented or surrendered for payment or for registration of transfer or exchange, or where successor Securities may be delivered in exchange therefor; provided , however , that any such payment, presentation, surrender or delivery effected pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depository for such Global Security shall be deemed to have been effected at the Place of Payment for such Global Security in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

(1) hold in trust all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of that series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of that series) in the making of any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of that series; and

 

45


(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 1004. Existence.

Except as permitted by the provisions of Article Eight and subject to Section 1005, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and that of the Bank and material rights (charter and statutory) and material franchises of the Company and the Bank; provided, however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

Section 1005. Limitation on Disposition of Stock of Bank.

So long as any Securities shall be Outstanding, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, sell, assign, transfer, grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of any shares of, securities convertible into, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Voting Stock of the Bank, nor will the Company permit the Bank to issue any shares of, or securities convertible into, or options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase shares of, Voting Stock of the Bank, unless (i) such sale, assignment, transfer, grant of a security interest or other disposition is made for fair market value on the date thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (which determination shall be conclusive), and evidenced by a duly adopted resolution thereof, and (ii) after giving effect thereto, the Company will own, directly or indirectly, at least 80% of the Voting Stock of the Bank then issued and outstanding free and clear of any security interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank may be merged into or consolidated with another banking institution organized under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, if after giving effect to such merger or consolidation

 

46


the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at least 80% of the Voting Stock of such other banking institution and immediately after giving effect thereto and treating any such resulting bank thereafter as the Bank for purposes of this Indenture, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing. The foregoing shall not prohibit a pledge made or a lien created to secure loans or other extensions of credit by the Bank to the Company or any direct or indirect wholly owned (except for directors’ qualifying shares) Subsidiary of the Company subject to Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.

The provisions of this Section 1005 shall not prohibit the Company from consolidating or merging with any other Person or from conveying, transferring or leasing all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets to any Person as otherwise permitted pursuant to Article Eight. The foregoing shall also not prohibit sales, assignments, pledges, transfers or other dispositions or issuances that are made (i) to a direct or indirect wholly owned (except for directors’ qualifying shares) Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) in compliance with an order of a court or regulatory authority of competent jurisdiction or (iii) in compliance with a condition imposed by or an undertaking made to any such court or regulatory authority in connection with an acquisition by the Company, directly or indirectly, of any other Person.

Section 1006. Statement as to Compliance.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company during which Securities are Outstanding under this Indenture, a written statement, which need not comply with Section 102, signed by the Company’s principal executive, financial or accounting officer stating that, to the best of his knowledge, (a) the Company has fulfilled all its obligations under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to him and the nature and status thereof, and (b) no event has occurred and is continuing which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, or, if such an event has occurred and is continuing, specifying each such event known to him and the nature and status thereof.

Section 1007. Waiver of Certain Covenants.

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of a specific series, the Company may, with respect to the Securities of any series, omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in any covenant provided pursuant to Section 301(16), 901(2) or 901(10) for the benefit of the Holders of such series or Section 1004 or 1005 if, before the time for such compliance, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, shall, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

47


The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to waive any such term, provision or condition. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to waive any such term, provision or condition hereunder, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such waiver shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date that is 90 days after such record date, any such waiver previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be canceled and of no further effect.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

R EDEMPTION OF S ECURITIES

Section 1101. Applicability of Article.

Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

Section 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution or an Officer’s Certificate or in another manner specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such Securities. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of fewer than all the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date, of the tenor, if applicable, of the Securities to be redeemed, and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

Section 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

If fewer than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed (unless all of the Securities of a specified tenor are to be redeemed), the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by lottery or in accordance with the Depository’s applicable procedures (but subject to compliance with the rules of any securities exchange on which the securities of such series may be listed) and which may provide for the selection for redemption a portion of the principal amount of any Security of such series, provided that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security. If fewer than all of the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, from the Outstanding Securities of such series and specified tenor not previously called for redemption in accordance with the preceding sentence.

 

48


The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 1104. Notice of Redemption.

Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register.

All notices of redemption shall identify the Securities to be redeemed (including CUSIP numbers, if any) and shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date,

(2) the Redemption Price,

(3) if fewer than all the Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed,

(4) the CUSIP or ISIN number of the Securities to be redeemed,

(5) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

(6) the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, and

(7) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.

Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request (which may be rescinded or revoked at any time prior to the time at which the Trustee shall have given such notice to the Holders), by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company; provided that if the Trustee is to give such notice, the Company must notify the Trustee of such redemption and provide the information required by this Section 1104 at least 45 days (or such fewer number of days as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date.

 

49


The notice, if mailed in the manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Securities.

Section 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price.

Prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date or the Securities of the series provide otherwise) accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date. All money, if any, earned on funds held by the Paying Agent shall be remitted to the Company.

Section 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Security.

Section 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part.

Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered. If a Global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new Global Security.

 

50


ARTICLE TWELVE

S INKING F UNDS

Section 1201. Applicability of Article.

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series.

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

Section 1202. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (2) may apply as a credit Securities of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of such series required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by the terms of such series; provided that such Securities have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

Section 1203. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1202 and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.

 

51


ARTICLE THIRTEEN

D EFEASANCE A ND C OVENANT D EFEASANCE

Section 1301. Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

If pursuant to Section 301 provision is made for either or both of (a) defeasance of the Securities of a series under Section 1302 or (b) covenant defeasance of the Securities of a series under Section 1303, then the provisions of such Section or Sections, as the case may be, together with the other provisions of this Article Thirteen, shall be applicable to the Securities of such series, and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to the Securities of such series, elect to have either Section 1302 (if applicable) or Section 1303 (if applicable) be applied to the Outstanding Securities of such series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Thirteen.

Section 1302. Defeasance and Discharge.

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Securities of such series and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of the series of Securities defeased pursuant to this Section 1302 to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1304 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Securities when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 304, 305, 306, 1002 and 1003 and such obligations as shall be ancillary thereto, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties, immunities and other provisions in respect of the Trustee hereunder (including its rights to be compensated and indemnified under Section 607 hereof) and (D) this Article Thirteen. Subject to compliance with this Article Thirteen, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 1302 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1303 with respect to the Securities of such series. Following a defeasance, payment of the Securities of such series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

Section 1303. Covenant Defeasance.

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section, the Company shall be released from its obligations under Section 1004 and Section 1005 (and any other Sections applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 301(16), 901(2) or 901(10) to be subject to this provision) and the occurrence of an event of default specified in Section 501(4) or 501(7) (insofar as it is with respect to Section 1004 and Section 1005 or any other Section applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section

 

52


301 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”), and such Securities and any coupons appertaining thereto shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with Section 1004 and Section 1005, or such other covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Securities of such series, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of any reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a default or an Event of Default, but the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 1304. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1302 or Section 1303 to the Outstanding Securities of such series:

(1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient, without reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Outstanding Securities of such series to maturity or an earlier redemption, as the case may be, and (ii) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to the Outstanding Securities of such series on the due dates thereof. Before such a deposit the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a future date or dates in accordance with Article Eleven, which shall be given effect in applying the foregoing. For this purpose, “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (x) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (y) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not

 

53


authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

(2) No Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series shall have occurred and be continuing (A) on the date of such deposit or (B) insofar as Sections 501(5) and 501(6) are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 90th day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that the condition in this clause (B) is a condition subsequent and shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such 90-day period).

(3) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not (A) cause the Trustee for the Securities of such series to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act or for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any securities of the Company or (B) result in the trust arising from such deposit to constitute, unless it is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(4) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

(5) In the case of an election under Section 1302, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (y) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.

(6) In the case of an election under Section 1303, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

(7) Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 301.

(8) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for relating to either the defeasance under Section 1302 or the covenant defeasance under Section 1303 (as the case may be) have been complied with.

 

54


Section 1305. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust.

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively, for purposes of this Section 1305, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (but not including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1304 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of Outstanding Securities.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1304 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if and to the extent the deposited money or U.S. Government Obligations (or the proceeds thereof) either (i) cannot be applied by the Trustee in accordance with this Section because of a court order or (ii) are for any reason insufficient in amount, then the Company’s obligations to pay principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of such series shall be reinstated to the extent necessary to cover the deficiency on any due date for payment. In any case specified in clause (i), the Company’s interest in the deposited money and U.S. Government Obligations (and proceeds thereof) shall be reinstated to the extent the Company’s payment obligations are reinstated.

 

55


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

        PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
    By:   /s/ Robert Trautmann
      Name: Robert Trautmann
     

Title:   Senior Executive Vice President,

            General Counsel and Secretary

Attest:   /s/ David Rosato    
  Name: David Rosato    
  Title:   Senior Vice President and    
              Treasurer    
    THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
    By   /s/ Francine Kincaid
      Name: Francine Kincaid
      Title:   Vice President
Attest:   /s/ Thomas Hacker    
  Name: Thomas Hacker    
  Title:   Vice President    

[Signature Page to Indenture]

Exhibit 4.6

 

Registered

   Registered

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

3.65% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022

This Security is not a deposit or other obligation of a depository institution and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or by any other government entity.

This Security is a Global Security within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”). This Global Security is exchangeable for Securities registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary or its nominee only in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture, and no transfer of this Security (other than a transfer of this Security as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary) may be registered except in such limited circumstances. The Depositary will not sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey any beneficial interest in this Global Security unless such beneficial interest is in an amount equal to an authorized denomination for Securities of the series, and the Depositary, by its acceptance hereof, agrees to be so bound.

Unless this Security is presented by an authorized representative of the Depositary to People’s United Financial, Inc. or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Security issued is registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depositary (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is an authorized representative of the Depositary), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL since the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

 


No. R-l

   $500,000,000

CUSIP No: 712704AA3

  

ISIN No: US712704AA31

  

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC., a corporation duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein called the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of

FIVE HUNDRED MILLION DOLLARS ($500,000,000)

on December 6, 2022 and to pay interest thereon from December 6, 2012 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, on June 6 and December 6 of each year (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing June 6, 2013, at the rate of 3.65% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for.

The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the 15 th calendar day prior to the Interest Payment Date.

In the event that any Interest Payment Date or the Stated Maturity falls on a day that is not a business day, the interest or principal payment due on that date will be paid on the next day that is a business day, and such payment shall be made on that business day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or the Stated Maturity, as the case may be, without any interest or other payment with respect to the delay. A “business day” is any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day that, in New York City, banking institutions generally are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to the Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Security will be made at the principal office of the Trustee, at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that


at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof, or an Authenticating Agent, by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

Dated: December 6, 2012

PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.

 

By:

   
  Name: John P. Barnes
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Attest:

   
  Name: Robert Trautmann
  Title: Senior Executive Vice President,
          General Counsel and Secretary

[Signature Page to Note]


TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein

Referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee

 

By:

   
        Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Note]


[REVERSE OF SECURITY]

3.65% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2022

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of senior debt securities of the Company (herein called the “Securities”) of the series hereinafter specified, all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to the Senior Debt Indenture, dated as of December 6, 2012 (herein called the “Indenture”), between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), duly executed and delivered by the Company. Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a description of the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. Terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as so defined. The Securities may be issued in one or more series, which different series may be issued in various aggregate principal amounts, may mature at different times, may bear interest, if any, at different rates, may be subject to different redemption provisions, if any, may be subject to different sinking funds, if any, may be subject to different covenants and Events of Default and may otherwise vary as provided in the Indenture. This Security is one of the series designated as the 3.65% Senior Notes due 2022 of the Company (herein called the “Notes”), which series shall have a current aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000, which principal amount may be increased from time to time through the issuance of additional Notes.

Interest on this Security shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (if any) on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

This Security is not subject to any sinking fund.

The Security is subject to redemption upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice by mail at any time prior to September 6, 2022 (the date falling three months prior to the maturity date), as a whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at a redemption price equal to the greater of:

 

   

100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, or

 

   

the sum of the present values of the remaining principal amount and scheduled payments of interest through the maturity date on the notes to be redeemed (not including any portion of payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis at the Treasury Rate plus 35 basis points plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.


“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated on the third business day preceding the redemption date, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for that redemption date.

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having an actual or interpolated maturity comparable to the remaining term of the notes that would be used, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the notes.

“Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date:

 

   

the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for that redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or

 

   

if the Company obtains fewer than five Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations so received.

“Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company.

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of (1) J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and or any of its affiliates, and its successors, and (2) any four or more other primary U.S. Government securities dealers in New York City selected by the Company (each a “Primary Treasury Dealer”); provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company shall substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer.

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by that Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding that redemption date.

In addition, at the Company’s option, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time on or following September 6, 2022 (the date falling three months prior to the maturity date) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of (a) the entire indebtedness evidenced by this Security and (b) certain restrictive covenants, in each case upon compliance by the Company with certain conditions set forth therein, which provisions apply to this Security.


If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Upon payment (i) of the amount of principal so declared due and payable and (ii) of interest on any overdue principal and overdue interest (in each case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable), all of the Company’s obligations in respect of the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Securities of this series shall terminate.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (if any) on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any larger integral multiples of $1,000. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


No recourse for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on this Security or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto or in this Security, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company, or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released by each holder of this Security.

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Security shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Under the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan)

Granted To: [NAME] (“you” or the “Participant”)

In accordance with the terms of the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company) is pleased to grant you a non-statutory stock option (the “Option”) to purchase [SPECIFY NUMBER] shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Optioned Shares”) at an Option Price of $[PRICE] per share, representing the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on [DATE]. The Option is exercisable at the times specified in Section 3 of this Agreement, and is subject to the other terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and in the Plan.

You and the Company agree that the Option is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Definitions. All of the terms and provisions of the Plan are incorporated into this Agreement by reference to the same effect as if the Plan were set forth herein in its entirety. All terms used in this Agreement and defined in the Plan shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings as in the Plan. The term “Common Stock” refers to the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and includes any class or series of securities into which such capital stock may be changed, as contemplated by Section 13 of the Plan. The terms “affiliate”, “directors”, “person”, and “security”, or any variations of such terms, shall have the broadest meanings assigned to them by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). The terms “you” and “your” shall include, when the context requires, any persons entitled to exercise this Option by virtue of Section 6 of this Agreement.

2. Term of Option. The Option is granted and made effective on [DATE] (the “Grant Date”) and shall terminate, expire and no longer be exercisable, to the extent not previously exercised or surrendered, on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date, or at such earlier time as may be specified in the Plan or in Section 8 of this Agreement (the “Option Period”).

3. Exercise of Option. Provided that the Option has not sooner expired and terminated in accordance with the Plan or Section 8 hereof, the Option shall be exercisable commencing on the earlier of (a) the first day of the month following your Retirement, as to 100% of the Optioned Shares, or (b) the date of termination of your employment by reason of your death or Disability, as to 100% of the Optioned Shares, or (c) the first day of the month following the anniversary of the Grant Date, in the following percentage installments:


Date Option

Becomes Exercisable

  

Percentage of Optioned

Shares as to which the

Option Becomes Exercisable

[INSERT DETAILS OF VESTING SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC GRANT]

Once Optioned Shares have become available for purchase in accordance with the foregoing schedule, any unpurchased shares included in an installment or part of an installment of the Optioned Shares shall remain subject to purchase on a cumulative basis until the Option expires or terminates in accordance with the Plan or Section 8 hereof. The Option may not be exercised for fractional shares of Common Stock; all fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole number below the actual number of shares.

4. Method of Exercise. You (or such other person as is provided in Section 6 hereof) may exercise the Option only by delivering written notice to the Company setting forth your irrevocable election to purchase all or a designated part of any then matured installment or installments of the Optioned Shares. Subject to Section 8 hereof, the notice of exercise must be delivered to the Company on or before the close of business on a date which is or precedes the last day of the Option Period, except that if the last day of the Option Period is a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which either the Company’s corporate headquarters or the markets for equity securities generally are closed, the notice shall be delivered before the close of business on the business day preceding the last day of the Option Period.

The notice shall contain specific reference to this Agreement and the Plan and must be signed by you (or by such other person as is provided in Section 6 hereof). The notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price by cash, certified or bank check or, if the Committee consents, payment in full or in part may also be made in the form of Common Stock already owned by you, as provided in Section 7(g) of the Plan. If at any time this Agreement is in effect, you are or potentially could be subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, an election to make payment in full or in part in the form of Common Stock shall be subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) promulgated thereunder, as interpreted by the Committee. No Optioned Shares shall be issued until full payment therefore has been made, including payment of all applicable withholding taxes, or the Committee has approved arrangements for payment.

5. Withholding. With the express written consent of the Committee, upon the exercise of the Option in accordance with the terms of Section 4 hereof, the Company, on behalf of the Company affiliate by which you are employed, will withhold the amount that it is required to withhold for federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax purposes. In that event, withholding obligations will be settled by withholding from distribution to you a number of Optioned Shares

 

2


having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld otherwise would be withheld in cash (the “Tax Date”) equal in value to the amount required to be withheld. If, at any time this Agreement is in effect, you are or potentially could be subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the method for settling withholding obligations described herein shall be subject to compliance with the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the Rules and Regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as interpreted by the Committee.

6. Persons Entitled to Exercise. The Option may be exercised:

(a) except as provided below or in the Plan, only by you during your lifetime;

(b) in the event of your death while in the employment of the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) (or following termination of your employment by reason of your Retirement) by your legal representative or by the legal representative of your estate; and

(c) in the event of your permanent Disability, by you or by your legal representative (as the case may be).

In the event of your death while you are in the employment of the Company (or one or more of its affiliates), all Options remaining unexercised as of the date of death may be exercised by the personal representative of your estate, including the executor under your will or an administrator with the will annexed, or the administrator of your estate in the event you should die intestate; provided that such installments must be exercised, if at all, prior to the expiration of the Option Period. In the event of termination of your employment by reason of your permanent and total Disability, as that term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, all Options remaining unexercised at the time of termination of employment may be exercised by you or your legal representative (as the case may be), provided that such installments must be exercised, if at all, prior to the expiration of the Option Period. Exercise of the Option by your representative or fiduciary or your estate shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Plan and shall entitle such representative or fiduciary to no greater part of the Optioned Shares than you could have acquired if you had exercised the Option at the time of your death or termination of employment by reason of permanent Disability. To the extent that any such representative or fiduciary shall be entitled to exercise the Option in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 and the other sections of this Agreement, the terms “you” and “your” shall include such representative or fiduciary for purposes of this Agreement.

7. Delivery of Certificates. The Company may postpone the time of delivery of certificates for the Optioned Shares for such time as the Company deems necessary or desirable to enable it to comply with the listing requirements of any securities exchange or stock quotation system upon which the Common Stock may be listed or quoted, the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any rules or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder, or the requirements of applicable state laws relating to the authorization, issuance or sale of securities generally or bank securities specifically. Until certificates representing Optioned Shares are delivered to you or transfer is effected by book entry on the stock transfer records of the Company, you will have no right to vote or receive dividends with respect to the Optioned Shares.

 

3


8. Termination of Option Period. The Option shall lapse and terminate (i) on the date of termination of your employment (or, if sooner, the expiration date of the Option Period), as to all of the Optioned Shares that either (A) are not yet exercisable on the date of such termination or (B) do not become exercisable at the time of such termination pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) as to all of the Optioned Shares that are exercisable (but unexercised) on the date of termination of your employment, on the first to occur of the events listed in (a) through (d) below:

(a) Expiration of the Option Period; or

(b) Immediately, upon the termination of your employment for Cause; or

(c) Expiration of three months after termination of your employment with the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or Cause; and this Agreement shall be of no further validity or effect, except with respect to Optioned Shares previously purchased; or

(d) Expiration of one year after termination of your employment with the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) by reason of death, Disability or Retirement; and this Agreement shall be of no further validity or effect, except with respect to Optioned Shares previously purchased.

9. Reservation of Shares. During the Option Period, the Company will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock, or from its treasury stock (or part from both), a sufficient number of shares to provide for the delivery of the Optioned Shares upon exercise of the Option in accordance herewith and subject to the provisions of Section 7 hereof. If the Option should expire, lapse or otherwise become unexercisable for any reason specified in or contemplated by this Agreement or the Plan, to the extent that the Option shall not have been exercised as to the full number of the Optioned Shares subject thereto, the unpurchased Optioned Shares shall be deemed freed automatically from any such reservation and shall become immediately available for issuance and delivery pursuant to other option agreements under the Plan.

10. Corporate Law Status of Shares. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Option in accordance herewith, upon issuance, delivery and payment for such shares in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement, shall constitute validly issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company. When so paid for, such shares will be fully paid and non-assessable. Throughout the Option Period (subject to the foreshortening thereof under Section 8 hereof), the Company will have full legal right and authority to issue and deliver the Optioned Shares as contemplated by this Agreement. You shall have none of the rights of a shareholder until the Optioned Shares are in fact issued and delivered to you.

11. Adjustments in Optioned Shares. In the event of any changes in the capital structure or reorganization of the Company during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan shall apply.

 

4


12. Restrictions on Transferability. Except as provided in Section 6 hereof, neither the Option nor any of your rights, interests or benefits thereunder or hereunder shall be subject to voluntary or involuntary assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other form of absolute or conditional alienation or disposition, directly or indirectly. The Option shall be unexercisable during any period in which there is in effect, and may be terminated in all respects by the Company in the event of, a purported assignment of the Option or of any such rights, interests or benefits thereunder or under this Agreement, except as provided in Section 6 hereof.

13. Modification and Waiver. No modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon either the Company or you unless made in writing and signed by you and countersigned on behalf of the Company by an executive officer thereof (other than you, if you should be or become such an officer).

14. Binding Effect. Except as provided in Section 12 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

15. Resolution of Controversies. Any dispute or disagreement that may arise under, or in any way may relate to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall be subject to determination by the Committee after appropriate notice to the affected parties and reasonable opportunity to be heard by the Committee. Any determination made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes.

16. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, or other communications required, permitted or contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed effectively served, delivered or otherwise made (a) upon receipt if manually delivered, or (b) upon the delivery date shown on the returned receipt (or if delivery is refused on the date presented for delivery) if mailed by the United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and if intended for the Company, directed to the Committee’s attention in care of People’s United Bank, 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604; or if intended for you, directed to you at the address set forth below immediately following your signature. Either party may, by notice delivered in accordance with this Section, notify the other party of a different address for all future notices, which will be effective upon delivery to the other party.

17. Non-Solicitation. During the period of your employment with People’s United or any of its affiliates, and for a period of 12 months after the cessation of your employment for any reason, whether with or without cause, you will not, directly or indirectly , on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person, and whether through your own efforts or through the efforts or employing the assistance of any other person (including without limitation any consultant or any person employed by or associated with any person with whom you become employed or associated):

 

  a)

call on or solicit in any manner any customer of People’s United or any of its affiliates for the purpose of doing business of the type done by People’s United or

 

5


  any of its affiliates with such customer. For purposes of this Agreement, “customer” means any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity or person (i) currently doing business or who has done business with People’s United or any of its affiliates in the 12 months prior to the cessation of your employment, or (ii) any prospective customer that you know to be a prospective customer of People’s United or any of its affiliates and with whom People’s United or any of its affiliates is in discussion with and reasonably expects to do business; or

 

  b) Solicit or otherwise induce any employee of People’s United or any of its affiliates to leave the employ of People’s United or any of its affiliates.

To the extent the terms of this Section 17 are less restrictive (from your perspective) than comparable non-solicitation restrictions agreed to by you pursuant to any Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement dated prior to the date hereof (collectively, the “Prior Agreements”), the terms of this Section 17 shall supersede and replace the comparable non-solicitation provisions in each such Prior Agreement.

By accepting and agreeing to the terms of this Agreement, you acknowledge that your receipt of the grant of the Award evidenced by this Agreement represents adequate consideration for the undertaking set forth in this Section 17.

18. Revocation of Grant. No later than forty-five (45) days after the Grant Date (the “Acceptance Date”), you must formally accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in this Agreement. You must do so (a) electronically, if you are directed to do so at the time your Option is formally communicated to you and you receive a copy of this Agreement, or (b) by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Manager of Executive Rewards in the Human Resources Department, 850 Main Street, BC-03, Bridgeport, CT 06604 so that it is received no later than the close of business on the Acceptance Date. If you do not accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in this Agreement by the Acceptance Date, the Option evidenced hereby shall be null and void, and shall be deemed to have been revoked, on the first business day following the Acceptance Date. If the 45 th day after the Grant Date is not a business day, the Acceptance Date will be the first business day after such 45 th day. A business day is any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which the Company’s banking offices in Connecticut are not scheduled to be open for business.

19. Severability. In case any covenant, condition, term or provision contained in this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, in whole or in part, by a judgment, order or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, from which judgment, order or decree no further appeal or petition for review is available, the validity of the remaining covenants, conditions, terms and provisions contained in this Agreement, and the validity of the remaining part of any term or provision held to be partially invalid, illegal or unenforceable, shall in no way be affected, prejudiced or disturbed thereby.

 

6


20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain all understandings between you and the Company and any of its affiliates regarding the Optioned Shares. No other communications regarding the Optioned Shares are to be considered binding upon you and the Company unless they are identified as amendments to this Agreement, are in writing and are signed by you and the Company as provided in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its [TITLE] , and the Participant has executed this Agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, effective [DATE].

 

  PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
  By:  

 

 

[NAME]

[TITLE]

 

 

  Your Signature
  Your Mailing Address
 

 

 

 

 

 

  Employee SS#:        -      -           
  Employee ID #:                     

 

7

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

(Under the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan)

Granted To [NAME]: (“you” or the “Participant”)

In accordance with the terms of the People’s United Financial, Inc. 2008 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), People’s United is pleased to grant you an award (the “Award”) of [SPECIFY NUMBER] shares of People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company”) Common Stock (the “Shares”). The Shares granted to you under this Agreement are subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 3 hereof and to the other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan.

You and the Company agree that the Award is subject to the following terms and conditions:

1. Definitions. All of the terms and provisions of the Plan are deemed incorporated into this Agreement by reference to the same purposes and effect as if the Plan were set forth in its entirety in this Agreement. All terms used in this Agreement and defined in the Plan shall, unless otherwise defined herein, have the same meanings as in the Plan. The term “Common Stock” refers to the Company’s Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and includes any class or series of securities into which such capital stock may be changed, as contemplated by Section 12 of the Plan. The terms “person” and “security,” and any variations of such terms, shall have the broadest meanings assigned to them by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act).

2. Grant Date. The Award is granted and made effective [DATE] (the “Grant Date”). Each Share has a Fair Market Value of $[VALUE] on the Grant Date.

3. Restrictions on Shares. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, you may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of or encumber the Shares until they have vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company will permit transfer of the Shares only in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Any transfer of the Shares made in any manner contrary to this Agreement will be void and ineffective to constitute the transferee a shareholder of the Company entitled to any rights, benefits or privileges as such.

4. Vesting. [INSERT DETAILS OF VESTING SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC GRANT]. Vesting will occur only if you have continuously been an employee of the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) from the Grant Date through the applicable vesting date; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, all Shares which are unvested as of the date of your termination of employment with the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) by reason of your death, Disability or Retirement shall vest immediately upon such termination, and the Restriction Period applicable to all such Shares shall expire.

5. Forfeiture. You will forfeit all unvested Shares upon the termination of your employment with the Company (or one or more of its affiliates) for any reason (other than death, Disability or Retirement) during the applicable Restriction Period.


6. Voting. You will have the right to vote the Shares from the Grant Date. Your right to vote the Shares will expire immediately upon forfeiture or revocation of the Award with respect to all Shares so forfeited or revoked.

7. Cash Dividends. Any cash dividends that may be paid with respect to the Shares will be paid to you as soon as practicable. Dividends will be paid to you, and will be taxable in the same manner as other compensation paid to you, by the Company. In the case of any Shares which are forfeited by you, no cash dividends will be paid to you with respect to any forfeited Shares on or after the date such forfeiture occurs.

8. Other Distributions. Any stock dividends that may be paid with respect to the Shares will be payable in the form of additional shares of Restricted Stock which will be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement. If any warrants or rights are issued with respect to the Shares and are exercised, the shares issued with respect to such warrants or rights shall also be Restricted Stock subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions set forth in this Agreement. The restrictions on such stock dividends will lapse when the restrictions on the Shares lapse.

9. Return of Certain Dividends and Distributions. If this Award is subsequently revoked pursuant to Section 19 of this Agreement, and if prior to the date of such revocation you received or became eligible to receive any dividends or other distributions with respect to this Award, you will be required to repay or return all such dividends or distributions to the Company within five (5) business days following the later of (a) the date your Award is revoked or (b) the date such dividends are paid or such distribution is made to you. In the event you fail to do so, the Company may withhold the amount to be repaid or returned by you from any subsequent payments (including salary, bonus or other compensation) payable to you by the Company or any of its affiliates as a result of your employment.

10. Absence of Share Certificates. The Shares will be registered in your name on the Company’s stock transfer records but will be issued in book-entry form and will not be represented by certificates.

11. Delivery of Certificates. If the Company issues certificates representing the Shares, it may postpone the delivery of the certificates for the Shares for such time as it deems necessary or desirable to enable it to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, any rules or regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, or the requirements of applicable state laws relating to the authorization, issuance or sale of securities generally.

12. Adjustments in Shares. In the event of any changes in the Company’s capital structure during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan shall apply.

13. Corporate Law Status of Shares. The Shares granted pursuant to this Agreement constitute validly issued and outstanding Shares of the capital stock of the Company and are fully paid and nonassessable.

14. Modification and Waiver. No modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon either the Company or you unless it is made in writing, signed by you and countersigned on behalf of the Company by an executive officer thereof (other than you).


15. Binding Effect. Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

16. Resolution of Controversies. Any dispute or disagreement that may arise under, or in any way may relate to, the interpretation, construction or application of this Agreement shall be subject to determination by the Committee after appropriate notice to the affected parties and reasonable opportunity to be heard by the Committee. Any determination made by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes.

17. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, or other communications required, permitted or contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed effectively served, delivered or otherwise made (a) upon receipt if manually delivered, or (b) upon the delivery date shown on the returned receipt (or if delivery is refused, on the date presented for delivery) if mailed by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and if intended for the Company, directed to the Committee’s attention, in care of People’s United Bank, 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut 06604; or if intended for you, directed to you at the address set forth below immediately following your signature. Either party may, by notice delivered in accordance with this Section, notify the other party of a different address for all future notices, which will be effective upon delivery to the other party.

18. Non-Solicitation. During the period of your employment with People’s United or any of its affiliates, and for a period of 12 months after the cessation of your employment for any reason, whether with or without cause, you will not, directly or indirectly , on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person, and whether through your own efforts or through the efforts or employing the assistance of any other person (including without limitation any consultant or any person employed by or associated with any person with whom you become employed or associated):

 

  a) call on or solicit in any manner any customer of People’s United or any of its affiliates for the purpose of doing business of the type done by People’s United or any of its affiliates with such customer. For purposes of this Agreement, “customer” means any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or other entity or person (i) currently doing business or who has done business with People’s United or any of its affiliates in the 12 months prior to the cessation of your employment, or (ii) any prospective customer that you know to be a prospective customer of People’s United or any of its affiliates and with whom People’s United or any of its affiliates is in discussion with and reasonably expects to do business; or

 

  b) Solicit or otherwise induce any employee of People’s United or any of its affiliates to leave the employ of People’s United or any of its affiliates.

To the extent the terms of this Section 18 are less restrictive (from your perspective) than comparable non-solicitation restrictions agreed to by you pursuant to any Stock Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Agreement dated prior to the date hereof (collectively, the “Prior Agreements”), the terms of this Section 18 shall supersede and replace the comparable non-solicitation provisions in each such Prior Agreement.

By accepting and agreeing to the terms of this Agreement, you acknowledge that your receipt of the grant of the Award evidenced by this Agreement represents adequate consideration for the undertaking set forth in this Section 18.


19. Revocation of Grant. No later than forty-five (45) days after the Grant Date (the “Acceptance Date”), you must formally accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in this Agreement. You must do so (a) electronically, if you are directed to do so at the time your Award is formally communicated to you and you receive a copy of this Agreement, or (b) by returning a signed copy of this Agreement to the Executive Rewards Manager in the Human Resources Department, 850 Main Street, BC-03, Bridgeport, CT 06604 so that it is received no later than the close of business on the Acceptance Date. If you do not accept and agree to the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in this Agreement by the Acceptance Date, the Award evidenced hereby shall be null and void, and shall be deemed to have been revoked, on the first business day following the Acceptance Date. If the 45 th day after the Grant Date is not a business day, the Acceptance Date will be the first business day after such 45 th day. A business day is any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which the Company’s banking offices in Connecticut are not scheduled to be open for business.

20. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Plan contain all understandings between you, the Company, and any of its affiliates regarding the Shares. No other communications regarding the Shares are to be considered binding upon you and the Company unless they are identified as amendments to this Agreement, are in writing and are signed by you and the Company as provided in this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its [TITLE], and the Participant has executed this Agreement, intending to be legally bound hereby, effective the [DATE].

 

  PEOPLE’S UNITED FINANCIAL, INC.
  By:  

 

 

[NAME]

[TITLE]

 

 

  Your Signature
  Your Mailing Address
 

 

 

 

 

 

  Employee SS#:        -      -           
  Employee ID #:                     

Exhibit 10.12

PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK NONQUALIFIED SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN

(amended and restated as of November 30, 2012)


PEOPLE’S UNITED BANK NONQUALIFIED SAVINGS AND RETIREMENT PLAN

People’s United Bank, a federally chartered savings bank (the “Bank”), hereby amends and restates the People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan (the “Plan”) as of November 30, 2012 except as otherwise provided herein. Effective as of October 1, 2008, the Plan shall be known as the People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan.

ARTICLE I

PRELIMINARY BACKGROUND

The Plan was initially established and maintained for many years to enable designated employees of the Bank (formerly known as People’s Bank) who were adversely impacted by Code restrictions applicable to tax-qualified plans and corresponding provisions of the 401(k) Plan to elect to obtain additional benefits equal to those not available under the 401(k) Plan because of such restrictions. The Plan is not qualified under the provisions of the Code and benefits are provided on an unfunded basis for purposes of the Code. Plan benefits accruing as a result of compensation earned prior to January 1, 2005, were calculated on the basis of deferral elections made under the 401(k) Plan. As a result of the enactment of Section 409A of the Code, separate Plan deferral elections were required to be made by Participants with respect to compensation earned after December 31, 2004, and the method for distribution of Plan benefits was revised. Effective as of August 14, 2006, the Bank added new employer contribution credit provisions with respect to certain eligible Plan Participants. Effective as of November 1, 2008, the Bank revised the method by which earnings credits are made to Participants’ Accounts under the Plan. Effective as of January 1, 2012, the Plan was amended to eliminate discretionary matching contribution credits and certain employer contribution credits, and to expand the class of employees eligible to receive other types of employer contribution credits. Effective as of January 1, 2013, the Plan was amended to permit eligible Plan Participants to make certain elections regarding the form of distribution for accrued Plan balances.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

Unless the context clearly otherwise requires, as used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the references and meanings set forth in this Section 2.

2.1. “Account” shall refer to the total of any Participant’s Grandfathered Account, Current Plan Account and Deferral Account of each Participant. The Grandfathered Account and Current Plan Account of each Participant whose Credited Service has not terminated prior to December 1, 2008 shall merge into a single Deferral Account.


2.2. “Administrative Committee” shall mean the Administrative Committee appointed from time to time pursuant to Section 13.1 of the 401(k) Plan.

2.2A “Annual Post-2012 Subaccount” shall refer to that portion of the Participant’s Post-2012 Account as is equal to the sum of (a) Participant Contributions for any given calendar year subsequent to 2012, plus (b) all Bank matching contributions attributable to Participant Contributions for the applicable year, plus (c) all Restoration Benefit Contributions attributable to the Participant’s compensation for the applicable year, plus (d) all adjustments and credits attributable to the foregoing, determined in the manner set forth in Article VI hereof. A Participant’s Annual Post-2012 Subaccount for a given year may be designated by reference to a particular calendar year. For example, the Participant’s Annual Post-2012 Subaccount attributable to Participant Contributions and related contributions and credits for 2013 may be referred to as the Participant’s “2013 Subaccount.”

2.3. “Annual Valuation Date” shall mean December 31 of any year during which any Plan benefits are in pay status provided that in the event the Bank changes its fiscal year, the Bank may change the date of subsequent Annual Valuation Dates, but in no event shall more than twelve months elapse without an Annual Valuation Date other than by reason of there being no Plan benefits in pay status.

2.4. “Bank” shall mean People’s United Bank, which is a federally chartered savings bank, and any successor to People’s United Bank.

2.5. “Beneficiary” shall mean any person who is entitled to benefits accrued to a deceased Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan or who would be so entitled in the event of the death of a Participant.

2.6. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Bank or any similar body carrying out the functions such body carried out as of January 1, 2008.

2.7. “CEO” shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or such officer or other person as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank as of January 1, 2008.

2.8. “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

(a) The Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent, shall approve (A) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) of the Bank or Parent with any other corporation other than (1) a merger or consolidation (or series of mergers and consolidations) which would result in the voting stock (as described in Subsection (b) of this Section) of the Bank or Parent outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting stock of the surviving entity) more than 80% of the combined voting power of the voting stock of the Bank or Parent (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (2) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of

 

2


the Bank or Parent (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as defined in Subsection (b) of this Section) acquires more than 20 percent of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or Parent, or (B) any sale, lease, exchange, or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, or substantially all, of the assets of the Bank or Parent, or (C) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank;

(b) Any person (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) and Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), corporation, or other entity (other than the Bank, Parent, or any benefit plan, including, but not limited to, any employee stock ownership plan, sponsored by the Bank, Parent, or any subsidiary) shall become the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities representing 20 percent or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Bank or Parent ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) having the right to vote in the election of directors (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of such Rule 13d-3 in the case of rights to acquire such securities); or

(c) During any period of two consecutive calendar years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the entire Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent, and any new director (excluding a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Bank or Parent to effect a transaction described in Subsection (a) or (b) of this Section) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the shareholders of the Bank or Parent was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (“Incumbent Board”), shall cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof.

2.9. “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as it has been, or hereafter from time to time may be amended, and all reference to it or any provision thereof shall include any law which in the future may supersede it or such provision.

2.10. “Committee” shall mean the Human Resources Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board as may as of the time of reference have substantially the responsibilities and duties of the Human Resources Committee as of January 1, 2008.

2.11. [intentionally omitted]

2.12. “Credited Service” shall mean the period of an employee’s employment as an employee, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Article XVI hereof.

2.13. “Current Plan Account” shall refer to the Account established for a Participant to which all contributions made or credited on behalf of such Participant pursuant to the Plan after December 31, 2004 and before December 1, 2008 (as adjusted pursuant to Article VI hereof) have been or may be credited.

 

3


2.14. “Deferral Account” shall refer to the account to which all Participant Contributions, Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5), Enhanced Benefit Contributions and Restoration Benefit Contributions are allocated on or after December 1, 2008, plus any amount resulting from the merger of the Grandfathered Account and Current Plan Account, as adjusted in accordance with Article VI.

2.15. “Election Compensation” shall mean and include the sum of (i) and (ii) where (i) is the total amount of salary, wages or compensation paid to Participant by the Bank during the Plan Year for services rendered as an employee of the Bank including overtime pay, commissions, and bonuses, but excluding any equity based compensation and earnings thereon, incentive payments with an accrual or vesting period longer than one year (and such exclusion shall apply to the year of deferral and the year of payment), and furthermore excluding any fees, credits or benefits under this Plan, the 401(k) Plan, the Retirement Plan, the People’s United Financial, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan, the People’s United Bank Cap Excess Plan, the People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan, or any other benefits under plans (whether or not qualified under the Code) providing for deferral of income, severance pay, payments for reimbursement of business expenses incurred by the Participant, tuition reimbursement, insurance premiums paid by the Bank or other special emoluments; and (ii) is the total amount of salary reduction contributions made by the Bank on behalf of a Participant during the Plan Year under this Plan or the 401(k) Plan and any salary reductions agreed to by the Participant pursuant to salary reduction agreements under a plan which meets the requirements of Section 125 of the Code. Election Compensation for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2004 shall include any STIP bonus based on service during such Plan Year and payable in the next subsequent year and shall exclude any STIP bonus paid during such Plan Year but based on service for any prior Plan Year. In the event an individual becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year because he first became eligible to participate in the Plan during such Plan Year, Election Compensation for such Plan Year shall apply only to otherwise Election Compensation which is both (x) earned with respect to services rendered after the end of the payroll period during which such Participant makes a contribution election pursuant to Section 4.4 and (y) paid on or after the first payroll date on which contributions may be withheld in accordance with the Bank’s payroll practices; provided that any STIP Bonus or other compensation based on services for a Plan Year or other specified period earned for performance during such Plan Year and included in his Election Compensation for such Plan Year shall equal a portion of such STIP Bonus or such other compensation for such Plan Year multiplied by the ratio of the number of full calendar months remaining in such performance period beginning with the first day of the second calendar month after such election over the total number of full calendar months in the performance period.

2.16. “Election Match Compensation” shall mean for any Plan Year a Participant’s Election Compensation for such Plan Year adjusted so as to substitute the STIP payment actually received during such Plan Year for the STIP bonus earned for such Plan Year but paid in a subsequent Plan Year.

 

4


2.17. “Eligible Voters” shall mean (i) Participants employed by the Bank after May 1, 1998 who have unpaid benefits under the Plan and (ii) Beneficiaries of such deceased Participants who have unpaid benefits under the Plan; but excluding (A) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Participant or a Beneficiary sixty-five (65) days prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (B) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Participant or Beneficiary prior to the beginning thereof; provided, however, that in the event there is more than one such Beneficiary with respect to any individual deceased Participant, such Beneficiaries shall have a single vote which shall be cast as determined by a majority in interests of all Beneficiaries of such deceased Participant.

2.18. “Enhanced Benefit Contribution” shall mean with respect to an eligible Participant four percent (4%) of such Participant’s Election Compensation. No Enhanced Benefit Contribution shall be made for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2011.

2.19. “401(k) Plan” shall mean the People’s Bank 401(k) Employee Savings Plan as it may be amended from time to time.

2.20. “401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution” for a Plan Year shall mean with respect to any Participant four percent (4%) of such Participant’s 401(k) Election Compensation for such Plan Year regardless of the amount of any contributions actually made with respect to such Participant under the 401(k) Plan.

2.21. “401(k) Maximum Discretionary Employer Contribution” shall mean with respect to a Participant one percent (1%) or such other percent as the Bank may determine to make for such Plan Year as a discretionary contribution under the 401(k) Plan multiplied by a Participant’s 401(k) Election Compensation regardless of the amount of any contributions made with respect to such Participant under the 401(k) Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Discretionary Employer Contribution shall be made to the Plan for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2012.

2.22. “401(k) Election Compensation” shall mean for a Participant for a Plan Year the total salary for such Plan Year as defined by the 401(k) Plan with respect to which a Participant would be able to elect to make employee contributions under the terms of the 401(k) Plan for such Plan Year without regard to maximum contribution limitations thereunder, but taking into account the limitations under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code as reflected in the 401(k) Plan for such Plan Year.

2.23. “Full Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to it, to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of all Participants who are employees of the Bank after May 1, 1998 (and their Beneficiaries) and Beneficiaries of any such deceased Participants as of the valuation requirement date. For purposes of this Section 2.23, the “valuation requirement date” refers to (1) the date of an actual Change in Control or (2) the date which is reasonably selected during a Potential Change in

 

5


Control Period by the Bank or the Trustee, or (3) if such calculation is not on or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period any date which is reasonable and convenient. Calculations and recalculations of the Full Funding Amount (as described in Article IX hereof) shall assume that each Participant terminated employment as of the valuation requirement date of such calculation or recalculation. In computing the Full Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount calculated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering and terminating the Trust and distributing benefits, including reasonable expenses of the Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than extremely remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

2.24. “Grandfathered Account” shall refer to the Account established for each Participant who was such prior to January 1, 2005 to which all contributions made on behalf of such Participant prior to January 1, 2005 (as adjusted pursuant to Article VI hereof) have been credited.

2.25. The Bank shall be considered “Insolvent” and the Bank shall be deemed subject to insolvency for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Bank is unable to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) the Bank is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or (iii) the Bank is determined to be insolvent by the Office of Thrift Supervision, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Bank, or any other federal or state authority having the power to act as or to appoint a receiver or similar officer in the event it finds the Bank is insolvent.

2.26. “Interest Credit Date” shall mean November 1, 2008.

2.27. “Interim Funding Amount” shall mean an amount which the Recordkeeper calculates based on the best information available to him to be equal to the total amount of any vested and unpaid benefits of (i) all Participants who are employees of the Bank after May 1, 1998, and who as of the Interim Valuation Requirement Date requiring such calculation either (A) are no longer employees of the Bank or (B) have attained age sixty-three (63) and three hundred twenty-five (325) days and (ii) all Beneficiaries of deceased Participants entitled to benefits under the Plan as a result of such deceased Participants’ death. In computing the Interim Funding Amount, there shall be added an amount equal to an amount estimated by the Trustee to be likely to be sufficient to provide for all expenses in administering the Trust and distributing benefits for the sixty (60) months following the relevant Interim Valuation Requirement Date, including reasonable expenses of the Committee (if then in existence) and of any litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee deems to have a higher degree of probability than remote, including (but not limited to) any such litigation or other assertion of claims which the Trustee may institute or assert against the Bank.

2.28. “Interim Valuation Requirement Date” shall mean the last date of each fiscal year of the Bank.

 

6


2.29. The terms “Interim 2005 Procedures” and “Interim 2006 Procedures” shall mean the Procedures described as such respectively in Exhibit A adopted by the Bank to govern certain aspects of plan operations from October 4, 2004 through December 31, 2006 in a good faith attempt to conform with US Treasury Proposed Regulations, Revenue rulings and Guidance pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

2.29A. “Minimum Salary Grade” means the salary grade identified as such on Appendix A hereto (as the same may be updated from time to time with the approval of the CEO or his designee), in each case as in effect during the “Effective Period” designated in such Appendix A.

2.30. “Parent” shall mean People’s United Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its corporate successor or assigns; and the determination of whether any corporation or other entity is a successor or assign of said People’s United Financial, Inc., for purposes of this Agreement shall be made by the CEO or, in the event there is no then acting CEO, by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

2.31. “Participant” shall mean, any employee of the Bank who is covered by the Plan and any former employee of the Bank for whom amounts have been credited pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and who has not yet received her or his full vested benefit hereunder.

2.32. “Participant Contributions” shall mean amounts contributed for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to an election by a Participant described in the provisions of Section 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 or 4.4.

2.33. The “Plan” shall mean this People’s United Bank Nonqualified Savings and Retirement Plan as amended through the date hereof and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter. The Plan was formerly known as the People’s Bank Supplemental Savings Plan and as the People’s United Bank Supplemental Savings Plan.

2.34. “Plan Interest” shall mean interest computed at the nominal annual rate, compounded monthly, as will result in an annual percentage yield (APY) at the rate set forth on Appendix B hereto for the applicable Plan Years (or partial Plan Year for 2008) specified in such Appendix B. Upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee, the Committee may (but shall not be required to) increase or decrease the annual percentage yield rate for a Plan Year prior to the beginning of such Plan Year.

2.35. “Plan Year” shall mean the twelve (12) month period beginning each January 1 and ending each December 31.

2.35A “Post-2012 Account” shall refer to that portion of the Participant’s Account as is equal to the difference between (a) the aggregate balance of the Participant’s Account minus (b) the balance of the Participant’s Pre-2013 Account. A Participant’s Post-2012 Account shall be further subdivided into a series of Annual Post-2012 Subaccounts for each successive calendar year subsequent to 2012, as defined elsewhere herein.

 

7


2.36. A “Potential Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred under this Agreement if (i) the Bank or Parent enters into any agreement the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control, or (ii) the CEO declares in writing that, or the Board of Directors of the Bank or Parent adopts a resolution to the effect that, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.

2.37. “Potential Change in Control Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date that a Potential Change in Control occurs and ending upon the earlier to occur of the following: (i) the date of a Change in Control, or (ii) the date such Potential Change in Control Period ends in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

2.37A “Pre-2013 Account” shall refer to that portion of the Participant’s Account as is equal to the sum of (a) the balance of the Participant’s Account on December 31, 2012, plus (b) all Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5) attributable to Participant Contributions for any calendar year prior to 2013 (but only to the extent not already included pursuant to subsection(a)), plus (c) all Enhanced Benefit Contributions and Restoration Benefit Contributions attributable to the Participant’s compensation for any calendar year prior to 2013 (but only to the extent not already included pursuant to subsection(a)), plus (d) all adjustments and credits attributable to the foregoing, determined in the manner set forth in Article VI hereof.

2.38. “Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least sixty-five (65%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters.

2.39. “Recordkeeper” shall mean Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company, or after December 31, 2004, its assignee acting pursuant to the Service Agreement, or such other individual or entity as the Bank may retain consistent with the terms of this Plan and the Trust Agreement to maintain records of Participant Accounts pursuant to the terms of the Plan or any other person as the Trustee may select to make computations pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement.

2.40. “Restoration Benefit Contribution” shall mean with respect to an eligible Participant for a Plan Year three percent (3%) of such Participant’s Election Compensation earned in excess of the limitations under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code as reflected in the 401(k) Plan for such Plan Year.

2.41. “Service Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into between the Bank and Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company effective as of October 3, 1994 entitled “PEOPLE’S BANK SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN Service Agreement” as such agreement may have been and may hereafter be amended, restated or replaced by a superseding agreement between the parties thereto.

2.42. “STIP bonus” shall refer to payments made pursuant to the Bank’s Short-Term Incentive Plan and any plan or program which the Committee may determine is a replacement for such incentive plan and in no event shall STIP bonus include any payments under the Long-Term Incentive Plans presently maintained by the Bank or any replacement therefor.

 

8


2.43. “Super Qualified Vote” shall mean the Vote of at least eighty-five (85%) percent of the total number of Eligible Voters.

2.44. “Trust” shall mean the Trust established and maintained pursuant to the terms of Article IX hereof.

2.45. “Trustee” shall mean the entity then acting as Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

2.46. “Trust Agreement” shall mean the trust agreement described in Section 9.1 hereof.

2.47. “Vote” shall mean and include a vote in person or by proxy or execution of a written consent signed by a Participant or Beneficiary authorizing or approving any action (including one or more amendments of this Plan).

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION

3.1. Prior to January 1, 2005 . Any person who was a Participant on or prior to October 4, 2004 shall remain a Participant. No person shall become a Participant after October 4, 2004 and prior to January 1, 2005.

3.2. Between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2006 . Any person who was not a Participant as of October 4, 2004, and who prior to December 31, 2006 was an employee of the Bank, had a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade, and in accordance with Interim Procedures 2005 or Interim Procedures 2006 elected to have salary deferrals made under the Plan of Election Compensation earned during 2005 or 2006 shall become a Participant as of the date of his first such deferral.

3.3. After December 31, 2006. On and after December 31, 2006 an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade shall become a Participant: (a) for any Plan Year provided prior to the beginning of such Plan Year he has elected to make Participant Contributions of Election Compensation earned for such Plan Year; or (b) if he becomes an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade during such Plan Year elects to make contributions from his Election Compensation earned during such Plan Year within thirty (30) days of his becoming an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade.

3.4. Participation With Respect to Restoration Benefit Contributions.

(a) On or after August 14, 2006, an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade who is not entitled after August 13, 2006 to accrue credited service under the Retirement Plan shall become a Participant with respect to, or, if the employee is already a Participant in the Plan, shall become eligible to receive, Restoration Benefit Contributions in accordance with Section 4.6.

 

9


(b) For the avoidance of doubt, for the period beginning August 14, 2006 through December 31, 2011 the terms of subsection (a) of this Section 3.4 are to be interpreted so that a Participant who is eligible to accrue a benefit under the Retirement Plan and who continues to accrue credited service thereunder will not be eligible to receive Restoration Benefit Contributions under this Plan.

(c) For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2012, upon the cessation of benefit accruals under the People’s United Bank Employees’ Retirement Plan, the terms of subsection (a) of this Section 3.4 apply to all employees of the Bank who have a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade (whether hired before, on or after August 14, 2006).

3.5. Participation With Respect to Enhanced Benefit Contributions. On or after August 14, 2006, an employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade who either (i) was hired by the Bank after August 13, 2006 or (ii) first attained a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade after March 1, 2008 shall become a Participant with respect to, or, if the employee is already a Participant in the Plan, shall become eligible to receive, Enhanced Benefit Contributions in accordance with Section 4.7. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision is to be interpreted so that a Participant who is eligible to accrue a benefit under the People’s United Bank Enhanced Senior Pension Plan will not be eligible to receive Enhanced Benefit Contributions under this Plan. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2012, Enhanced Benefit Contributions will no longer be made to the Plan.

3.6. Termination of Participation . A Participant shall remain such until all of his benefits under the Plan have been distributed to him or, if earlier, his death.

ARTICLE IV

CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1. Participant Contributions from Compensation Prior to January 1, 2005

Any Participant who was such at any time prior to January 1, 2005 was entitled to elect to contribute as of each payroll date up to a total of 15% of his Election Compensation on such payroll date (less his employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan made on such date) provided such election was made in accordance with procedures then in effect under the Plan and the 401(k) Plan.

4.2. Participant Contributions from Compensation Earned or Paid During 2005 or 2006.

(a) Any Participant who was such at any time during 2005 may elect to contribute as of each payroll date during such Plan Year up to a total of 15% of his Election Compensation payable on such payroll date (less his employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan made on such date) provided such election was made in accordance with the Interim 2005 Procedures.

 

10


(b) Any Participant who was such at any time during 2006 may elect to contribute as of each payroll date during such Plan Year up to a total of 15% of his Election Compensation payable on such payroll date (less his employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan made on such date) provided such election was made in accordance with the Interim 2006 Procedures.

4.3. Participant Contributions From Election Compensation After 2006.

(a) A Participant may elect to contribute to the Plan up to twenty percent (20%) of his Election Compensation for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006 and prior to January 1, 2009, provided he does so by filing an irrevocable written election during designated periods of the prior Plan Year in accordance with instructions authorized by the Committee. Such election may designate separate percentages with respect to STIP bonuses and other Election Compensation, but neither such election shall exceed twenty percent (20%).

(b) A Participant may elect to contribute to the Plan up to fifty percent (50%) of his Election Compensation for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2008, provided he does so by filing an irrevocable written election during designated periods of the prior Plan Year in accordance with instructions authorized by the Committee. Such election may designate separate percentages with respect to STIP bonuses and the other Election Compensation, but neither such election shall exceed fifty percent (50%).

4.4. Contributions by New Participants; Special Rule for First Day of Plan Year .

(a) Any employee of the Bank who first becomes eligible to be a Participant during a Plan Year and who becomes a Participant in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.3 for a partial Plan Year may elect to contribute to the Plan up to (i) if such Plan Year is 2007 or 2008, twenty percent (20%) of his Election Compensation for such Plan Year provided such election is made prior to the end of thirty (30) days after he becomes eligible to become a Participant and (ii) if such Plan Year is 2009 or later, fifty percent (50%) of his Election Compensation for such Plan Year provided such election is made prior to the end of thirty (30) days after he becomes eligible to become a Participant.

(b) Beginning with the 2009 Plan Year, any employee of an affiliate of the Bank who is expected to become eligible to be a Participant on the first day of a Plan Year may elect to contribute to the Plan up to fifty percent (50%) of his Election Compensation for such Plan Year provided such election is made prior to the end of the preceding Plan Year. An election made pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not take effect and shall be disregarded for all purposes if the individual making such election does not, in fact, become eligible to be a Participant in the Plan as of the first day of the Plan Year for which such election was made.

 

11


4.5. Bank Matching Contributions.

(a) As soon as practicable at or after the end of each Plan Year the Bank shall determine for such Plan Year for each Participant his Election Match Compensation and his 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution. In the case of a Participant whose employment terminates prior to the end of a Plan Year, the Bank shall determine the Election Match Compensation and the 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution for such Participant for that portion of the Plan Year during which the Participant was employed, as soon as practicable at or after the date the Participant’s employment was terminated.

(b) Within a reasonable time after such determination the Bank shall credit to the (i) Current Plan Account in the case of Plan Years ending after December 31, 2003 and prior to December 1, 2008 and (ii) Deferral Account in the case of Plan Years ending on or after December 1, 2008 of each Participant a matching contribution equal to the result obtained by subtracting such Participant’s 401(k) Maximum Basic Employer Contribution from the sum of (A) the lesser of (x) 4% of such Participant’s Basic Election Match Compensation or (y) such Participant’s Participant contributions pursuant to this Article IV for such Plan Year with respect to his Basic Election Match Compensation, plus (B) the lesser of (x) 4% of such Participant’s STIP Election Match Compensation or (y) such Participant’s Participant Contributions pursuant to this Article IV for such Plan Year with respect to his STIP Election Match Compensation; provided, however, that such matching contribution shall not be less than zero. For purposes of this subsection (b), the term “Basic Election Match Compensation” means the Participant’s Election Match Compensation for the Plan Year excluding any STIP bonus actually received during such year; and the term “STIP Election Match Compensation” means the Participant’s Election Match Compensation excluding his Basic Election Match Compensation.

(c) In the event the Bank determines to make a discretionary contribution, as soon as practical after both completing the computations pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section and determining to make a discretionary contribution, the Bank shall credit to the (i) Current Plan Account in the case of Plan Years ending after December 31, 2003 and prior to December 1, 2008 and (ii) Deferral Account in the case of Plan Years ending on or after December 1, 2008 of each Participant who has deferred any Election Match Compensation hereunder during such Plan Year an amount equal to up to one hundred percent (100%) of such Participant’s contribution for such Plan Year pursuant to this Article IV to the extent that such Participant’s Participant Contributions exceeded four percent (4%) of his Election Match Compensation but did not exceed five percent (5%) of his Election Match Compensation for such Plan Year reduced by such Participant’s 401(k) Maximum Discretionary Employer Contribution for such Plan Year; provided that such matching contribution shall not be less than zero; and further provided that such matching contribution shall be made only if the Participant is actively employed by the Bank at the end of the Plan Year with respect to which such matching contribution would otherwise be made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Discretionary Matching Employer Contribution shall be made to the Plan for any Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2012.

 

12


4.6. Restoration Benefit Contributions

(a) On and after August 14, 2006, the Bank shall credit to the Deferral Account of each eligible Participant who is actively employed by the Bank at the end of the applicable Plan Year a Restoration Benefit Contribution as soon as practicable following the end of the Plan Year with respect to which such contribution is to be made. In order to be eligible to begin receiving Restoration Benefit Contributions, a Participant must have completed one “Year of Employer Retirement Contribution Eligibility Service” as defined under the 401(k) Plan.

(b) A Participant shall become vested in his or her Restoration Benefit Contributions according to the following vesting schedule

 

Years of Credited Service

        

Vested Percentage

Less than 2

     None

2

     25%

3

     50%

4

     75%

5 or more

     100%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant shall become fully vested in his Restoration Benefit Contributions upon the earlier of his death or attainment of his Normal Retirement Date.

4.7. Enhanced Benefit Contributions

(a) On and after August 14, 2006, through the Plan Year ended December 31, 2011, the Bank shall credit Enhanced Benefit Contributions to the Deferral Account of each employee of the Bank with a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade who (i) was hired by the Bank after August 13, 2006, or (ii) first attained a salary grade equal to or higher than the Minimum Salary Grade after March 1, 2008, provided, in both cases, the employee was actively employed by the Bank at the end of the applicable Plan Year. In order to be eligible to begin receiving Enhanced Benefit Contributions, the Participant must have completed one “Year of Employer Retirement Contribution Eligibility Service” as defined under the 401(k) Plan and only Election Match Compensation received the first day of the month after satisfaction of the service requirement was considered for that Plan Year. No Enhanced Benefit Contributions will be made for Plan Years beginning January 1, 2012, and after.

 

13


(b) A Participant shall become fully vested while in Credited Service in his Enhanced Benefit Contributions upon the earlier of (A) or (B), where (A) is the later of (i) the attainment of age fifty-five (55), (ii) his completion of 5 Years of Vesting Service, or (iii) the Participant’s death, and (B) is his attainment of his Normal Retirement Date. In the event a Participant’s Credited Service is terminated prior to his being so vested, his Enhanced Benefit Contributions under this Plan shall be forfeited; provided that, in the event of his rehire and his subsequently becoming vested, his Enhanced Benefit Contributions shall be reinstated and he shall become vested therein.

4.8. Operating Rules

For purposes of this Article IV

(a) any compensation earned during the Bank’s payroll period (as described in Section 3401(b) of the Code) which includes the last day of such Plan Year payable after the end of such Plan Year in accordance with arrangements by which the Bank normally pays its employees shall be considered Election Compensation for the Plan Year in which it is payable; and

(b) any other compensation earned during a Plan Year and paid in a subsequent Plan Year shall be considered Election Compensation during the Plan Year in which it is earned; and

(c) each election percentage shall be a whole number.

ARTICLE V

ACCOUNTS

5.1. Grandfathered Accounts . As of December 31, 2004 the balances of the accounts of all Participants were determined and each such account shall be maintained from such date through November 30, 2008 as a separate Grandfathered Account and all investment results from such date allocable thereto in accordance with the provisions of Article VI shall be credited thereto.

5.2. Current Plan Accounts. The Bank shall maintain for each Participant who is such on or after January 1, 2005 and prior to December 1, 2008 a Current Plan Account to which all such Participant’s (i) Participant Contributions made on or after January 1, 2005 and prior to December 1, 2008, (ii) Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5) made on or after January 1, 2005 and prior to December 1, 2008, (iii) Restoration Benefit Contributions made on or after January 1, 2008 and prior to December 1, 2008 and (iv) Enhanced Benefit Contributions made on or after January 1, 2008 and prior to December 1, 2008, and all investment results from the applicable dates allocable thereto in accordance with the provisions of Article VI shall be credited.

 

14


5.3. Time of Crediting Contributions. After December 31, 2004 and prior to December 1, 2008, all Participant Contributions shall be withheld from such Participant’s pay for each payroll date and shall be credited to such Participant’s Current Plan Account as of or as soon as practicable after such date. On and after December 1, 2008, all Participant Contributions shall instead be allocated to such Participant’s Deferral Account. All Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5) allocable after January 1, 2005 and prior to December 1, 2008 shall be allocated to the Participant’s Current Plan Account as of the date provided for in accordance with the terms and administrative procedures of this Plan in effect from time to time during such period. All Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5) allocable on and after December 1, 2008 shall be credited as of the date determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5. Restoration Benefit Contributions and Enhanced Benefit Contributions shall be credited as of the date determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.6 and 4.7, respectively.

ARTICLE VI

HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT

6.1. Adjustments Prior to the Interest Credit Date to Pre-June 1, 2008 Accounts . Except as provided by Section 6.2, to the extent practicable under procedures available to the Bank, all amounts credited to an Account of a Participant who became such on or before June 1, 2008, shall be increased or decreased prior to the Interest Credit Date in accordance with such Participant’s investment election under the 401(k) Plan to reflect the value such amount would have if actually so invested as such elections change from time to time prior to June 1, 2008, but not as changed on or after such date. In the event such Participant has different elections under the 401(k) Plan with respect to a balance accumulated as of a certain time on the one hand and contributions received thereafter on the other, to the extent practicable under procedures available to the Bank, such Participant’s Account shall be deemed to be invested (a) with respect to the balance as of the date of the accumulation described in this sentence in accordance with the investment instructions for such accumulated balance and (b) with respect to amounts credited to his Account after such date in accordance with the investment instructions for such contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Participant has any loan balances outstanding with respect to his account under the 401(k) Plan, the amount of such loans shall not be taken into account in determining the proportions in which his Account is deemed to be invested.

6.2. Investment Selections for Accounts on and After June 1, 2008 and Prior to the Interest Credit Date.

(a) All amounts credited to any Account of a Participant who first becomes such on and after June 1, 2008, and all amounts credited to any Account of a Participant who became such before June 1, 2008 and who chooses to make an investment election pursuant to this subsection (a) prior to the Interest Credit Date shall in accordance with procedures made available to him by the Bank be increased or decreased in accordance with such Participant’s investment election under this Plan to reflect the value such amount would have if actually invested in accordance with such election. Such Participant’s election under the Plan shall be limited to

 

15


investment selections available to Participants under the 401(k) Plan at the time of such election. Such Participants shall be able to make separate elections with respect to accumulated Account balances and amounts to be credited to such Accounts after such election. To the extent any portion (including all) of the Account of any Participant who becomes such on or after June 1, 2008 and prior to the Interest Credit Date, is not the subject of an investment election, such portion of such Account shall be increased or decreased as if it were actually invested in the T. Rowe Price Retirement Fund available under the Plan that under procedures established by the Plan’s third party administrator most closely matches the date on which the Participant is projected to attain his Normal Retirement Date or where provided under such procedures, to the T. Rowe Price Retirement Income Fund. Investment selections in effect for Account balances and amounts to be credited in the future to such Accounts as of June 1, 2008 or any time thereafter and prior to the Interest Credit Date shall remain in effect until such Participant expressly otherwise directs and regardless of any change in investment directions such Participant makes with respect to his 401(k) accounts.

(b) On and after June 1, 2008 and prior to the Interest Credit Date, all amounts credited to an Account of a Participant who became such before June 1, 2008, shall be increased or decreased in accordance with such Participant’s investment election under the 401(k) Plan as of May 31, 2008 or as otherwise provided pursuant to the provisions of the Plan as of May 31, 2008, to reflect the value such amount would have if actually invested in accordance with that election except to the extent such Participant elects different hypothetical investments in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) of this Section. No change in investment directions under the 401(k) Plan becoming effective on or after June 1, 2008, shall have any effect on adjustments to a Participant’s Account under this Plan.

6.3. Adjustments on or After the Interest Credit Date.

(a) All Accounts of any Participant who becomes such on or after the Interest Credit Date, and that portion of a Participant’s Account which is attributable to contributions made by on or on behalf of a Participant on or after the Interest Credit Date, shall not be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 or 6.2, but instead shall be credited with Plan Interest monthly.

(b)Accounts of all Participants who are such as of the Interest Credit Date shall continue to be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2 based in all respects upon such Participants’ investment elections and any other applicable provisions of Section 6.2 as in effect on the Interest Credit Date provided that (i) except as provided below in this Section, no Participant shall after the Interest Credit Date have the right to change investment elections and (ii) any Participant may at any time in a manner provided by the Bank elect to have all (but not less than all) balances of such Participant’s Account credited with Plan Interest after the date of such election in lieu of any amounts otherwise determinable under Section 6.2. Any such election shall become effective at such time as the Bank shall determine to be administratively convenient. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any time after January 1, 2009 any part of a Participant’s Account is deemed to be hypothetically invested in shares of Parent stock,

 

16


any hypothetical dividend paid with respect to such stock to such Account shall be deemed invested in the Putnam Stable Value Fund or in such other manner as the CEO may determine upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.3, any Participant whose Credited Service is terminated prior to December 1, 2008 and who has not made an election pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 6.3(b) may continue to change hypothetical investments in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2.

(c) On and after December 1, 2012, all balances in a Participant’s Account shall be credited with Plan Interest in lieu of any amounts otherwise determinable under Section 6.2 and regardless of whether such Participant has made an election pursuant to subsection (b)(ii) above.

ARTICLE VII

DEATH BENEFITS

7.1. Beneficiaries . In the event the death of a Participant whether during or after termination of his Credited Service, prior to payment of such Participant’s full vested Account balance benefit in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII, the unpaid vested amount shall be paid to such Participant’s Beneficiary designated in a form provided by, and filed with, the Committee. If no such form has been filed, such benefits shall be payable to such Participant’s spouse and if no spouse is then living, to the legal representative of such Participant’s estate. All benefits payable pursuant to this Article VII shall be payable in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII. In the event a Participant and his spouse or other designated Beneficiary (primary or contingent) die as a result of the same event (whether or not it is possible to determine who was the first to die) and die within thirty (30) days of each other, this Plan shall be administered as if the Participant survived his spouse or such other Beneficiary.

7.2. No Other Death Benefits . Except as provided in this Article VII, no benefits under this Plan shall be payable to a Participant’s Beneficiary after such Participant’s death.

ARTICLE VIII

METHOD OF PAYMENT

8.1. Distribution of Current Plan Account Relating to Participant Contributions and Bank Matching Contributions. The portion of a Participant’s Current Plan Account relating to Participant Contributions and/or Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5) shall be distributed to such Participant as follows. The balance of such portion of the Participant’s Current Plan Account shall be determined as of the end of the month preceding his last full month of Credited Service. An amount equal to ten percent of such account balance shall be distributed in twelve equal monthly installments commencing on the first payroll payment date of the 7 th month following such termination and of each of the next 11 months. As of the first payroll date of the twelfth month following such commencement of payments, the portion of the full balance of such Participant’s account (determined as of the most recent available valuation date under the 401(k) Plan preceding such payment date) shall be distributed to such Participant or in the event of her or his death, to her or his Beneficiary.

 

17


8.2. Distribution of Current Plan Account Relating to Restoration Benefit Contributions and Enhanced Benefit Contributions. On and after January 1, 2008, the vested portion of a Participant’s Current Plan Account relating to Restoration Benefit Contributions and/or Enhanced Benefit Contributions shall be distributed to such Participant in a single lump sum payment on the first payroll payment date of the 7th month following the Participant’s termination of Credited Service with the Bank.

8.3. Distributions of Grandfathered Accounts to Participants . A Participant’s Grandfathered Account shall be valued and distributed in the same manner as the portion of the Participant’s Current Plan Account relating to Participant Contributions and Bank matching contributions (as provided for in Section 4.5), except that installment payments shall commence as of the first payroll date of the month next following such Participant’s termination of Credited Service and continue for an additional 11 months. As of the first payroll date of the twelfth month following such commencement of payments, the full balance of such Participant’s account (determined as of the most recent available valuation date under the 401(k) Plan preceding such payment date) shall be distributed to such Participant or in the event of her or his death, to her or his Beneficiary.

8.4. Distribution of Accounts After December 1, 2008.

(a) The foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not apply to any distributions made to any Participant who terminates his Credited Service at any time on or after December 1, 2008.

(b) Unless the Participant makes an effective election pursuant to Section 8.6 hereof with respect to his Pre-2013 Account, the total Pre-2013 Account balance of any Participant who terminates his Credited Service on or after December 31, 2008 shall be distributed to him in a single lump sum on the first payroll payment date of the seventh month following such termination, and if he is not then living, such total Pre-2013 Account balance shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a single lump-sum on the first payroll payment date following such Participant’s death. Amounts distributable pursuant to this Section 8.4(b) shall be determined as of the close of the last business day preceding such payroll payment date of distribution.

8.5 Distribution of Post-2012 Account Balances . A Participant’s vested Annual Post-2012 Subaccount balance shall be payable following the termination of the Participant’s Credited Service as described in subsections (a) and (b) below based on the Participant’s election made with respect to a given Annual Post-2012 Subaccount balance pursuant to administrative procedures as established by the Committee.

 

18


  (a) Timing of Payment . Subject to Section 8.6, a Participant’s vested Annual Post-2012 Subaccount balance attributable to a given calendar year shall be paid to a Participant on one of the following dates based on the form of payment elected by Participant with respect to such year:

 

  (i) in the case of a lump sum payment, the first payroll payment date of the seventh month following termination of the Participant’s Credited Service; or

 

  (ii) in the case of installment payments, the first such payment shall be made on the later of (x) the first payroll payment date in the seventh month following termination of the Participant’s Credited Service or (y) the first payroll payment date in the month of February following termination of the Participant’s Credited Service, with each subsequent installment being payable on the first payroll payment date in February of each subsequent year.

 

  (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Participant dies prior to receiving payment of some or all of his Post-2012 Account balance, the entire unpaid amount of the Participant’s Post-2012 Account balance shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum on the first administratively practicable payroll payment date following the date of the Participant’s death.

 

  (b) Form of Payment . A Participant shall, on an annual basis, elect the form of payment in which his Annual Post-2012 Subaccount balance shall be paid. A Participant may make a different election with respect to each Annual Post-2012 Subaccount balance; provided, however, that such election must be made prior to the commencement of the calendar year pertaining to a given Annual Post-2012 Subaccount. Participants may elect to have benefits paid in one of the following forms of payment:

 

  (i) a single lump sum; or

 

  (ii) five annual installments; or

 

  (iii) ten annual installments.

In the case of an installment payment election, the amount to be distributed on the initial payment date with respect to a given Annual Post-2012 Subaccount shall be equal to (1) the balance of the Participant’s Annual Post-2012 Subaccount for the applicable year on the last business day of the second month prior to the payment date, divided by (2) the number of installments elected. The amount of each subsequent installment payment shall be equal to (3) the unpaid balance of the applicable Annual Post-2012 Subaccount on the last business day of the second month prior to the payment date, divided by (4) the remaining number of installment payments to be made, except that the final installment payment shall be equal to the unpaid balance of the applicable Annual Post-2012 Subaccount on a date as close as reasonably practicable to the final payment date. Adjustments and credits attributable to the unpaid balance of any Annual Post-2012 Subaccount shall continue to accrue determined in the manner set forth in Article VI hereof.

 

19


If no election is made with respect to a given Annual Post-2012 Subaccount, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to receive payment of such subaccount balance in a lump sum.

8.6 New Election for Pre-2013 Account; Change in Election for Annual Post-2012 Subaccounts. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Plan, and subject to the following paragraph, a Participant may (x) make an installment payment election regarding his Pre-2013 Account balance (and, in such event, the Participant’s Pre-2013 Account shall be treated as though it were a single Annual Post-2012 Subaccount for purposes of Section 8.5 hereof) and (y) change his distribution election with respect to a given Annual Post-2012 Subaccount to elect another form of payment or a different number of installments. Any such installment payment election or change of election (each, a “subsequent election”) shall be made in accordance with election procedures established by the Committee and shall be subject in all cases to the requirements of subsection (a) and (b) below and other provision of this Article. If such election becomes effective as provided below, then that portion of the Participant’s Account as is affected by such election (i.e., his Pre-2013 Account and one or more Annual Post-2012 Subaccounts) will be payable at the time and in the form specified in his subsequent election.

The Participant’s subsequent election under this Section will become effective only if the following criteria are satisfied: (a) the election does not become effective until one year after the date the election is made; and (b) the election extends the date for payment, or the start date for installment payments, by at least five years from the previously elected date (or other applicable date, in the case of a Participant’s Pre-2013 Account). No subsequent election may be made with respect to any portion of a Participant’s Account that is already in payment status.

No subsequent election under the preceding paragraph may operate to accelerate any payment or distribution hereunder or violate any requirement of Code Section 409A or the regulations and rulings thereunder. Installment payments to a Participant will be deemed a single payment for purposes of the anti-acceleration rule under Code Section 409A(a)(3) and the rules governing the timing of changes in elections with respect to the time and form of payment hereunder pursuant to Code Section 409A(a)(4).

ARTICLE IX

TRUST; CHANGE IN CONTROL

9.1. Non-Qualified Trust . The Bank has entered into a Trust Agreement with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company as the Trustee establishing the Trust. The Trust is intended to provide for the funding of the Bank’s obligation to provide benefits under the Plan to the extent provided pursuant to the provisions of Sections 9.2 and 9.3. In the event of Insolvency of the Bank, assets held under the Trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Bank under federal and state law as set forth in the Trust Agreement. In the event of such Insolvency, any and all such

 

20


assets will be available to satisfy the claims of general creditors of the Bank even if all benefits under the Plan have not otherwise been provided for and even if all such benefits of Participants who have terminated their Credited Service have not been fully provided for. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit Participants or Beneficiaries from asserting claims for Plan benefits as general creditors of the Bank. The Bank may cause, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Trust Agreement, Plan benefits to be provided from the assets of the Trust, the general assets of the Bank, or a combination thereof, as the Bank may determine to be in the Bank’s best interests. No person eligible for, or entitled to, Plan benefits hereunder shall have any property, equitable or security rights in any specific assets of the Bank or held as part of the Trust. The Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Bank to make benefit payments in the future. It is intended that this Plan be unfunded for federal income tax purposes and Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. The obligation to pay all Plan benefits shall be treated as an item of indebtedness by the Bank to the Participant or Beneficiary, and except as otherwise paid from the Trust, such payments shall be made from the general assets of the Bank. All amounts as may be required to be withheld by any applicable federal, state or local law shall be withheld and remitted as required by any such law and payments made to the Participant or any Beneficiary shall be the net amount after withholding.

9.2. Discretionary Payments to Trust . The Bank, in the sole discretion of the CEO, may at any time, or from time to time, make deposits (in addition to those required pursuant to Section 9.3) of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal of the Trust, such additions to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in the agreement setting forth the terms of the Trust. Neither the Trustee nor any Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.

9.3. Mandatory Payments to Trust .

(a) Upon a Potential Change in Control or a Change in Control, the Bank shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than thirty (30) days following such Potential Change in Control or Change in Control, make a contribution to the Trust of cash or other property acceptable to the Trustee which when added to the total value of the Trust Fund would equal the Full Funding Amount. In the event of a Potential Change in Control, the Full Funding Amount shall be recalculated in the event such Potential Change in Control Period extends beyond the required valuation date used in the first or other last subsequent computation made as a result of such Potential Change in Control Period. In the event that the Trustee later determines that provision made in determining the Full Funding Amount for expenses was not adequate, the Bank shall make additional deposits to provide for such expenses as determined by the Trustee from time to time.

(b) No more than sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Bank, the Bank shall:

 

21


(i) Cause the Recordkeeper to compute the Interim Funding Amount as of such last day and deliver to the Trustee the Recordkeeper’s certification or other written statement satisfactory to the Trustee of such Interim Funding Amount; and

(ii) Pay to the Trustee an amount which when added to the value of the Trust Fund as of such last day would result in a sum equal to or greater than such Interim Funding Amount.

ARTICLE X

NONASSIGNABILITY

10.1. No Assignment. The Plan is designed to provide payment of benefits solely for the support of the Participant and, to the extent of any death benefits, such Participant’s beneficiary. No person eligible for or entitled to a benefit payable hereunder shall have any right, power or authority to anticipate, assign, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber, whether by voluntary action or by operation of law, the right to receive such benefit payment nor shall such right otherwise be subject to encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary.

ARTICLE XI

ADMINISTRATION

11.1. The Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee may delegate its administrative authority to officers or other employees of the Bank, provided that no such delegate shall determine his own benefits hereunder. The Committee shall have complete and discretionary authority to determine eligibility, the amount of benefits payable under the Plan and to otherwise construe, interpret and apply the provisions of the Plan and its determinations shall be conclusive on the Bank, its employees and any other person claiming any benefit under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article XI, any determination made by the Committee upon or after a Change in Control or during a Potential Change in Control Period shall be binding only if accepted by the Participant or Beneficiary and, to the extent not so accepted, such determination of the Committee shall be of no effect and given no weight and such Participant or Beneficiary shall have his rights determined in accordance with the procedures of any of the provisions of the Trust Agreement, and the Bank shall pay to the Trustee any funds necessary to provide such benefits as so determined.

ARTICLE XII

CLAIMS PROCEDURE

12.1 General.

(a) If a Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary disagrees with the computation of the benefits to which he is entitled under the Plan and wishes to claim benefits or additional benefits, he must file his claim in writing or electronically with the Committee. The

 

22


Committee may act as the Claims Officer as hereinafter provided or may designate a member of the Committee or one or more other individuals who may (but shall not be required to) be a Participant or other Employee. If no claim is received by the Committee within 60 days after the claimant receives notice of his benefits, no claim will be permitted and the Claims Officer’s determination shall be final.

The claimant may designate any other person, at his own expense, to act on his behalf in pursuing a benefit claim or appealing the denial of a benefit claim. The term “claimant” as used in this claims procedure includes any other person he designates to represent him as well as after his death, his beneficiary.

When a claim for benefits is made under Plan, the Claims Officer is required to notify the claimant within 90 days after the claim is received if the claim for benefits has been denied. In special cases where the Claims Officer needs more time to decide, the Claims Officer may notify the claimant in writing or electronically prior to the end of the initial 90 day period and may take up to 90 additional days.

(b) If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Claims Officer will send to the claimant a written or electronic notice including:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information that would be necessary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

(iv) information regarding what steps should be taken if the claimant wants to submit a request for review; and

(v) a description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to the procedures including a statement of the claimant’s rights to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a determination upon completion of claimant’s appeal adverse to claimant’s position.

(c) If the claim for benefits is denied, the claimant may file an appeal in writing or electronically with the Committee.

(i) The written claim for review must be filed within 60 days after the claimant has received the notice described above that the claim was denied. If a written claim for review is not filed within 60 days after the claimant receives the notice that the claim was denied, the claimant is deemed to have accepted the Claims Officer’s decision.

(ii) The claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

23


(iii) The claimant will be provided upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to claimant’s claim.

(iv) The Committee will take into account all comments, documents, records and other information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

(d) After receiving a request for review, the Committee will review the claim within 60 days and will give the claimant a written or electronic notice of its decision, which is final. In special cases where the Committee needs more time to decide, the Committee will notify the claimant in writing prior to the end of the initial 60 day period and may take up to 60 additional days. If the Committee denies the claim, the notice will include:

(i) one or more specific reasons for the denial;

(ii) specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive upon request and free of charge reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to claimant’s claim for benefits; and

(iv) a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, the terms of Subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 12.1 shall apply until such time as the Committee shall adopt revised claims procedures; provided, however, that the Committee may make any such revisions in such procedures as it deems necessary to assure compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 503 of the Act and the regulations thereunder.

(f) Any person whose claim has been denied in whole or in part must exhaust the administrative review procedures provided in this Section 12.1, including any revisions made in accordance with subsection (d) hereof prior to initiating any claim for judicial review.

(g) Any action taken or omitted by any fiduciary with respect to the Plan, including any decision, interpretation, claim denial or review on appeal, shall be conclusive and binding on all interested parties and shall be subject to judicial modification or reversal only to the extent it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such action or omission was arbitrary and capricious and contrary to the terms of the Plan.

 

24


12.2. Change in Control . During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a Participant or Beneficiary at his election may determine at any time not to follow or to cease following the procedures set forth in this Article XII, and to assert and enforce any claims under the Plan without regard to the provisions of this Article XII, including enforcing any remedies in accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

13.1. General . The Committee may amend the Plan from time to time; provided, however, that no such amendment shall have the effect of reducing any vested benefit under the Plan.

13.2. Change in Control . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1, (a) an amendment to Section 9.3(a) hereof, or to the definitions of Change in Control, Potential Change in Control, Potential Change in Control Period or Change in Control Agreement, or eliminating or reducing the rights or authority of the Advisory Committee provided by Article XV hereof may be made only in the event it is approved by a Qualified Vote and (b) an amendment to reduce the funding requirements pursuant to Section 9.3(b) or changing the definition of Interim Funding Amount or Interim Valuation Requirement Date may be made only in the event it is approved by the vote of sixty-five percent (65%) of all Participants who are employed by the Bank after May 1, 1998, and not employed by the Bank at the time of such vote.

13.3. Termination . The Bank reserves the right to terminate the Plan or to cease benefit accruals under the Plan at any time. However, except as may be required pursuant to any applicable federal, state or local law, any Plan benefit then accrued and vested shall remain payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the extent then accrued.

ARTICLE XIV

CONSTRUCTION

14.1. Governing Law. The Plan shall be administered in accordance with the laws of Connecticut, to the extent applicable, and not preempted by any other applicable federal law.

14.2. No Contract. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Bank. The Bank expressly reserves the right to discharge any employee whenever the interest of the Bank in its sole judgment may so require without any liability on the part of the Bank. The Bank shall be the Plan Administrator of the Plan.

14.3. FDIC Restrictions. It is intended that the Plan be and remain a bona fide deferred compensation plan for purposes of Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Part 359 of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) regulations, including FDIC Reg § 359.1(d) and the terms of the Plan shall be so construed in the event of any ambiguity.

14.4. Other Contracts. The benefits payable under the Plan shall not be limited by the provisions of any other agreement entered into by the Bank and any Participant prior to January 1, 2009 relating to payments in the event of Change in Control; but benefits under any such other agreement may, if such other agreement so provides, be reduced as a result of benefits payable under the Plan.

 

25


14.5. Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns, and references to the Bank herein shall include its successors and assigns. References to Parent shall include its successors and assigns.

14.6. Pronouns. Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, pronouns of one gender or number may refer to subjects or objects of a different gender or number.

14.7. Code Section 409A. From and after October 4, 2004 this Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed whenever possible in a manner which will result in the Plan being and the Trust being in compliance therewith and which will not subject any Participant to any additional taxes or penalties pursuant to such Section 409A.

14.8. Headings . The headings of Articles and Sections are included solely for convenience of reference. If there is any conflict between such headings and the text of the Plan, the text shall control.

ARTICLE XV

ADVISORY COMMITTEE

15.1. Advisory Committee . During a Potential Change in Control Period or upon or after a Change in Control, a majority of Plan Voters at any time, and from time to time, may appoint an Advisory Committee to monitor and represent the interests of the Plan Voters and the Beneficiary of any deceased Participant with respect to the Plan, and the Trust. The Advisory Committee shall be composed of one to three individuals, some or all of whom may (but none of whom shall be required to) be Plan Voters. The Advisory Committee shall act by majority vote unless it unanimously agrees otherwise and shall otherwise adopt its own procedures which may include authorizing one member thereof to act for the Advisory Committee. Any member of the Advisory Committee may resign by giving written notice to the other members thereof, or, if he is the sole member, to a majority or all of the then Plan Voters. Any member may be removed by action of a majority of Plan Voters, and additional members, including replacement of any resigned, removed or deceased member may be designated by action of a majority of Plan Voters. All actions by any Participant shall be in a writing signed by such Participant. A Participant may sign a single writing effectuating removal and replacement. For purposes of this Article XV, the term “Plan Voters” shall mean each individual who is an employee of the Bank after May 1, 1998 and who is a Participant in this Plan; but excluding (a) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (b) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof. For purposes of this Article XV, the term “Plan

 

26


Voter” shall mean at anytime all individuals who were employed at the Bank after January 1, 2009 and who are Participants exclusive of (i) after a Change in Control any person who was not a Plan Voter prior to the earlier of such Change in Control or the beginning of the Potential Change in Control Period ending with such Change in Control and (ii) during a Potential Change in Control Period any person not a Plan Voter prior to the beginning thereof.

15.2. Purpose and Duties . The purpose of the Advisory Committee shall be to disseminate information concerning the Plan, and the Trust to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voters, to gather information and data concerning, and otherwise investigate, inquiries, controversies, or disputes deemed reasonable by the Advisory Committee and raised by any Participant or any such Beneficiary, to discuss such matters with the CEO of the Bank or members of the Board, or of the Human Resources Committee of the Board, the Actuary or the Trustee, and to take any action authorized under the Trust Agreement with respect to any such inquiries, controversy or dispute which it, in its discretion, deems reasonable to protect the legitimate interest of any Participant or Beneficiary, and monitor and report to Plan Voters and Beneficiaries of deceased Plan Voter with respect to litigation or arbitration proceedings under the Plan. The Advisory Committee may (but shall not be required to) negotiate on behalf of any Plan Voter or Beneficiary of a deceased Plan Voter; provided, however, that in no event shall the Advisory Committee be deemed authorized to institute any legal or arbitration proceedings hereunder or enter into any agreement purporting to settle or limit the rights of any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan or in or to the Trust or its assets. Nothing herein shall prohibit a Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant individually or with others (whether or not as a class action) from instituting legal or arbitration proceedings to enforce his own rights under the Plan while the Advisory Committee is negotiating pursuant to the provisions of this Section whether or not such Participant or Beneficiary is a member of the Advisory Committee.

15.3. Rights . Without request or demand, the Advisory Committee shall be entitled to all reports, information, and data to which the Bank is entitled (without request or demand) under the Trust Agreement and any other reports, information, or data received by the Bank from the Trustee or the Actuary. The Bank shall give the following written notices to the Advisory Committee (which the Advisory Committee may waive if deemed in the best interest of Plan Voters): (i) twenty (20) days prior to the payment of any benefits or other sums from the Trust other than Trustee’s fees and expenses in the operations of the Plan, the amount to be so paid, the computation thereof, and the amount of any benefits under the Plan and Trustee’s fees and expenses to be paid from the Bank’s general assets; (ii) no later than five (5) days after making any contribution to the Trust, the amount of such contribution and the Recordkeeper’s certification and detailed computations on the basis of which the determination of such amount was made; (iii) any amendments proposed to be made to the Trust Agreement twenty (20) days prior to the Bank’s requesting from Participants a Qualified Vote or a Super Qualified Vote; (iv) within five (5) days after any substitution of Trust assets by the Bank; (v) at least twenty (20) days before any change in investment policy is made by the Committee or other authorized body under the Trust Agreement; (vi) twenty (20) days after the close of each calendar quarter, a report of all contributions to and payments from, the Trust Fund during such quarter; (vii) five (5) days prior to any change of Recordkeeper, the name and address of the proposed new Recordkeeper and a brief description of

 

27


its relevant experience and controlling shareholders, and the reasons for such change; (viii) five (5) days prior to any change in the Service Agreement, a full description of, or a copy of such changes; (ix) within five (5) days of any change in any member of the Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank or of any individual to whom it delegates any authority with respect to the Plan or any change in authority previously so delegated to an individual, the name of any new member of the Committee, the name of any person no longer serving as such a member, the name of any additional person to whom such authority has been granted, the name of any person from whom such authority has been taken and a description of any change in any such authority granted to any person; and (x) within five (5) days of any change in the 401(k) Review Committee, the name of any new person and the name of any person no longer serving as such a member. The Advisory Committee, or a person designated by it, may vote on behalf of any Participant who so authorizes it or a delegate chosen by it to vote on behalf of such Participant pursuant to any provision of the Trust Agreement. Acquiescence or inaction by the Advisory Committee shall not be deemed to be approval or consent and in any event shall in no way bind or limit the rights of Participants or Beneficiaries of deceased Participants.

ARTICLE XVI

CREDITED SERVICE AND ADOPTION BY AFFILIATES

16.1. Computation of Credited Service For Purposes of Article IV and Article VIII.

For purposes of applying the provisions of Articles IV and VIII:

(a) The Credited Service of a Participant shall terminate upon his termination of service with the Bank (except as provided in Section 16.3), but such termination of service shall be determined in accordance with the following rules: A period of a leave of absence for military leave, or sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence shall constitute Credited Service for only a period of six (6) months or, if longer, as long as such Participant’s right to reemployment is guaranteed by statute or contract, and unless such Participant returns to actual Credited Service upon the expiration of such six (6) month or longer period such Participant’s Credited Service shall terminate upon such expiration or his earlier death or resignation. In order to constitute a bona fide leave of absence, there must be a reasonable expectation that the Participant will return to perform services for the Bank.

(b) A Participant shall be deemed to have a termination of Credited Service in the event his hours of service as an employee or independent contractor are permanently reduced to less than 50% of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group less than 36 months, during such shorter period)

(c) A Participant shall not be deemed to have had a termination of Credited Service if he is employed by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group as an employee or independent contractor 50% or more of his average hours of service during the preceding 36 months (or if employed as an employee or independent contractor by the Bank or any member of an affiliated group less than 36 months, during such shorter period).

 

28


16.2. Computation of Credited Service For Purposes of Section 8.2.

For purposes of applying the provisions of Section 8.2:

(a) The Credited Service of a Participant shall terminate upon his disability, retirement or termination of service with the Bank (except as provided in Section 16.3) for any reason; and the following types of absences shall not be deemed to terminate the Credited Service of a Participant:

(i) Leave of absence granted for sickness, injury, disability, government, civic or charitable service or any other specific reason, for not more than two (2) years.

(ii) Absence for military service under leave of absence granted by the Bank or when required by law, provided he returns to service as an employee of the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 16.3 within ninety (90) days of his release from active military duty or any longer period during which his right to re-employment is protected by law.

(iii) Lay off not in excess of two (2) years until employment is terminated either by the employee or the Bank or an affiliated employer described in Section 16.3.

(b) Credited Service shall not be deemed terminated by the first twenty-four (24) consecutive months of a maternity or paternity leave of absence. For purposes of this paragraph, a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy; (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of an employee; (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the an employee in connection with the adoption of the child by such employee; or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The Committee may, in its discretion reasonably require an employee to furnish timely information to establish that an absence from work is a maternity or paternity absence and the number of days for which there was such an absence.

16.3. Employment in Affiliated Group .

Once a person is actually an employee of the Bank (without reference to the provisions of this Section), employment by any member of an affiliated group shall be deemed employment by the Bank for purposes of determining whether he remains in Credited Service. The term “member of an affiliated group” shall include each and all of the following: (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), which group includes the Bank; (ii) any trade

 

29


or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code) with the Bank; (iii) any organization (whether incorporated or not) which is a member of affiliated service group (as defined in Section 414(m) of the Code) which includes the Bank; and (iv) any other entity required to be aggregated with the Bank pursuant to Regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

16.4. Adoption by Affiliates

(a) With the consent of the Committee and upon recommendation of the Administrative Committee, this Plan may be adopted by any corporations or trade or businesses or other organizations or entities included in the definition of “member of an affiliated group” set forth in Section 16.3. Separate accounts shall be maintained with respect to all contributions made by such adopting employer. Such adopting employer shall be solely responsible for any contributions required with respect to compensation paid by such adopting employer unless otherwise agreed by the Bank. In the event that any such amounts are paid by the adopting employer to fund its obligations into any trust described in Article IX such amounts shall be subject to the claims of creditors of the Bank in accordance with the terms of Section 9.1 and with respect to such amounts so paid by such adopting employer, the terms of Section 9.1 shall be construed as if the term “the Bank” refers to “either the Bank or such adopting employer’”. Further the provisions of Section 9.2 and 9.3 shall with respect to the adopting employer be construed as if the terms “the Bank” were referring to such adopting employer. In the event that the Bank and/or one or more adopting employers shares in payment of compensation to any Participant, the contributions shall be required hereunder shall be allocated by them in proportion to the total compensation paid by all of them to such Participant unless the Bank and such other payors otherwise agree.

(b) Any adopting employer may withdraw from the Plan or terminate the Plan as to its employees and shall do so upon 60 days notice so to do from the Bank, and to the extent permissible any amounts in such Trust attributable to contributions by such adopting employer shall be paid to such adopting employer or its designee. No distributions from such Trust to pay for Plan benefits earned from an adopting employer shall be paid except to the extent such funds are attributable to the contributions of such adopting employer and no Trust funds so applicable shall be used to pay for benefits not attributable to service to such affiliated employer.

(c) Unless specifically provided in a writing signed by the Bank, service to such affiliated employer prior to the time of the adoption of the Plan by such affiliated employer shall not be counted for purposes of eligibility, vesting or benefit accrual notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan.

16.5. Special Rule for 2009 Bank Consolidations . For those Participants who, as of December 31, 2008, were employees of one of the banks being merged with and into the Bank effective as of January 1, 2009 (the “Subsidiary Banks”), service prior to January 1, 2009

 

30


recognized for purposes of eligibility and vesting under the Chittenden Corporation Incentive Savings and Profit Sharing Plan for the Subsidiary Bank employees who were participants in (or eligible to participate in) such plan as of December 31, 2008 will also be recognized for such employees solely for purposes of eligibility and vesting (but not benefit accrual) under the Plan.

- - - o o o 0 0 0 o o o - - -

 

31

Exhibit 12.1

Consolidated Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated by dividing (i) income from continuing operations before income tax expense and fixed charges by (ii) fixed charges. For purposes of computing these ratios, earnings consists of income from continuing operations before income tax expense plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense on deposits and borrowings, and one-third of rent expense, which approximates the estimated interest portion of rent expense. These ratios are presented both including and excluding interest on deposits. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits consist of interest on borrowings and one-third of rent expense, which approximates the interest component of rent expense. Fixed charges including interest on deposits consist of the preceding items plus interest on deposits.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except ratios)

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Earnings:

              

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

   $ 362.7       $ 285.4       $ 122.0       $ 144.3       $ 204.8   

Fixed charges including interest on deposits

     120.7         141.3         139.3         199.0         289.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings including interest on deposits

     483.4         426.7         261.3         343.3         494.7   

Less interest on deposits

     90.8         107.4         112.8         173.4         262.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings excluding interest on deposits

   $ 392.6       $ 319.3       $ 148.5       $ 169.9       $ 232.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

              

Interest on deposits

   $ 90.8       $ 107.4       $ 112.8       $ 173.4       $ 262.1   

Interest on borrowings

     15.4         21.1         17.0         16.6         18.7   

Estimated interest component of rent expense

     14.5         12.8         9.5         9.0         9.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges including interest on deposits

     120.7         141.3         139.3         199.0         289.9   

Less interest on deposits

     90.8         107.4         112.8         173.4         262.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits

   $ 29.9       $ 33.9       $ 26.5       $ 25.6       $ 27.8   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges:

              

Excluding interest on deposits

     13.13x         9.42x         5.60x         6.64x         8.37x   

Including interest on deposits

     4.00x         3.02x         1.88x         1.73x         1.71x   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 12.2

Consolidated Combined Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividend Requirements

The ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements is calculated by dividing (i) income from continuing operations before income tax expense and fixed charges by (ii) combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements. For purposes of computing these ratios, earnings consists of income from continuing operations before income tax expense plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense on deposits and borrowings, and one-third of rent expense, which approximates the estimated interest portion of rent expense. These ratios are presented both including and excluding interest on deposits. Fixed charges excluding interest on deposits consist of interest on borrowings and one-third of rent expense, which approximates the interest component of rent expense. Fixed charges including interest on deposits consist of the preceding items plus interest on deposits.

 

Years ended December 31 (in millions, except ratios)

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Earnings:

              

Income from continuing operations before income tax expense

   $ 362.7       $ 285.4       $ 122.0       $ 144.3       $ 204.8   

Fixed charges including interest on deposits

     120.7         141.3         139.3         199.0         289.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings including interest on deposits

     483.4         426.7         261.3         343.3         494.7   

Less interest on deposits

     90.8         107.4         112.8         173.4         262.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings excluding interest on deposits

   $ 392.6       $ 319.3       $ 148.5       $ 169.9       $ 232.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

              

Interest on deposits

   $ 90.8       $ 107.4       $ 112.8       $ 173.4       $ 262.1   

Interest on borrowings

     15.4         21.1         17.0         16.6         18.7   

Estimated interest component of rent expense

     14.5         12.8         9.5         9.0         9.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges including interest on deposits

     120.7         141.3         139.3         199.0         289.9   

Preferred stock dividend requirements

     —           —           —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements including interest on deposits

     120.7         141.3         139.3         199.0         289.9   

Less interest on deposits

     90.8         107.4         112.8         173.4         262.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements excluding interest on deposits

   $ 29.9       $ 33.9       $ 26.5       $ 25.6       $ 27.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividend requirements:

              

Excluding interest on deposits

     13.13x         9.42x         5.60x         6.64x         8.37x   

Including interest on deposits

     4.00x         3.02x         1.88x         1.73x         1.71x   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 21

 

Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

   Jurisdiction
of Organization
   Line of Business    Ownership  

People’s United Bank

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   United States    Financial Services      100

People’s Ventures II, Inc.

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Investment Subsidiary      100

Smithtown Bancorp Capital Trust III

850 Main Street

Bridgeport, Connecticut

   Delaware    Special Business Trust      100
The following subsidiaries are owned directly by People’s United Bank:   

People’s United Equipment Finance Corp.

1300 Post Oak Boulevard, Suite 1300

Houston, Texas

   Texas    Equipment Financing      100

People’s Capital and Leasing Corp.

255 Bank Street

Waterbury, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Equipment Financing      100

People’s United Insurance Agency, Inc.

1 Goodwin Square

Hartford, Connecticut

   Connecticut    Insurance Agency      100

Chittenden Commercial Finance, Inc.

1000 LaGauchetiere St

West Montreal, QC, Canada

   Canada    Commercial Lending      100

BOWM Securities Corporation

1391 Main St.

Springfield, Massachusetts

   Massachusetts    Investment Subsidiary      100

Spruce Wood Realty Trust

30 Massachusetts Avenue

North Andover, Massachusetts

   Massachusetts    Real Estate Investment      100


Name and Address of Each

Member of the Affiliated Group

  

Jurisdiction
of Organization

  

Line of Business

The address of the following wholly owned subsidiaries of People’s United Bank is 850 Main Street, Bridgeport, Connecticut:
People’s Securities, Inc.    Connecticut    Securities Brokerage
People’s United Commercial Asset Holdings, LLC    Connecticut    Service Corporation
People’s Mortgage Investment Company    Connecticut    Connecticut Passive Investment Company
Glamis Investment Corp.    Connecticut    Investment Subsidiary
MSB Real Estate Corp.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investment
PB Real Estate, Inc.    Connecticut    Real Estate Investment
ONB Realty Corp.    Maine    Real Estate Investment

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

People’s United Financial, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-176163, No. 333-140865, No. 333-142119 and No. 333-163873) and Form S-3 (No. 333-184753 and No. 333-172201) of our reports dated March 1, 2013, with respect to the consolidated statements of condition of People’s United Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, which reports appear in the December 31, 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
March 1, 2013

Exhibit 31.1

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

CERTIFICATIONS

I, John P. Barnes, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 1, 2013      

/s/ John P. Barnes

      John P. Barnes
      Principal Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Kirk W. Walters, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of People’s United Financial, Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 1, 2013      

/s/ Kirk W. Walters

      Kirk W. Walters
      Principal Financial Officer

Exhibit 32

Section 1350 Certifications

Executive Certifications pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of People’s United Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

  1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

  2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of and for the period ended December 31, 2012.

This Certification is made effective as of the date the Report is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Date: March 1, 2013     

/s/ John P. Barnes

     John P. Barnes
     Principal Executive Officer
Date: March 1, 2013     

/s/ Kirk W. Walters

     Kirk W. Walters
     Principal Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 99.1

Impact of Inflation

The Consolidated Financial Statements and other financial information presented in the Annual Report (on Form 10-K) have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services.